1 /* PowerPC64-specific support for 64-bit ELF.
2 Copyright (C) 1999-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 Written by Linus Nordberg, Swox AB <info@swox.com>,
4 based on elf32-ppc.c by Ian Lance Taylor.
5 Largely rewritten by Alan Modra.
7 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
9 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
14 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
20 with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
21 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
24 /* The 64-bit PowerPC ELF ABI may be found at
25 http://www.linuxbase.org/spec/ELF/ppc64/PPC-elf64abi.txt, and
26 http://www.linuxbase.org/spec/ELF/ppc64/spec/book1.html */
34 #include "elf/ppc64.h"
35 #include "elf64-ppc.h"
38 /* All users of this file have bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd, sec) == 1. */
39 #define OCTETS_PER_BYTE(ABFD, SEC) 1
41 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_ha_reloc
42 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
43 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_branch_reloc
44 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
45 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc
46 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
47 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
48 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
49 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_sectoff_ha_reloc
50 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
51 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
52 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
53 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_toc_ha_reloc
54 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
55 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_toc64_reloc
56 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
57 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
58 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
59 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
60 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
61 static bfd_vma opd_entry_value
62 (asection
*, bfd_vma
, asection
**, bfd_vma
*, bfd_boolean
);
64 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM powerpc_elf64_le_vec
65 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf64-powerpcle"
66 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf64_vec
67 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf64-powerpc"
68 #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_powerpc
69 #define ELF_TARGET_ID PPC64_ELF_DATA
70 #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_PPC64
71 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x10000
72 #define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE 0x1000
73 #define ELF_RELROPAGESIZE ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
74 #define elf_info_to_howto ppc64_elf_info_to_howto
76 #define elf_backend_want_got_sym 0
77 #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 0
78 #define elf_backend_plt_alignment 3
79 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 1
80 #define elf_backend_got_header_size 8
81 #define elf_backend_want_dynrelro 1
82 #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
83 #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1
84 #define elf_backend_rela_normal 1
85 #define elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt 1
86 #define elf_backend_default_execstack 0
88 #define bfd_elf64_mkobject ppc64_elf_mkobject
89 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_reloc_type_lookup ppc64_elf_reloc_type_lookup
90 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_reloc_name_lookup ppc64_elf_reloc_name_lookup
91 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data ppc64_elf_merge_private_bfd_data
92 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_print_private_bfd_data ppc64_elf_print_private_bfd_data
93 #define bfd_elf64_new_section_hook ppc64_elf_new_section_hook
94 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_link_hash_table_create ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_create
95 #define bfd_elf64_get_synthetic_symtab ppc64_elf_get_synthetic_symtab
96 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_link_just_syms ppc64_elf_link_just_syms
97 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_gc_sections ppc64_elf_gc_sections
99 #define elf_backend_object_p ppc64_elf_object_p
100 #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus ppc64_elf_grok_prstatus
101 #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo ppc64_elf_grok_psinfo
102 #define elf_backend_write_core_note ppc64_elf_write_core_note
103 #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections
104 #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol
105 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook ppc64_elf_add_symbol_hook
106 #define elf_backend_check_directives ppc64_elf_before_check_relocs
107 #define elf_backend_notice_as_needed ppc64_elf_notice_as_needed
108 #define elf_backend_archive_symbol_lookup ppc64_elf_archive_symbol_lookup
109 #define elf_backend_check_relocs ppc64_elf_check_relocs
110 #define elf_backend_relocs_compatible _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible
111 #define elf_backend_gc_keep ppc64_elf_gc_keep
112 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_dynamic_ref ppc64_elf_gc_mark_dynamic_ref
113 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook ppc64_elf_gc_mark_hook
114 #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol ppc64_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
115 #define elf_backend_hide_symbol ppc64_elf_hide_symbol
116 #define elf_backend_maybe_function_sym ppc64_elf_maybe_function_sym
117 #define elf_backend_always_size_sections ppc64_elf_func_desc_adjust
118 #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections ppc64_elf_size_dynamic_sections
119 #define elf_backend_hash_symbol ppc64_elf_hash_symbol
120 #define elf_backend_init_index_section _bfd_elf_init_2_index_sections
121 #define elf_backend_action_discarded ppc64_elf_action_discarded
122 #define elf_backend_relocate_section ppc64_elf_relocate_section
123 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol
124 #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class ppc64_elf_reloc_type_class
125 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections
126 #define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook ppc64_elf_output_symbol_hook
127 #define elf_backend_special_sections ppc64_elf_special_sections
128 #define elf_backend_section_flags ppc64_elf_section_flags
129 #define elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute ppc64_elf_merge_symbol_attribute
130 #define elf_backend_merge_symbol ppc64_elf_merge_symbol
131 #define elf_backend_get_reloc_section bfd_get_section_by_name
133 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
135 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/ld.so.1"
137 /* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table. */
138 #define PLT_ENTRY_SIZE(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 24 : 8)
139 #define LOCAL_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 16 : 8)
141 /* The initial size of the plt reserved for the dynamic linker. */
142 #define PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 24 : 16)
144 /* Offsets to some stack save slots. */
146 #define STK_TOC(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 40 : 24)
147 /* This one is dodgy. ELFv2 does not have a linker word, so use the
148 CR save slot. Used only by optimised __tls_get_addr call stub,
149 relying on __tls_get_addr_opt not saving CR.. */
150 #define STK_LINKER(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 32 : 8)
152 /* TOC base pointers offset from start of TOC. */
153 #define TOC_BASE_OFF 0x8000
154 /* TOC base alignment. */
155 #define TOC_BASE_ALIGN 256
157 /* Offset of tp and dtp pointers from start of TLS block. */
158 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
159 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
161 /* .plt call stub instructions. The normal stub is like this, but
162 sometimes the .plt entry crosses a 64k boundary and we need to
163 insert an addi to adjust r11. */
164 #define STD_R2_0R1 0xf8410000 /* std %r2,0+40(%r1) */
165 #define ADDIS_R11_R2 0x3d620000 /* addis %r11,%r2,xxx@ha */
166 #define LD_R12_0R11 0xe98b0000 /* ld %r12,xxx+0@l(%r11) */
167 #define MTCTR_R12 0x7d8903a6 /* mtctr %r12 */
168 #define LD_R2_0R11 0xe84b0000 /* ld %r2,xxx+8@l(%r11) */
169 #define LD_R11_0R11 0xe96b0000 /* ld %r11,xxx+16@l(%r11) */
170 #define BCTR 0x4e800420 /* bctr */
172 #define ADDI_R11_R11 0x396b0000 /* addi %r11,%r11,off@l */
173 #define ADDI_R12_R11 0x398b0000 /* addi %r12,%r11,off@l */
174 #define ADDI_R12_R12 0x398c0000 /* addi %r12,%r12,off@l */
175 #define ADDIS_R2_R2 0x3c420000 /* addis %r2,%r2,off@ha */
176 #define ADDI_R2_R2 0x38420000 /* addi %r2,%r2,off@l */
178 #define XOR_R2_R12_R12 0x7d826278 /* xor %r2,%r12,%r12 */
179 #define ADD_R11_R11_R2 0x7d6b1214 /* add %r11,%r11,%r2 */
180 #define XOR_R11_R12_R12 0x7d8b6278 /* xor %r11,%r12,%r12 */
181 #define ADD_R2_R2_R11 0x7c425a14 /* add %r2,%r2,%r11 */
182 #define CMPLDI_R2_0 0x28220000 /* cmpldi %r2,0 */
183 #define BNECTR 0x4ca20420 /* bnectr+ */
184 #define BNECTR_P4 0x4ce20420 /* bnectr+ */
186 #define LD_R12_0R2 0xe9820000 /* ld %r12,xxx+0(%r2) */
187 #define LD_R11_0R2 0xe9620000 /* ld %r11,xxx+0(%r2) */
188 #define LD_R2_0R2 0xe8420000 /* ld %r2,xxx+0(%r2) */
190 #define LD_R2_0R1 0xe8410000 /* ld %r2,0(%r1) */
191 #define LD_R2_0R12 0xe84c0000 /* ld %r2,0(%r12) */
192 #define ADD_R2_R2_R12 0x7c426214 /* add %r2,%r2,%r12 */
194 #define LI_R11_0 0x39600000 /* li %r11,0 */
195 #define LIS_R2 0x3c400000 /* lis %r2,xxx@ha */
196 #define LIS_R11 0x3d600000 /* lis %r11,xxx@ha */
197 #define LIS_R12 0x3d800000 /* lis %r12,xxx@ha */
198 #define ADDIS_R2_R12 0x3c4c0000 /* addis %r2,%r12,xxx@ha */
199 #define ADDIS_R12_R2 0x3d820000 /* addis %r12,%r2,xxx@ha */
200 #define ADDIS_R12_R11 0x3d8b0000 /* addis %r12,%r11,xxx@ha */
201 #define ADDIS_R12_R12 0x3d8c0000 /* addis %r12,%r12,xxx@ha */
202 #define ORIS_R12_R12_0 0x658c0000 /* oris %r12,%r12,xxx@hi */
203 #define ORI_R11_R11_0 0x616b0000 /* ori %r11,%r11,xxx@l */
204 #define ORI_R12_R12_0 0x618c0000 /* ori %r12,%r12,xxx@l */
205 #define LD_R12_0R12 0xe98c0000 /* ld %r12,xxx@l(%r12) */
206 #define SLDI_R11_R11_34 0x796b1746 /* sldi %r11,%r11,34 */
207 #define SLDI_R12_R12_32 0x799c07c6 /* sldi %r12,%r12,32 */
208 #define LDX_R12_R11_R12 0x7d8b602a /* ldx %r12,%r11,%r12 */
209 #define ADD_R12_R11_R12 0x7d8b6214 /* add %r12,%r11,%r12 */
210 #define PADDI_R12_PC 0x0610000039800000ULL
211 #define PLD_R12_PC 0x04100000e5800000ULL
212 #define PNOP 0x0700000000000000ULL
214 /* __glink_PLTresolve stub instructions. We enter with the index in R0. */
215 #define GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE(htab) \
216 (8u + (htab->opd_abi ? 11 * 4 : 14 * 4))
220 #define MFLR_R12 0x7d8802a6 /* mflr %12 */
221 #define BCL_20_31 0x429f0005 /* bcl 20,31,1f */
223 #define MFLR_R11 0x7d6802a6 /* mflr %11 */
224 /* ld %2,(0b-1b)(%11) */
225 #define MTLR_R12 0x7d8803a6 /* mtlr %12 */
226 #define ADD_R11_R2_R11 0x7d625a14 /* add %11,%2,%11 */
232 #define MFLR_R0 0x7c0802a6 /* mflr %r0 */
233 #define MTLR_R0 0x7c0803a6 /* mtlr %r0 */
234 #define SUB_R12_R12_R11 0x7d8b6050 /* subf %r12,%r11,%r12 */
235 #define ADDI_R0_R12 0x380c0000 /* addi %r0,%r12,0 */
236 #define SRDI_R0_R0_2 0x7800f082 /* rldicl %r0,%r0,62,2 */
239 #define NOP 0x60000000
241 /* Some other nops. */
242 #define CROR_151515 0x4def7b82
243 #define CROR_313131 0x4ffffb82
245 /* .glink entries for the first 32k functions are two instructions. */
246 #define LI_R0_0 0x38000000 /* li %r0,0 */
247 #define B_DOT 0x48000000 /* b . */
249 /* After that, we need two instructions to load the index, followed by
251 #define LIS_R0_0 0x3c000000 /* lis %r0,0 */
252 #define ORI_R0_R0_0 0x60000000 /* ori %r0,%r0,0 */
254 /* Instructions used by the save and restore reg functions. */
255 #define STD_R0_0R1 0xf8010000 /* std %r0,0(%r1) */
256 #define STD_R0_0R12 0xf80c0000 /* std %r0,0(%r12) */
257 #define LD_R0_0R1 0xe8010000 /* ld %r0,0(%r1) */
258 #define LD_R0_0R12 0xe80c0000 /* ld %r0,0(%r12) */
259 #define STFD_FR0_0R1 0xd8010000 /* stfd %fr0,0(%r1) */
260 #define LFD_FR0_0R1 0xc8010000 /* lfd %fr0,0(%r1) */
261 #define LI_R12_0 0x39800000 /* li %r12,0 */
262 #define STVX_VR0_R12_R0 0x7c0c01ce /* stvx %v0,%r12,%r0 */
263 #define LVX_VR0_R12_R0 0x7c0c00ce /* lvx %v0,%r12,%r0 */
264 #define MTLR_R0 0x7c0803a6 /* mtlr %r0 */
265 #define BLR 0x4e800020 /* blr */
267 /* Since .opd is an array of descriptors and each entry will end up
268 with identical R_PPC64_RELATIVE relocs, there is really no need to
269 propagate .opd relocs; The dynamic linker should be taught to
270 relocate .opd without reloc entries. */
271 #ifndef NO_OPD_RELOCS
272 #define NO_OPD_RELOCS 0
276 #define ARRAY_SIZE(a) (sizeof (a) / sizeof ((a)[0]))
280 abiversion (bfd
*abfd
)
282 return elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_PPC64_ABI
;
286 set_abiversion (bfd
*abfd
, int ver
)
288 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_PPC64_ABI
;
289 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
|= ver
& EF_PPC64_ABI
;
292 /* Relocation HOWTO's. */
293 /* Like other ELF RELA targets that don't apply multiple
294 field-altering relocations to the same localation, src_mask is
295 always zero and pcrel_offset is the same as pc_relative.
296 PowerPC can always use a zero bitpos, even when the field is not at
297 the LSB. For example, a REL24 could use rightshift=2, bisize=24
298 and bitpos=2 which matches the ABI description, or as we do here,
299 rightshift=0, bitsize=26 and bitpos=0. */
300 #define HOW(type, size, bitsize, mask, rightshift, pc_relative, \
301 complain, special_func) \
302 HOWTO (type, rightshift, size, bitsize, pc_relative, 0, \
303 complain_overflow_ ## complain, special_func, \
304 #type, FALSE, 0, mask, pc_relative)
306 static reloc_howto_type
*ppc64_elf_howto_table
[(int) R_PPC64_max
];
308 static reloc_howto_type ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[] =
310 /* This reloc does nothing. */
311 HOW (R_PPC64_NONE
, 3, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
312 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
314 /* A standard 32 bit relocation. */
315 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
316 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
318 /* An absolute 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
319 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
320 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR24
, 2, 26, 0x03fffffc, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
321 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
323 /* A standard 16 bit relocation. */
324 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
325 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
327 /* A 16 bit relocation without overflow. */
328 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
329 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
331 /* Bits 16-31 of an address. */
332 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
333 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
335 /* Bits 16-31 of an address, plus 1 if the contents of the low 16
336 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
337 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
340 /* An absolute 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
341 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
342 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR14
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
343 ppc64_elf_branch_reloc
),
345 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
346 indicate that the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two
347 bits must be zero. */
348 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
349 ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc
),
351 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
352 indicate that the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower
353 two bits must be zero. */
354 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
355 ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc
),
357 /* A relative 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
358 HOW (R_PPC64_REL24
, 2, 26, 0x03fffffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
359 ppc64_elf_branch_reloc
),
361 /* A variant of R_PPC64_REL24, used when r2 is not the toc pointer. */
362 HOW (R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
, 2, 26, 0x03fffffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
363 ppc64_elf_branch_reloc
),
365 /* A relative 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
366 HOW (R_PPC64_REL14
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
367 ppc64_elf_branch_reloc
),
369 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
370 the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two bits must be
372 HOW (R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
373 ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc
),
375 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
376 the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower two bits must
378 HOW (R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
379 ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc
),
381 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16, but referring to the GOT table entry for the
383 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
384 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
386 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the GOT table entry for
388 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
389 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
391 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the GOT table entry for
393 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
394 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
396 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the GOT table entry for
398 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
399 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
401 /* This is used only by the dynamic linker. The symbol should exist
402 both in the object being run and in some shared library. The
403 dynamic linker copies the data addressed by the symbol from the
404 shared library into the object, because the object being
405 run has to have the data at some particular address. */
406 HOW (R_PPC64_COPY
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
407 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
409 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR64, but used when setting global offset table
411 HOW (R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
412 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
414 /* Created by the link editor. Marks a procedure linkage table
415 entry for a symbol. */
416 HOW (R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
417 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
419 /* Used only by the dynamic linker. When the object is run, this
420 doubleword64 is set to the load address of the object, plus the
422 HOW (R_PPC64_RELATIVE
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
423 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
425 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR32, but may be unaligned. */
426 HOW (R_PPC64_UADDR32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
427 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
429 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16, but may be unaligned. */
430 HOW (R_PPC64_UADDR16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
431 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
433 /* 32-bit PC relative. */
434 HOW (R_PPC64_REL32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, TRUE
, signed,
435 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
437 /* 32-bit relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table. */
438 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
439 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
441 /* 32-bit PC relative relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
442 FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTREL32 not supported. */
443 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTREL32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, TRUE
, signed,
444 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
446 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the PLT table entry for
448 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
449 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
451 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the PLT table entry for
453 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
454 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
456 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the PLT table entry for
458 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
459 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
461 /* 16-bit section relative relocation. */
462 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
463 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
),
465 /* Like R_PPC64_SECTOFF, but no overflow warning. */
466 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
467 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
),
469 /* 16-bit upper half section relative relocation. */
470 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
471 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
),
473 /* 16-bit upper half adjusted section relative relocation. */
474 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
475 ppc64_elf_sectoff_ha_reloc
),
477 /* Like R_PPC64_REL24 without touching the two least significant bits. */
478 HOW (R_PPC64_REL30
, 2, 30, 0xfffffffc, 2, TRUE
, dont
,
479 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
481 /* Relocs in the 64-bit PowerPC ELF ABI, not in the 32-bit ABI. */
483 /* A standard 64-bit relocation. */
484 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
485 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
487 /* The bits 32-47 of an address. */
488 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, FALSE
, dont
,
489 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
491 /* The bits 32-47 of an address, plus 1 if the contents of the low
492 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
493 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, FALSE
, dont
,
496 /* The bits 48-63 of an address. */
497 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, FALSE
, dont
,
498 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
500 /* The bits 48-63 of an address, plus 1 if the contents of the low
501 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
502 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, FALSE
, dont
,
505 /* Like ADDR64, but may be unaligned. */
506 HOW (R_PPC64_UADDR64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
507 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
509 /* 64-bit relative relocation. */
510 HOW (R_PPC64_REL64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, dont
,
511 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
513 /* 64-bit relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table. */
514 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
515 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
517 /* 64-bit PC relative relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage
519 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTREL64 not supported. */
520 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTREL64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, dont
,
521 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
523 /* 16 bit TOC-relative relocation. */
524 /* R_PPC64_TOC16 47 half16* S + A - .TOC. */
525 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
526 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
),
528 /* 16 bit TOC-relative relocation without overflow. */
529 /* R_PPC64_TOC16_LO 48 half16 #lo (S + A - .TOC.) */
530 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
531 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
),
533 /* 16 bit TOC-relative relocation, high 16 bits. */
534 /* R_PPC64_TOC16_HI 49 half16 #hi (S + A - .TOC.) */
535 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
536 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
),
538 /* 16 bit TOC-relative relocation, high 16 bits, plus 1 if the
539 contents of the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is
541 /* R_PPC64_TOC16_HA 50 half16 #ha (S + A - .TOC.) */
542 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
543 ppc64_elf_toc_ha_reloc
),
545 /* 64-bit relocation; insert value of TOC base (.TOC.). */
546 /* R_PPC64_TOC 51 doubleword64 .TOC. */
547 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
548 ppc64_elf_toc64_reloc
),
550 /* Like R_PPC64_GOT16, but also informs the link editor that the
551 value to relocate may (!) refer to a PLT entry which the link
552 editor (a) may replace with the symbol value. If the link editor
553 is unable to fully resolve the symbol, it may (b) create a PLT
554 entry and store the address to the new PLT entry in the GOT.
555 This permits lazy resolution of function symbols at run time.
556 The link editor may also skip all of this and just (c) emit a
557 R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT to tie the symbol to the GOT entry. */
558 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16 not implemented. */
559 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
,signed,
560 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
562 /* Like R_PPC64_PLTGOT16, but without overflow. */
563 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO not implemented. */
564 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
565 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
567 /* Like R_PPC64_PLT_GOT16, but using bits 16-31 of the address. */
568 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI not implemented. */
569 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
570 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
572 /* Like R_PPC64_PLT_GOT16, but using bits 16-31 of the address, plus
573 1 if the contents of the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number,
575 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA not implemented. */
576 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
577 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
579 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16, but for instructions with a DS field. */
580 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
581 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
583 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
584 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
585 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
587 /* Like R_PPC64_GOT16, but for instructions with a DS field. */
588 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
589 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
591 /* Like R_PPC64_GOT16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
592 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
593 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
595 /* Like R_PPC64_PLT16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
596 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
597 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
599 /* Like R_PPC64_SECTOFF, but for instructions with a DS field. */
600 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
601 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
),
603 /* Like R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
604 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
605 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
),
607 /* Like R_PPC64_TOC16, but for instructions with a DS field. */
608 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
609 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
),
611 /* Like R_PPC64_TOC16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
612 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
613 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
),
615 /* Like R_PPC64_PLTGOT16, but for instructions with a DS field. */
616 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS not implemented. */
617 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
618 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
620 /* Like R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
621 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO not implemented. */
622 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
623 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
625 /* Marker relocs for TLS. */
626 HOW (R_PPC64_TLS
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
627 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
629 HOW (R_PPC64_TLSGD
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
630 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
632 HOW (R_PPC64_TLSLD
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
633 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
635 /* Marker reloc for optimizing r2 save in prologue rather than on
636 each plt call stub. */
637 HOW (R_PPC64_TOCSAVE
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
638 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
640 /* Marker relocs on inline plt call instructions. */
641 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTSEQ
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
642 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
644 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTCALL
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
645 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
647 /* Computes the load module index of the load module that contains the
648 definition of its TLS sym. */
649 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
650 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
652 /* Computes a dtv-relative displacement, the difference between the value
653 of sym+add and the base address of the thread-local storage block that
654 contains the definition of sym, minus 0x8000. */
655 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
656 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
658 /* A 16 bit dtprel reloc. */
659 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
660 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
662 /* Like DTPREL16, but no overflow. */
663 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
664 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
666 /* Like DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
667 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
668 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
670 /* Like DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
671 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
672 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
674 /* Like DTPREL16_HI, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
675 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, FALSE
, dont
,
676 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
678 /* Like DTPREL16_HIGHER, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
679 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, FALSE
, dont
,
680 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
682 /* Like DTPREL16_HIGHER, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
683 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, FALSE
, dont
,
684 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
686 /* Like DTPREL16_HIGHEST, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
687 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, FALSE
, dont
,
688 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
690 /* Like DTPREL16, but for insns with a DS field. */
691 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
692 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
694 /* Like DTPREL16_DS, but no overflow. */
695 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
696 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
698 /* Computes a tp-relative displacement, the difference between the value of
699 sym+add and the value of the thread pointer (r13). */
700 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
701 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
703 /* A 16 bit tprel reloc. */
704 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
705 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
707 /* Like TPREL16, but no overflow. */
708 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
709 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
711 /* Like TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
712 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
713 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
715 /* Like TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
716 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
717 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
719 /* Like TPREL16_HI, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
720 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, FALSE
, dont
,
721 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
723 /* Like TPREL16_HIGHER, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
724 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, FALSE
, dont
,
725 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
727 /* Like TPREL16_HIGHER, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
728 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, FALSE
, dont
,
729 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
731 /* Like TPREL16_HIGHEST, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
732 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, FALSE
, dont
,
733 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
735 /* Like TPREL16, but for insns with a DS field. */
736 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
737 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
739 /* Like TPREL16_DS, but no overflow. */
740 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
741 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
743 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
744 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes the offset
745 to the first entry relative to the TOC base (r2). */
746 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
747 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
749 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16, but no overflow. */
750 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
751 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
753 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
754 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
755 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
757 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
758 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
759 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
761 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
762 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and zero, and computes the offset to the
763 first entry relative to the TOC base (r2). */
764 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
765 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
767 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16, but no overflow. */
768 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
769 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
771 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
772 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
773 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
775 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
776 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
777 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
779 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes
780 the offset to the entry relative to the TOC base (r2). */
781 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
782 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
784 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_DS, but no overflow. */
785 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
786 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
788 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
789 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
790 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
792 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
793 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
794 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
796 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@tprel, and computes the
797 offset to the entry relative to the TOC base (r2). */
798 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
799 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
801 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_DS, but no overflow. */
802 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
803 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
805 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
806 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
807 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
809 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
810 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
811 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
813 HOW (R_PPC64_JMP_IREL
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
814 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
816 HOW (R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
817 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
819 /* A 16 bit relative relocation. */
820 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, TRUE
, signed,
821 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
823 /* A 16 bit relative relocation without overflow. */
824 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, TRUE
, dont
,
825 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
827 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address. */
828 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE
, signed,
829 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
831 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address, plus 1 if the contents of
832 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
833 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE
, signed,
836 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE
, dont
,
837 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
839 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE
, dont
,
842 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, TRUE
, dont
,
843 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
845 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, TRUE
, dont
,
848 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, TRUE
, dont
,
849 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
851 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, TRUE
, dont
,
854 /* Like R_PPC64_REL16_HA but for split field in addpcis. */
855 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, TRUE
, signed,
858 /* A split-field reloc for addpcis, non-relative (gas internal use only). */
859 HOW (R_PPC64_16DX_HA
, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, FALSE
, signed,
862 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI, but no overflow. */
863 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
864 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
866 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA, but no overflow. */
867 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
870 /* Like R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI, but no overflow. */
871 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
872 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
874 /* Like R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA, but no overflow. */
875 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
876 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
878 /* Like R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI, but no overflow. */
879 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
880 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
882 /* Like R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA, but no overflow. */
883 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
884 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
886 /* Marker reloc on ELFv2 large-model function entry. */
887 HOW (R_PPC64_ENTRY
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
888 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
890 /* Like ADDR64, but use local entry point of function. */
891 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
892 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
894 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
895 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
897 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
898 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
900 HOW (R_PPC64_PCREL_OPT
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
901 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
903 HOW (R_PPC64_D34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, signed,
904 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
906 HOW (R_PPC64_D34_LO
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
907 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
909 HOW (R_PPC64_D34_HI30
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 34, FALSE
, dont
,
910 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
912 HOW (R_PPC64_D34_HA30
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 34, FALSE
, dont
,
913 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
915 HOW (R_PPC64_PCREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
916 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
918 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
919 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
921 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
922 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
924 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
925 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
927 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, signed,
928 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
930 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, signed,
931 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
933 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
934 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
936 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
937 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
939 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
940 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
942 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
943 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
945 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 34, FALSE
, dont
,
946 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
948 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 34, FALSE
, dont
,
951 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 50, FALSE
, dont
,
952 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
954 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 50, FALSE
, dont
,
957 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 34, TRUE
, dont
,
958 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
960 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 34, TRUE
, dont
,
963 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 50, TRUE
, dont
,
964 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
966 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 50, TRUE
, dont
,
969 HOW (R_PPC64_D28
, 4, 28, 0xfff0000ffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, signed,
970 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
972 HOW (R_PPC64_PCREL28
, 4, 28, 0xfff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
973 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
975 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy. */
976 HOW (R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
979 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage. */
980 HOW (R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
985 /* Initialize the ppc64_elf_howto_table, so that linear accesses can
989 ppc_howto_init (void)
991 unsigned int i
, type
;
993 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (ppc64_elf_howto_raw
); i
++)
995 type
= ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[i
].type
;
996 BFD_ASSERT (type
< ARRAY_SIZE (ppc64_elf_howto_table
));
997 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[type
] = &ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[i
];
1001 static reloc_howto_type
*
1002 ppc64_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd
*abfd
,
1003 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
)
1005 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
1007 if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC64_ADDR32
])
1008 /* Initialize howto table if needed. */
1014 /* xgettext:c-format */
1015 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"), abfd
,
1017 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1020 case BFD_RELOC_NONE
: r
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
1022 case BFD_RELOC_32
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR32
;
1024 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA26
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR24
;
1026 case BFD_RELOC_16
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16
;
1028 case BFD_RELOC_LO16
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
;
1030 case BFD_RELOC_HI16
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
;
1032 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
;
1034 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
;
1036 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
;
1038 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR14
;
1040 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
;
1042 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRNTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
;
1044 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B26
: r
= R_PPC64_REL24
;
1046 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
: r
= R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
;
1048 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16
: r
= R_PPC64_REL14
;
1050 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
;
1052 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRNTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
;
1054 case BFD_RELOC_16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16
;
1056 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
;
1058 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16_HI
;
1060 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
;
1062 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_COPY
: r
= R_PPC64_COPY
;
1064 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GLOB_DAT
: r
= R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT
;
1066 case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL32
;
1068 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT32
;
1070 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTREL32
;
1072 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
;
1074 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
;
1076 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
;
1078 case BFD_RELOC_16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF
;
1080 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO
;
1082 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HI
;
1084 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA
;
1086 case BFD_RELOC_CTOR
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR64
;
1088 case BFD_RELOC_64
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR64
;
1090 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_HIGHER
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
;
1092 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_HIGHER_S
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
;
1094 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_HIGHEST
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
;
1096 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_HIGHEST_S
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
;
1098 case BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL64
;
1100 case BFD_RELOC_64_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT64
;
1102 case BFD_RELOC_64_PLT_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTREL64
;
1104 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TOC16
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16
;
1106 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
;
1108 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
;
1110 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
;
1112 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC
;
1114 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16
;
1116 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO
;
1118 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI
;
1120 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA
;
1122 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
;
1124 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
;
1126 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
;
1128 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
;
1130 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
;
1132 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
;
1134 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
;
1136 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
;
1138 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
;
1140 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS
;
1142 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS
;
1144 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TLS_PCREL
:
1145 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLS
: r
= R_PPC64_TLS
;
1147 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSGD
: r
= R_PPC64_TLSGD
;
1149 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSLD
: r
= R_PPC64_TLSLD
;
1151 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPMOD
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
;
1153 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16
;
1155 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
;
1157 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
;
1159 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
;
1161 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
;
1163 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
;
1165 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL64
;
1167 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16
;
1169 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO
;
1171 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI
;
1173 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH
;
1175 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA
;
1177 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
;
1179 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL64
;
1181 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
;
1183 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
;
1185 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
;
1187 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
;
1189 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
;
1191 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
;
1193 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
;
1195 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
;
1197 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
;
1199 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
;
1201 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
;
1203 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
;
1205 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
;
1207 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
;
1209 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
;
1211 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
;
1213 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
;
1215 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
;
1217 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
;
1219 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
;
1221 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
;
1223 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
;
1225 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
;
1227 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
;
1229 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER
;
1231 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
;
1233 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST
;
1235 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
;
1237 case BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16
;
1239 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_LO
;
1241 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HI
;
1243 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HA
;
1245 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
;
1247 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
;
1249 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
;
1251 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
;
1253 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
;
1255 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
;
1257 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_16DX_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_16DX_HA
;
1259 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_REL16DX_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
;
1261 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ENTRY
: r
= R_PPC64_ENTRY
;
1263 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL
;
1265 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D34
: r
= R_PPC64_D34
;
1267 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D34_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_D34_LO
;
1269 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D34_HI30
: r
= R_PPC64_D34_HI30
;
1271 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D34_HA30
: r
= R_PPC64_D34_HA30
;
1273 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PCREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_PCREL34
;
1275 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
;
1277 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
;
1279 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL34
;
1281 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL34
;
1283 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD34
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD34
;
1285 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD34
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD34
;
1287 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34
;
1289 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL34
;
1291 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
;
1293 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
;
1295 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
;
1297 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
;
1299 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34
;
1301 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
;
1303 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34
;
1305 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
;
1307 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D28
: r
= R_PPC64_D28
;
1309 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PCREL28
: r
= R_PPC64_PCREL28
;
1311 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT
: r
= R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT
;
1313 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
: r
= R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY
;
1317 return ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r
];
1320 static reloc_howto_type
*
1321 ppc64_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1326 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (ppc64_elf_howto_raw
); i
++)
1327 if (ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[i
].name
!= NULL
1328 && strcasecmp (ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[i
].name
, r_name
) == 0)
1329 return &ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[i
];
1334 /* Set the howto pointer for a PowerPC ELF reloc. */
1337 ppc64_elf_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*cache_ptr
,
1338 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst
)
1342 /* Initialize howto table if needed. */
1343 if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC64_ADDR32
])
1346 type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (dst
->r_info
);
1347 if (type
>= ARRAY_SIZE (ppc64_elf_howto_table
))
1349 /* xgettext:c-format */
1350 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
1352 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1355 cache_ptr
->howto
= ppc64_elf_howto_table
[type
];
1356 if (cache_ptr
->howto
== NULL
|| cache_ptr
->howto
->name
== NULL
)
1358 /* xgettext:c-format */
1359 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
1361 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1368 /* Handle the R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA and similar relocs. */
1370 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1371 ppc64_elf_ha_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1372 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1373 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1375 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
1377 bfd_size_type octets
;
1380 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1381 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1383 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1384 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1385 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1387 /* Adjust the addend for sign extension of the low 16 (or 34) bits.
1388 We won't actually be using the low bits, so trashing them
1390 r_type
= reloc_entry
->howto
->type
;
1391 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
1392 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
1393 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
1394 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
)
1395 reloc_entry
->addend
+= 1ULL << 33;
1397 reloc_entry
->addend
+= 1U << 15;
1398 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
)
1399 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1402 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1403 value
= symbol
->value
;
1404 value
+= (reloc_entry
->addend
1405 + symbol
->section
->output_offset
1406 + symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
);
1407 value
-= (reloc_entry
->address
1408 + input_section
->output_offset
1409 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
1410 value
= (bfd_signed_vma
) value
>> 16;
1412 octets
= reloc_entry
->address
* OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd
, input_section
);
1413 insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
1415 insn
|= (value
& 0xffc1) | ((value
& 0x3e) << 15);
1416 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
1417 if (value
+ 0x8000 > 0xffff)
1418 return bfd_reloc_overflow
;
1419 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1422 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1423 ppc64_elf_branch_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1424 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1425 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1427 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1428 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1429 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1431 if (strcmp (symbol
->section
->name
, ".opd") == 0
1432 && (symbol
->section
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
1434 bfd_vma dest
= opd_entry_value (symbol
->section
,
1435 symbol
->value
+ reloc_entry
->addend
,
1437 if (dest
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
1438 reloc_entry
->addend
= dest
- (symbol
->value
1439 + symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
1440 + symbol
->section
->output_offset
);
1444 elf_symbol_type
*elfsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
;
1446 if (symbol
->section
->owner
!= abfd
1447 && symbol
->section
->owner
!= NULL
1448 && abiversion (symbol
->section
->owner
) >= 2)
1452 for (i
= 0; i
< symbol
->section
->owner
->symcount
; ++i
)
1454 asymbol
*symdef
= symbol
->section
->owner
->outsymbols
[i
];
1456 if (strcmp (symdef
->name
, symbol
->name
) == 0)
1458 elfsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) symdef
;
1464 += PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
);
1466 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1469 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1470 ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1471 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1472 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1475 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
1476 bfd_size_type octets
;
1477 /* Assume 'at' branch hints. */
1478 bfd_boolean is_isa_v2
= TRUE
;
1480 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1481 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1483 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1484 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1485 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1487 octets
= reloc_entry
->address
* OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd
, input_section
);
1488 insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
1489 insn
&= ~(0x01 << 21);
1490 r_type
= reloc_entry
->howto
->type
;
1491 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
1492 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
)
1493 insn
|= 0x01 << 21; /* 'y' or 't' bit, lowest bit of BO field. */
1497 /* Set 'a' bit. This is 0b00010 in BO field for branch
1498 on CR(BI) insns (BO == 001at or 011at), and 0b01000
1499 for branch on CTR insns (BO == 1a00t or 1a01t). */
1500 if ((insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x04 << 21))
1502 else if ((insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x10 << 21))
1512 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1513 target
= symbol
->value
;
1514 target
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1515 target
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
1516 target
+= reloc_entry
->addend
;
1518 from
= (reloc_entry
->address
1519 + input_section
->output_offset
1520 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
1522 /* Invert 'y' bit if not the default. */
1523 if ((bfd_signed_vma
) (target
- from
) < 0)
1526 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
1528 return ppc64_elf_branch_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1529 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1532 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1533 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1534 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1535 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1537 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1538 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1540 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1541 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1542 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1544 /* Subtract the symbol section base address. */
1545 reloc_entry
->addend
-= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1546 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1549 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1550 ppc64_elf_sectoff_ha_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1551 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1552 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1554 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1555 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1557 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1558 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1559 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1561 /* Subtract the symbol section base address. */
1562 reloc_entry
->addend
-= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1564 /* Adjust the addend for sign extension of the low 16 bits. */
1565 reloc_entry
->addend
+= 0x8000;
1566 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1569 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1570 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1571 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1572 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1576 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1577 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1579 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1580 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1581 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1583 TOCstart
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1585 TOCstart
= ppc64_elf_set_toc (NULL
, input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1587 /* Subtract the TOC base address. */
1588 reloc_entry
->addend
-= TOCstart
+ TOC_BASE_OFF
;
1589 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1592 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1593 ppc64_elf_toc_ha_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1594 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1595 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1599 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1600 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1602 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1603 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1604 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1606 TOCstart
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1608 TOCstart
= ppc64_elf_set_toc (NULL
, input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1610 /* Subtract the TOC base address. */
1611 reloc_entry
->addend
-= TOCstart
+ TOC_BASE_OFF
;
1613 /* Adjust the addend for sign extension of the low 16 bits. */
1614 reloc_entry
->addend
+= 0x8000;
1615 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1618 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1619 ppc64_elf_toc64_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1620 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1621 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1624 bfd_size_type octets
;
1626 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1627 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1629 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1630 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1631 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1633 TOCstart
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1635 TOCstart
= ppc64_elf_set_toc (NULL
, input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1637 octets
= reloc_entry
->address
* OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd
, input_section
);
1638 bfd_put_64 (abfd
, TOCstart
+ TOC_BASE_OFF
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
1639 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1642 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1643 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1644 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1645 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1650 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1651 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1652 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1654 insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
);
1656 insn
|= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
+ 4);
1658 targ
= (symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
1659 + symbol
->section
->output_offset
1660 + reloc_entry
->addend
);
1661 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1662 targ
+= symbol
->value
;
1663 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->type
== R_PPC64_D34_HA30
)
1665 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->pc_relative
)
1667 bfd_vma from
= (reloc_entry
->address
1668 + input_section
->output_offset
1669 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
1672 targ
>>= reloc_entry
->howto
->rightshift
;
1673 insn
&= ~reloc_entry
->howto
->dst_mask
;
1674 insn
|= ((targ
<< 16) | (targ
& 0xffff)) & reloc_entry
->howto
->dst_mask
;
1675 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
>> 32, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
);
1676 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
+ 4);
1677 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->complain_on_overflow
== complain_overflow_signed
1678 && (targ
+ (1ULL << (reloc_entry
->howto
->bitsize
- 1))
1679 >= 1ULL << reloc_entry
->howto
->bitsize
))
1680 return bfd_reloc_overflow
;
1681 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1684 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1685 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1686 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1687 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1689 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1690 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1692 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1693 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1694 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1696 if (error_message
!= NULL
)
1698 static char buf
[60];
1699 sprintf (buf
, "generic linker can't handle %s",
1700 reloc_entry
->howto
->name
);
1701 *error_message
= buf
;
1703 return bfd_reloc_dangerous
;
1706 /* Track GOT entries needed for a given symbol. We might need more
1707 than one got entry per symbol. */
1710 struct got_entry
*next
;
1712 /* The symbol addend that we'll be placing in the GOT. */
1715 /* Unlike other ELF targets, we use separate GOT entries for the same
1716 symbol referenced from different input files. This is to support
1717 automatic multiple TOC/GOT sections, where the TOC base can vary
1718 from one input file to another. After partitioning into TOC groups
1719 we merge entries within the group.
1721 Point to the BFD owning this GOT entry. */
1724 /* Zero for non-tls entries, or TLS_TLS and one of TLS_GD, TLS_LD,
1725 TLS_TPREL or TLS_DTPREL for tls entries. */
1726 unsigned char tls_type
;
1728 /* Non-zero if got.ent points to real entry. */
1729 unsigned char is_indirect
;
1731 /* Reference count until size_dynamic_sections, GOT offset thereafter. */
1734 bfd_signed_vma refcount
;
1736 struct got_entry
*ent
;
1740 /* The same for PLT. */
1743 struct plt_entry
*next
;
1749 bfd_signed_vma refcount
;
1754 struct ppc64_elf_obj_tdata
1756 struct elf_obj_tdata elf
;
1758 /* Shortcuts to dynamic linker sections. */
1762 /* Used during garbage collection. We attach global symbols defined
1763 on removed .opd entries to this section so that the sym is removed. */
1764 asection
*deleted_section
;
1766 /* TLS local dynamic got entry handling. Support for multiple GOT
1767 sections means we potentially need one of these for each input bfd. */
1768 struct got_entry tlsld_got
;
1772 /* A copy of relocs before they are modified for --emit-relocs. */
1773 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
;
1775 /* Section contents. */
1779 /* Nonzero if this bfd has small toc/got relocs, ie. that expect
1780 the reloc to be in the range -32768 to 32767. */
1781 unsigned int has_small_toc_reloc
: 1;
1783 /* Set if toc/got ha relocs detected not using r2, or lo reloc
1784 instruction not one we handle. */
1785 unsigned int unexpected_toc_insn
: 1;
1787 /* Set if PLT/GOT/TOC relocs that can be optimised are present in
1789 unsigned int has_optrel
: 1;
1792 #define ppc64_elf_tdata(bfd) \
1793 ((struct ppc64_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
1795 #define ppc64_tlsld_got(bfd) \
1796 (&ppc64_elf_tdata (bfd)->tlsld_got)
1798 #define is_ppc64_elf(bfd) \
1799 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
1800 && elf_object_id (bfd) == PPC64_ELF_DATA)
1802 /* Override the generic function because we store some extras. */
1805 ppc64_elf_mkobject (bfd
*abfd
)
1807 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct ppc64_elf_obj_tdata
),
1811 /* Fix bad default arch selected for a 64 bit input bfd when the
1812 default is 32 bit. Also select arch based on apuinfo. */
1815 ppc64_elf_object_p (bfd
*abfd
)
1817 if (!abfd
->arch_info
->the_default
)
1820 if (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 32)
1822 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
1824 if (i_ehdr
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
1826 /* Relies on arch after 32 bit default being 64 bit default. */
1827 abfd
->arch_info
= abfd
->arch_info
->next
;
1828 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 64);
1831 return _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (abfd
);
1834 /* Support for core dump NOTE sections. */
1837 ppc64_elf_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
1839 size_t offset
, size
;
1841 if (note
->descsz
!= 504)
1845 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
1848 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 32);
1854 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
1855 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
1856 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
1860 ppc64_elf_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
1862 if (note
->descsz
!= 136)
1865 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
1866 = bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 24);
1867 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
1868 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 40, 16);
1869 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
1870 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 56, 80);
1876 ppc64_elf_write_core_note (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
, int note_type
,
1886 char data
[136] ATTRIBUTE_NONSTRING
;
1889 va_start (ap
, note_type
);
1890 memset (data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
1891 strncpy (data
+ 40, va_arg (ap
, const char *), 16);
1892 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1894 /* GCC 8.0 and 8.1 warn about 80 equals destination size with
1895 -Wstringop-truncation:
1896 https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=85643
1898 DIAGNOSTIC_IGNORE_STRINGOP_TRUNCATION
;
1900 strncpy (data
+ 56, va_arg (ap
, const char *), 80);
1901 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1905 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
1906 "CORE", note_type
, data
, sizeof (data
));
1917 va_start (ap
, note_type
);
1918 memset (data
, 0, 112);
1919 pid
= va_arg (ap
, long);
1920 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, pid
, data
+ 32);
1921 cursig
= va_arg (ap
, int);
1922 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, cursig
, data
+ 12);
1923 greg
= va_arg (ap
, const void *);
1924 memcpy (data
+ 112, greg
, 384);
1925 memset (data
+ 496, 0, 8);
1927 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
1928 "CORE", note_type
, data
, sizeof (data
));
1933 /* Add extra PPC sections. */
1935 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc64_elf_special_sections
[] =
1937 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_NOBITS
, 0 },
1938 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1939 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1940 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".toc"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1941 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".toc1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1942 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tocbss"), 0, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1943 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
1946 enum _ppc64_sec_type
{
1952 struct _ppc64_elf_section_data
1954 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf
;
1958 /* An array with one entry for each opd function descriptor,
1959 and some spares since opd entries may be either 16 or 24 bytes. */
1960 #define OPD_NDX(OFF) ((OFF) >> 4)
1961 struct _opd_sec_data
1963 /* Points to the function code section for local opd entries. */
1964 asection
**func_sec
;
1966 /* After editing .opd, adjust references to opd local syms. */
1970 /* An array for toc sections, indexed by offset/8. */
1971 struct _toc_sec_data
1973 /* Specifies the relocation symbol index used at a given toc offset. */
1976 /* And the relocation addend. */
1981 enum _ppc64_sec_type sec_type
:2;
1983 /* Flag set when small branches are detected. Used to
1984 select suitable defaults for the stub group size. */
1985 unsigned int has_14bit_branch
:1;
1987 /* Flag set when PLTCALL relocs are detected. */
1988 unsigned int has_pltcall
:1;
1990 /* Flag set when section has PLT/GOT/TOC relocations that can be
1992 unsigned int has_optrel
:1;
1995 #define ppc64_elf_section_data(sec) \
1996 ((struct _ppc64_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
1999 ppc64_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2001 if (!sec
->used_by_bfd
)
2003 struct _ppc64_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
2004 size_t amt
= sizeof (*sdata
);
2006 sdata
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
2009 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
2012 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
2016 ppc64_elf_section_flags (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
)
2018 const char *name
= hdr
->bfd_section
->name
;
2020 if (strncmp (name
, ".sbss", 5) == 0
2021 || strncmp (name
, ".sdata", 6) == 0)
2022 hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
|= SEC_SMALL_DATA
;
2027 static struct _opd_sec_data
*
2028 get_opd_info (asection
* sec
)
2031 && ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
) != NULL
2032 && ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_type
== sec_opd
)
2033 return &ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.opd
;
2037 /* Parameters for the qsort hook. */
2038 static bfd_boolean synthetic_relocatable
;
2039 static asection
*synthetic_opd
;
2041 /* qsort comparison function for ppc64_elf_get_synthetic_symtab. */
2044 compare_symbols (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
2046 const asymbol
*a
= *(const asymbol
**) ap
;
2047 const asymbol
*b
= *(const asymbol
**) bp
;
2049 /* Section symbols first. */
2050 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) && !(b
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
))
2052 if (!(a
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) && (b
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
))
2055 /* then .opd symbols. */
2056 if (synthetic_opd
!= NULL
)
2058 if (strcmp (a
->section
->name
, ".opd") == 0
2059 && strcmp (b
->section
->name
, ".opd") != 0)
2061 if (strcmp (a
->section
->name
, ".opd") != 0
2062 && strcmp (b
->section
->name
, ".opd") == 0)
2066 /* then other code symbols. */
2067 if (((a
->section
->flags
& (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
))
2068 == (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
))
2069 && ((b
->section
->flags
& (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
))
2070 != (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
)))
2073 if (((a
->section
->flags
& (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
))
2074 != (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
))
2075 && ((b
->section
->flags
& (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
))
2076 == (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
)))
2079 if (synthetic_relocatable
)
2081 if (a
->section
->id
< b
->section
->id
)
2084 if (a
->section
->id
> b
->section
->id
)
2088 if (a
->value
+ a
->section
->vma
< b
->value
+ b
->section
->vma
)
2091 if (a
->value
+ a
->section
->vma
> b
->value
+ b
->section
->vma
)
2094 /* For syms with the same value, prefer strong dynamic global function
2095 syms over other syms. */
2096 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
) != 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
) == 0)
2099 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
) == 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
) != 0)
2102 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) == 0)
2105 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) == 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0)
2108 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_WEAK
) == 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_WEAK
) != 0)
2111 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_WEAK
) != 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_WEAK
) == 0)
2114 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) != 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) == 0)
2117 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) == 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) != 0)
2120 /* Finally, sort on where the symbol is in memory. The symbols will
2121 be in at most two malloc'd blocks, one for static syms, one for
2122 dynamic syms, and we distinguish the two blocks above by testing
2123 BSF_DYNAMIC. Since we are sorting the symbol pointers which were
2124 originally in the same order as the symbols (and we're not
2125 sorting the symbols themselves), this ensures a stable sort. */
2133 /* Search SYMS for a symbol of the given VALUE. */
2136 sym_exists_at (asymbol
**syms
, size_t lo
, size_t hi
, unsigned int id
,
2141 if (id
== (unsigned) -1)
2145 mid
= (lo
+ hi
) >> 1;
2146 if (syms
[mid
]->value
+ syms
[mid
]->section
->vma
< value
)
2148 else if (syms
[mid
]->value
+ syms
[mid
]->section
->vma
> value
)
2158 mid
= (lo
+ hi
) >> 1;
2159 if (syms
[mid
]->section
->id
< id
)
2161 else if (syms
[mid
]->section
->id
> id
)
2163 else if (syms
[mid
]->value
< value
)
2165 else if (syms
[mid
]->value
> value
)
2175 section_covers_vma (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*section
, void *ptr
)
2177 bfd_vma vma
= *(bfd_vma
*) ptr
;
2178 return ((section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
2179 && section
->vma
<= vma
2180 && vma
< section
->vma
+ section
->size
);
2183 /* Create synthetic symbols, effectively restoring "dot-symbol" function
2184 entry syms. Also generate @plt symbols for the glink branch table.
2185 Returns count of synthetic symbols in RET or -1 on error. */
2188 ppc64_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
2189 long static_count
, asymbol
**static_syms
,
2190 long dyn_count
, asymbol
**dyn_syms
,
2196 size_t symcount
, codesecsym
, codesecsymend
, secsymend
, opdsymend
;
2197 asection
*opd
= NULL
;
2198 bfd_boolean relocatable
= (abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0;
2200 int abi
= abiversion (abfd
);
2206 opd
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".opd");
2207 if (opd
== NULL
&& abi
== 1)
2219 symcount
= static_count
;
2221 symcount
+= dyn_count
;
2225 syms
= bfd_malloc ((symcount
+ 1) * sizeof (*syms
));
2229 if (!relocatable
&& static_count
!= 0 && dyn_count
!= 0)
2231 /* Use both symbol tables. */
2232 memcpy (syms
, static_syms
, static_count
* sizeof (*syms
));
2233 memcpy (syms
+ static_count
, dyn_syms
,
2234 (dyn_count
+ 1) * sizeof (*syms
));
2236 else if (!relocatable
&& static_count
== 0)
2237 memcpy (syms
, dyn_syms
, (symcount
+ 1) * sizeof (*syms
));
2239 memcpy (syms
, static_syms
, (symcount
+ 1) * sizeof (*syms
));
2241 /* Trim uninteresting symbols. Interesting symbols are section,
2242 function, and notype symbols. */
2243 for (i
= 0, j
= 0; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2244 if ((syms
[i
]->flags
& (BSF_FILE
| BSF_OBJECT
| BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
2245 | BSF_RELC
| BSF_SRELC
)) == 0)
2246 syms
[j
++] = syms
[i
];
2249 synthetic_relocatable
= relocatable
;
2250 synthetic_opd
= opd
;
2251 qsort (syms
, symcount
, sizeof (*syms
), compare_symbols
);
2253 if (!relocatable
&& symcount
> 1)
2255 /* Trim duplicate syms, since we may have merged the normal
2256 and dynamic symbols. Actually, we only care about syms
2257 that have different values, so trim any with the same
2258 value. Don't consider ifunc and ifunc resolver symbols
2259 duplicates however, because GDB wants to know whether a
2260 text symbol is an ifunc resolver. */
2261 for (i
= 1, j
= 1; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2263 const asymbol
*s0
= syms
[i
- 1];
2264 const asymbol
*s1
= syms
[i
];
2266 if ((s0
->value
+ s0
->section
->vma
2267 != s1
->value
+ s1
->section
->vma
)
2268 || ((s0
->flags
& BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION
)
2269 != (s1
->flags
& BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION
)))
2270 syms
[j
++] = syms
[i
];
2276 /* Note that here and in compare_symbols we can't compare opd and
2277 sym->section directly. With separate debug info files, the
2278 symbols will be extracted from the debug file while abfd passed
2279 to this function is the real binary. */
2280 if (strcmp (syms
[i
]->section
->name
, ".opd") == 0)
2284 for (; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2285 if (((syms
[i
]->section
->flags
& (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
2286 | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
))
2287 != (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
))
2288 || (syms
[i
]->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0)
2292 for (; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2293 if ((syms
[i
]->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0)
2297 for (; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2298 if (strcmp (syms
[i
]->section
->name
, ".opd") != 0)
2302 for (; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2303 if (((syms
[i
]->section
->flags
2304 & (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)))
2305 != (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
))
2313 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
2318 if (opdsymend
== secsymend
)
2321 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
2322 relcount
= (opd
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) ? opd
->reloc_count
: 0;
2326 if (!(*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, opd
, static_syms
, FALSE
))
2333 for (i
= secsymend
, r
= opd
->relocation
; i
< opdsymend
; ++i
)
2337 while (r
< opd
->relocation
+ relcount
2338 && r
->address
< syms
[i
]->value
+ opd
->vma
)
2341 if (r
== opd
->relocation
+ relcount
)
2344 if (r
->address
!= syms
[i
]->value
+ opd
->vma
)
2347 if (r
->howto
->type
!= R_PPC64_ADDR64
)
2350 sym
= *r
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
2351 if (!sym_exists_at (syms
, opdsymend
, symcount
,
2352 sym
->section
->id
, sym
->value
+ r
->addend
))
2355 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
);
2356 size
+= strlen (syms
[i
]->name
) + 2;
2362 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
2369 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
);
2371 for (i
= secsymend
, r
= opd
->relocation
; i
< opdsymend
; ++i
)
2375 while (r
< opd
->relocation
+ relcount
2376 && r
->address
< syms
[i
]->value
+ opd
->vma
)
2379 if (r
== opd
->relocation
+ relcount
)
2382 if (r
->address
!= syms
[i
]->value
+ opd
->vma
)
2385 if (r
->howto
->type
!= R_PPC64_ADDR64
)
2388 sym
= *r
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
2389 if (!sym_exists_at (syms
, opdsymend
, symcount
,
2390 sym
->section
->id
, sym
->value
+ r
->addend
))
2395 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
2396 s
->section
= sym
->section
;
2397 s
->value
= sym
->value
+ r
->addend
;
2400 len
= strlen (syms
[i
]->name
);
2401 memcpy (names
, syms
[i
]->name
, len
+ 1);
2403 /* Have udata.p point back to the original symbol this
2404 synthetic symbol was derived from. */
2405 s
->udata
.p
= syms
[i
];
2412 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
2413 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
2415 size_t plt_count
= 0;
2416 bfd_vma glink_vma
= 0, resolv_vma
= 0;
2417 asection
*dynamic
, *glink
= NULL
, *relplt
= NULL
;
2420 if (opd
!= NULL
&& !bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, opd
, &contents
))
2422 free_contents_and_exit_err
:
2424 free_contents_and_exit
:
2430 for (i
= secsymend
; i
< opdsymend
; ++i
)
2434 /* Ignore bogus symbols. */
2435 if (syms
[i
]->value
> opd
->size
- 8)
2438 ent
= bfd_get_64 (abfd
, contents
+ syms
[i
]->value
);
2439 if (!sym_exists_at (syms
, opdsymend
, symcount
, -1, ent
))
2442 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
);
2443 size
+= strlen (syms
[i
]->name
) + 2;
2447 /* Get start of .glink stubs from DT_PPC64_GLINK. */
2449 && (dynamic
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic")) != NULL
)
2451 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
, *extdyn
, *extdynend
;
2453 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
2455 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, dynamic
, &dynbuf
))
2456 goto free_contents_and_exit_err
;
2458 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
2459 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
2462 extdynend
= extdyn
+ dynamic
->size
;
2463 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
2465 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
2466 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
2468 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
2471 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_PPC64_GLINK
)
2473 /* The first glink stub starts at DT_PPC64_GLINK plus 32.
2474 See comment in ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections. */
2475 glink_vma
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
+ 8 * 4;
2476 /* The .glink section usually does not survive the final
2477 link; search for the section (usually .text) where the
2478 glink stubs now reside. */
2479 glink
= bfd_sections_find_if (abfd
, section_covers_vma
,
2490 /* Determine __glink trampoline by reading the relative branch
2491 from the first glink stub. */
2493 unsigned int off
= 0;
2495 while (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, glink
, buf
,
2496 glink_vma
+ off
- glink
->vma
, 4))
2498 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
);
2500 if ((insn
& ~0x3fffffc) == 0)
2503 = glink_vma
+ off
+ (insn
^ 0x2000000) - 0x2000000;
2512 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
) + sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
2514 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rela.plt");
2517 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
2518 if (!(*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dyn_syms
, TRUE
))
2519 goto free_contents_and_exit_err
;
2521 plt_count
= relplt
->size
/ sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
2522 size
+= plt_count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
2524 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
2525 for (i
= 0; i
< plt_count
; i
++, p
++)
2527 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
2529 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 16;
2535 goto free_contents_and_exit
;
2536 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
2538 goto free_contents_and_exit_err
;
2540 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
+ plt_count
+ (resolv_vma
!= 0));
2542 for (i
= secsymend
; i
< opdsymend
; ++i
)
2546 if (syms
[i
]->value
> opd
->size
- 8)
2549 ent
= bfd_get_64 (abfd
, contents
+ syms
[i
]->value
);
2550 if (!sym_exists_at (syms
, opdsymend
, symcount
, -1, ent
))
2554 asection
*sec
= abfd
->sections
;
2561 size_t mid
= (lo
+ hi
) >> 1;
2562 if (syms
[mid
]->section
->vma
< ent
)
2564 else if (syms
[mid
]->section
->vma
> ent
)
2568 sec
= syms
[mid
]->section
;
2573 if (lo
>= hi
&& lo
> codesecsym
)
2574 sec
= syms
[lo
- 1]->section
;
2576 for (; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
2580 /* SEC_LOAD may not be set if SEC is from a separate debug
2582 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
2584 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
2587 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
2588 s
->value
= ent
- s
->section
->vma
;
2591 len
= strlen (syms
[i
]->name
);
2592 memcpy (names
, syms
[i
]->name
, len
+ 1);
2594 /* Have udata.p point back to the original symbol this
2595 synthetic symbol was derived from. */
2596 s
->udata
.p
= syms
[i
];
2602 if (glink
!= NULL
&& relplt
!= NULL
)
2606 /* Add a symbol for the main glink trampoline. */
2607 memset (s
, 0, sizeof *s
);
2609 s
->flags
= BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
2611 s
->value
= resolv_vma
- glink
->vma
;
2613 memcpy (names
, "__glink_PLTresolve",
2614 sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve"));
2615 names
+= sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
2620 /* FIXME: It would be very much nicer to put sym@plt on the
2621 stub rather than on the glink branch table entry. The
2622 objdump disassembler would then use a sensible symbol
2623 name on plt calls. The difficulty in doing so is
2624 a) finding the stubs, and,
2625 b) matching stubs against plt entries, and,
2626 c) there can be multiple stubs for a given plt entry.
2628 Solving (a) could be done by code scanning, but older
2629 ppc64 binaries used different stubs to current code.
2630 (b) is the tricky one since you need to known the toc
2631 pointer for at least one function that uses a pic stub to
2632 be able to calculate the plt address referenced.
2633 (c) means gdb would need to set multiple breakpoints (or
2634 find the glink branch itself) when setting breakpoints
2635 for pending shared library loads. */
2636 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
2637 for (i
= 0; i
< plt_count
; i
++, p
++)
2641 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
2642 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
2643 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
2644 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
2645 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
2646 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
2648 s
->value
= glink_vma
- glink
->vma
;
2651 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
2652 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
2656 memcpy (names
, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
2657 names
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
2658 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd
, names
, p
->addend
);
2659 names
+= strlen (names
);
2661 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
2662 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
2682 /* The following functions are specific to the ELF linker, while
2683 functions above are used generally. Those named ppc64_elf_* are
2684 called by the main ELF linker code. They appear in this file more
2685 or less in the order in which they are called. eg.
2686 ppc64_elf_check_relocs is called early in the link process,
2687 ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections is one of the last functions
2690 PowerPC64-ELF uses a similar scheme to PowerPC64-XCOFF in that
2691 functions have both a function code symbol and a function descriptor
2692 symbol. A call to foo in a relocatable object file looks like:
2699 The function definition in another object file might be:
2703 . .quad .TOC.@tocbase
2709 When the linker resolves the call during a static link, the branch
2710 unsurprisingly just goes to .foo and the .opd information is unused.
2711 If the function definition is in a shared library, things are a little
2712 different: The call goes via a plt call stub, the opd information gets
2713 copied to the plt, and the linker patches the nop.
2721 . std 2,40(1) # in practice, the call stub
2722 . addis 11,2,Lfoo@toc@ha # is slightly optimized, but
2723 . addi 11,11,Lfoo@toc@l # this is the general idea
2731 . Lfoo: reloc (R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT, foo)
2733 The "reloc ()" notation is supposed to indicate that the linker emits
2734 an R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT reloc against foo. The dynamic linker does the opd
2737 What are the difficulties here? Well, firstly, the relocations
2738 examined by the linker in check_relocs are against the function code
2739 sym .foo, while the dynamic relocation in the plt is emitted against
2740 the function descriptor symbol, foo. Somewhere along the line, we need
2741 to carefully copy dynamic link information from one symbol to the other.
2742 Secondly, the generic part of the elf linker will make .foo a dynamic
2743 symbol as is normal for most other backends. We need foo dynamic
2744 instead, at least for an application final link. However, when
2745 creating a shared library containing foo, we need to have both symbols
2746 dynamic so that references to .foo are satisfied during the early
2747 stages of linking. Otherwise the linker might decide to pull in a
2748 definition from some other object, eg. a static library.
2750 Update: As of August 2004, we support a new convention. Function
2751 calls may use the function descriptor symbol, ie. "bl foo". This
2752 behaves exactly as "bl .foo". */
2754 /* Of those relocs that might be copied as dynamic relocs, this
2755 function selects those that must be copied when linking a shared
2756 library or PIE, even when the symbol is local. */
2759 must_be_dyn_reloc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2760 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
)
2765 /* Only relative relocs can be resolved when the object load
2766 address isn't fixed. DTPREL64 is excluded because the
2767 dynamic linker needs to differentiate global dynamic from
2768 local dynamic __tls_index pairs when PPC64_OPT_TLS is set. */
2775 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
2776 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
2777 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
2778 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
2779 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
2782 case R_PPC64_TPREL16
:
2783 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
2784 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
:
2785 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
2786 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
2787 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
2788 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
:
2789 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
2790 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
:
2791 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
2792 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
:
2793 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
2794 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
2795 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
2796 /* These relocations are relative but in a shared library the
2797 linker doesn't know the thread pointer base. */
2798 return bfd_link_dll (info
);
2802 /* If ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS is non-zero, the linker will try to avoid
2803 copying dynamic variables from a shared lib into an app's .dynbss
2804 section, and instead use a dynamic relocation to point into the
2805 shared lib. With code that gcc generates it is vital that this be
2806 enabled; In the PowerPC64 ELFv1 ABI the address of a function is
2807 actually the address of a function descriptor which resides in the
2808 .opd section. gcc uses the descriptor directly rather than going
2809 via the GOT as some other ABIs do, which means that initialized
2810 function pointers reference the descriptor. Thus, a function
2811 pointer initialized to the address of a function in a shared
2812 library will either require a .dynbss copy and a copy reloc, or a
2813 dynamic reloc. Using a .dynbss copy redefines the function
2814 descriptor symbol to point to the copy. This presents a problem as
2815 a PLT entry for that function is also initialized from the function
2816 descriptor symbol and the copy may not be initialized first. */
2817 #define ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 1
2819 /* Section name for stubs is the associated section name plus this
2821 #define STUB_SUFFIX ".stub"
2824 ppc_stub_long_branch:
2825 Used when a 14 bit branch (or even a 24 bit branch) can't reach its
2826 destination, but a 24 bit branch in a stub section will reach.
2829 ppc_stub_plt_branch:
2830 Similar to the above, but a 24 bit branch in the stub section won't
2831 reach its destination.
2832 . addis %r12,%r2,xxx@toc@ha
2833 . ld %r12,xxx@toc@l(%r12)
2838 Used to call a function in a shared library. If it so happens that
2839 the plt entry referenced crosses a 64k boundary, then an extra
2840 "addi %r11,%r11,xxx@toc@l" will be inserted before the "mtctr".
2841 ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save starts with "std %r2,40(%r1)".
2842 . addis %r11,%r2,xxx@toc@ha
2843 . ld %r12,xxx+0@toc@l(%r11)
2845 . ld %r2,xxx+8@toc@l(%r11)
2846 . ld %r11,xxx+16@toc@l(%r11)
2849 ppc_stub_long_branch and ppc_stub_plt_branch may also have additional
2850 code to adjust the value and save r2 to support multiple toc sections.
2851 A ppc_stub_long_branch with an r2 offset looks like:
2853 . addis %r2,%r2,off@ha
2854 . addi %r2,%r2,off@l
2857 A ppc_stub_plt_branch with an r2 offset looks like:
2859 . addis %r12,%r2,xxx@toc@ha
2860 . ld %r12,xxx@toc@l(%r12)
2861 . addis %r2,%r2,off@ha
2862 . addi %r2,%r2,off@l
2866 All of the above stubs are shown as their ELFv1 variants. ELFv2
2867 variants exist too, simpler for plt calls since a new toc pointer
2868 and static chain are not loaded by the stub. In addition, ELFv2
2869 has some more complex stubs to handle calls marked with NOTOC
2870 relocs from functions where r2 is not a valid toc pointer. These
2871 come in two flavours, the ones shown below, and _both variants that
2872 start with "std %r2,24(%r1)" to save r2 in the unlikely event that
2873 one call is from a function where r2 is used as the toc pointer but
2874 needs a toc adjusting stub for small-model multi-toc, and another
2875 call is from a function where r2 is not valid.
2876 ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc:
2882 . addis %r12,%r11,dest-1b@ha
2883 . addi %r12,%r12,dest-1b@l
2886 ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc:
2892 . lis %r12,xxx-1b@highest
2893 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@higher
2895 . oris %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@high
2896 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@l
2897 . add %r12,%r11,%r12
2901 ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc:
2907 . lis %r12,xxx-1b@highest
2908 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@higher
2910 . oris %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@high
2911 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@l
2912 . ldx %r12,%r11,%r12
2916 There are also ELFv1 power10 variants of these stubs.
2917 ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc:
2918 . pla %r12,dest@pcrel
2920 ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc:
2921 . lis %r11,(dest-1f)@highesta34
2922 . ori %r11,%r11,(dest-1f)@highera34
2924 . 1: pla %r12,dest@pcrel
2925 . add %r12,%r11,%r12
2928 ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc:
2929 . lis %r11,(xxx-1f)@highesta34
2930 . ori %r11,%r11,(xxx-1f)@highera34
2932 . 1: pla %r12,xxx@pcrel
2933 . ldx %r12,%r11,%r12
2937 In cases where the high instructions would add zero, they are
2938 omitted and following instructions modified in some cases.
2939 For example, a power10 ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc might simplify down
2941 . pld %r12,xxx@pcrel
2945 For a given stub group (a set of sections all using the same toc
2946 pointer value) there will be just one stub type used for any
2947 particular function symbol. For example, if printf is called from
2948 code with the tocsave optimization (ie. r2 saved in function
2949 prologue) and therefore calls use a ppc_stub_plt_call linkage stub,
2950 and from other code without the tocsave optimization requiring a
2951 ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save linkage stub, a single stub of the latter
2952 type will be created. Calls with the tocsave optimization will
2953 enter this stub after the instruction saving r2. A similar
2954 situation exists when calls are marked with R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
2955 relocations. These require a ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc linkage stub
2956 to call an external function like printf. If other calls to printf
2957 require a ppc_stub_plt_call linkage stub then a single
2958 ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc linkage stub will be used for both types of
2959 call. If other calls to printf require a ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
2960 linkage stub then a single ppc_stub_plt_call_both linkage stub will
2961 be created and calls not requiring r2 to be saved will enter the
2962 stub after the r2 save instruction. There is an analogous
2963 hierarchy of long branch and plt branch stubs for local call
2969 ppc_stub_long_branch
,
2970 ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
,
2971 ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
,
2972 ppc_stub_long_branch_both
, /* r2off and notoc variants both needed. */
2973 ppc_stub_plt_branch
,
2974 ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
,
2975 ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
,
2976 ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
,
2978 ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
,
2979 ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
,
2980 ppc_stub_plt_call_both
,
2981 ppc_stub_global_entry
,
2985 /* Information on stub grouping. */
2988 /* The stub section. */
2990 /* This is the section to which stubs in the group will be attached. */
2993 struct map_stub
*next
;
2994 /* Whether to emit a copy of register save/restore functions in this
2997 /* Current offset within stubs after the insn restoring lr in a
2998 _notoc or _both stub using bcl for pc-relative addressing, or
2999 after the insn restoring lr in a __tls_get_addr_opt plt stub. */
3000 unsigned int lr_restore
;
3001 /* Accumulated size of EH info emitted to describe return address
3002 if stubs modify lr. Does not include 17 byte FDE header. */
3003 unsigned int eh_size
;
3004 /* Offset in glink_eh_frame to the start of EH info for this group. */
3005 unsigned int eh_base
;
3008 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
3010 /* Base hash table entry structure. */
3011 struct bfd_hash_entry root
;
3013 enum ppc_stub_type stub_type
;
3015 /* Group information. */
3016 struct map_stub
*group
;
3018 /* Offset within stub_sec of the beginning of this stub. */
3019 bfd_vma stub_offset
;
3021 /* Given the symbol's value and its section we can determine its final
3022 value when building the stubs (so the stub knows where to jump. */
3023 bfd_vma target_value
;
3024 asection
*target_section
;
3026 /* The symbol table entry, if any, that this was derived from. */
3027 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3028 struct plt_entry
*plt_ent
;
3031 unsigned char symtype
;
3033 /* Symbol st_other. */
3034 unsigned char other
;
3037 struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
3039 /* Base hash table entry structure. */
3040 struct bfd_hash_entry root
;
3042 /* Offset within branch lookup table. */
3043 unsigned int offset
;
3045 /* Generation marker. */
3049 /* Used to track dynamic relocations for local symbols. */
3050 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
3052 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*next
;
3054 /* The input section of the reloc. */
3057 /* Total number of relocs copied for the input section. */
3058 unsigned int count
: 31;
3060 /* Whether this entry is for STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols. */
3061 unsigned int ifunc
: 1;
3064 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
3066 struct elf_link_hash_entry elf
;
3070 /* A pointer to the most recently used stub hash entry against this
3072 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_cache
;
3074 /* A pointer to the next symbol starting with a '.' */
3075 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*next_dot_sym
;
3078 /* Track dynamic relocs copied for this symbol. */
3079 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*dyn_relocs
;
3081 /* Link between function code and descriptor symbols. */
3082 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*oh
;
3084 /* Flag function code and descriptor symbols. */
3085 unsigned int is_func
:1;
3086 unsigned int is_func_descriptor
:1;
3087 unsigned int fake
:1;
3089 /* Whether global opd/toc sym has been adjusted or not.
3090 After ppc64_elf_edit_opd/ppc64_elf_edit_toc has run, this flag
3091 should be set for all globals defined in any opd/toc section. */
3092 unsigned int adjust_done
:1;
3094 /* Set if this is an out-of-line register save/restore function,
3095 with non-standard calling convention. */
3096 unsigned int save_res
:1;
3098 /* Set if a duplicate symbol with non-zero localentry is detected,
3099 even when the duplicate symbol does not provide a definition. */
3100 unsigned int non_zero_localentry
:1;
3102 /* Contexts in which symbol is used in the GOT (or TOC).
3103 Bits are or'd into the mask as the corresponding relocs are
3104 encountered during check_relocs, with TLS_TLS being set when any
3105 of the other TLS bits are set. tls_optimize clears bits when
3106 optimizing to indicate the corresponding GOT entry type is not
3107 needed. If set, TLS_TLS is never cleared. tls_optimize may also
3108 set TLS_GDIE when a GD reloc turns into an IE one.
3109 These flags are also kept for local symbols. */
3110 #define TLS_TLS 1 /* Any TLS reloc. */
3111 #define TLS_GD 2 /* GD reloc. */
3112 #define TLS_LD 4 /* LD reloc. */
3113 #define TLS_TPREL 8 /* TPREL reloc, => IE. */
3114 #define TLS_DTPREL 16 /* DTPREL reloc, => LD. */
3115 #define TLS_MARK 32 /* __tls_get_addr call marked. */
3116 #define TLS_GDIE 64 /* GOT TPREL reloc resulting from GD->IE. */
3117 #define TLS_EXPLICIT 256 /* TOC section TLS reloc, not stored. */
3118 unsigned char tls_mask
;
3120 /* The above field is also used to mark function symbols. In which
3121 case TLS_TLS will be 0. */
3122 #define PLT_IFUNC 2 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
3123 #define PLT_KEEP 4 /* inline plt call requires plt entry. */
3124 #define NON_GOT 256 /* local symbol plt, not stored. */
3127 static inline struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
3128 ppc_elf_hash_entry (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ent
)
3130 return (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) ent
;
3133 /* ppc64 ELF linker hash table. */
3135 struct ppc_link_hash_table
3137 struct elf_link_hash_table elf
;
3139 /* The stub hash table. */
3140 struct bfd_hash_table stub_hash_table
;
3142 /* Another hash table for plt_branch stubs. */
3143 struct bfd_hash_table branch_hash_table
;
3145 /* Hash table for function prologue tocsave. */
3146 htab_t tocsave_htab
;
3148 /* Various options and other info passed from the linker. */
3149 struct ppc64_elf_params
*params
;
3151 /* The size of sec_info below. */
3152 unsigned int sec_info_arr_size
;
3154 /* Per-section array of extra section info. Done this way rather
3155 than as part of ppc64_elf_section_data so we have the info for
3156 non-ppc64 sections. */
3159 /* Along with elf_gp, specifies the TOC pointer used by this section. */
3164 /* The section group that this section belongs to. */
3165 struct map_stub
*group
;
3166 /* A temp section list pointer. */
3171 /* Linked list of groups. */
3172 struct map_stub
*group
;
3174 /* Temp used when calculating TOC pointers. */
3177 asection
*toc_first_sec
;
3179 /* Used when adding symbols. */
3180 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*dot_syms
;
3182 /* Shortcuts to get to dynamic linker sections. */
3184 asection
*global_entry
;
3187 asection
*relpltlocal
;
3190 asection
*glink_eh_frame
;
3192 /* Shortcut to .__tls_get_addr and __tls_get_addr. */
3193 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*tls_get_addr
;
3194 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*tls_get_addr_fd
;
3195 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*tga_desc
;
3196 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*tga_desc_fd
;
3197 struct map_stub
*tga_group
;
3199 /* The size of reliplt used by got entry relocs. */
3200 bfd_size_type got_reli_size
;
3203 unsigned long stub_count
[ppc_stub_global_entry
];
3205 /* Number of stubs against global syms. */
3206 unsigned long stub_globals
;
3208 /* Set if we're linking code with function descriptors. */
3209 unsigned int opd_abi
:1;
3211 /* Support for multiple toc sections. */
3212 unsigned int do_multi_toc
:1;
3213 unsigned int multi_toc_needed
:1;
3214 unsigned int second_toc_pass
:1;
3215 unsigned int do_toc_opt
:1;
3217 /* Set if tls optimization is enabled. */
3218 unsigned int do_tls_opt
:1;
3220 /* Set if inline plt calls should be converted to direct calls. */
3221 unsigned int can_convert_all_inline_plt
:1;
3224 unsigned int stub_error
:1;
3226 /* Whether func_desc_adjust needs to be run over symbols. */
3227 unsigned int need_func_desc_adj
:1;
3229 /* Whether there exist local gnu indirect function resolvers,
3230 referenced by dynamic relocations. */
3231 unsigned int local_ifunc_resolver
:1;
3232 unsigned int maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
:1;
3234 /* Whether plt calls for ELFv2 localentry:0 funcs have been optimized. */
3235 unsigned int has_plt_localentry0
:1;
3237 /* Whether calls are made via the PLT from NOTOC functions. */
3238 unsigned int notoc_plt
:1;
3240 /* Whether to use power10 instructions in linkage stubs. */
3241 unsigned int power10_stubs
:1;
3243 /* Incremented every time we size stubs. */
3244 unsigned int stub_iteration
;
3246 /* Small local sym cache. */
3247 struct sym_cache sym_cache
;
3250 /* Rename some of the generic section flags to better document how they
3253 /* Nonzero if this section has TLS related relocations. */
3254 #define has_tls_reloc sec_flg0
3256 /* Nonzero if this section has a call to __tls_get_addr lacking marker
3258 #define nomark_tls_get_addr sec_flg1
3260 /* Nonzero if this section has any toc or got relocs. */
3261 #define has_toc_reloc sec_flg2
3263 /* Nonzero if this section has a call to another section that uses
3265 #define makes_toc_func_call sec_flg3
3267 /* Recursion protection when determining above flag. */
3268 #define call_check_in_progress sec_flg4
3269 #define call_check_done sec_flg5
3271 /* Get the ppc64 ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
3273 #define ppc_hash_table(p) \
3274 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
3275 == PPC64_ELF_DATA ? ((struct ppc_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
3277 #define ppc_stub_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy) \
3278 ((struct ppc_stub_hash_entry *) \
3279 bfd_hash_lookup ((table), (string), (create), (copy)))
3281 #define ppc_branch_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy) \
3282 ((struct ppc_branch_hash_entry *) \
3283 bfd_hash_lookup ((table), (string), (create), (copy)))
3285 /* Create an entry in the stub hash table. */
3287 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
3288 stub_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
3289 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
3292 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
3296 entry
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
));
3301 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
3302 entry
= bfd_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
3305 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*eh
;
3307 /* Initialize the local fields. */
3308 eh
= (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*) entry
;
3309 eh
->stub_type
= ppc_stub_none
;
3311 eh
->stub_offset
= 0;
3312 eh
->target_value
= 0;
3313 eh
->target_section
= NULL
;
3322 /* Create an entry in the branch hash table. */
3324 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
3325 branch_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
3326 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
3329 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
3333 entry
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
));
3338 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
3339 entry
= bfd_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
3342 struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
*eh
;
3344 /* Initialize the local fields. */
3345 eh
= (struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
*) entry
;
3353 /* Create an entry in a ppc64 ELF linker hash table. */
3355 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
3356 link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
3357 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
3360 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
3364 entry
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
));
3369 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
3370 entry
= _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
3373 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
= (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
3375 memset (&eh
->u
.stub_cache
, 0,
3376 (sizeof (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
)
3377 - offsetof (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
, u
.stub_cache
)));
3379 /* When making function calls, old ABI code references function entry
3380 points (dot symbols), while new ABI code references the function
3381 descriptor symbol. We need to make any combination of reference and
3382 definition work together, without breaking archive linking.
3384 For a defined function "foo" and an undefined call to "bar":
3385 An old object defines "foo" and ".foo", references ".bar" (possibly
3387 A new object defines "foo" and references "bar".
3389 A new object thus has no problem with its undefined symbols being
3390 satisfied by definitions in an old object. On the other hand, the
3391 old object won't have ".bar" satisfied by a new object.
3393 Keep a list of newly added dot-symbols. */
3395 if (string
[0] == '.')
3397 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3399 htab
= (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*) table
;
3400 eh
->u
.next_dot_sym
= htab
->dot_syms
;
3401 htab
->dot_syms
= eh
;
3408 struct tocsave_entry
3415 tocsave_htab_hash (const void *p
)
3417 const struct tocsave_entry
*e
= (const struct tocsave_entry
*) p
;
3418 return ((bfd_vma
) (intptr_t) e
->sec
^ e
->offset
) >> 3;
3422 tocsave_htab_eq (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
3424 const struct tocsave_entry
*e1
= (const struct tocsave_entry
*) p1
;
3425 const struct tocsave_entry
*e2
= (const struct tocsave_entry
*) p2
;
3426 return e1
->sec
== e2
->sec
&& e1
->offset
== e2
->offset
;
3429 /* Destroy a ppc64 ELF linker hash table. */
3432 ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_free (bfd
*obfd
)
3434 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3436 htab
= (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*) obfd
->link
.hash
;
3437 if (htab
->tocsave_htab
)
3438 htab_delete (htab
->tocsave_htab
);
3439 bfd_hash_table_free (&htab
->branch_hash_table
);
3440 bfd_hash_table_free (&htab
->stub_hash_table
);
3441 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (obfd
);
3444 /* Create a ppc64 ELF linker hash table. */
3446 static struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
3447 ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
3449 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3450 size_t amt
= sizeof (struct ppc_link_hash_table
);
3452 htab
= bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
3456 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&htab
->elf
, abfd
, link_hash_newfunc
,
3457 sizeof (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
),
3464 /* Init the stub hash table too. */
3465 if (!bfd_hash_table_init (&htab
->stub_hash_table
, stub_hash_newfunc
,
3466 sizeof (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
)))
3468 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (abfd
);
3472 /* And the branch hash table. */
3473 if (!bfd_hash_table_init (&htab
->branch_hash_table
, branch_hash_newfunc
,
3474 sizeof (struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
)))
3476 bfd_hash_table_free (&htab
->stub_hash_table
);
3477 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (abfd
);
3481 htab
->tocsave_htab
= htab_try_create (1024,
3485 if (htab
->tocsave_htab
== NULL
)
3487 ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_free (abfd
);
3490 htab
->elf
.root
.hash_table_free
= ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_free
;
3492 /* Initializing two fields of the union is just cosmetic. We really
3493 only care about glist, but when compiled on a 32-bit host the
3494 bfd_vma fields are larger. Setting the bfd_vma to zero makes
3495 debugger inspection of these fields look nicer. */
3496 htab
->elf
.init_got_refcount
.refcount
= 0;
3497 htab
->elf
.init_got_refcount
.glist
= NULL
;
3498 htab
->elf
.init_plt_refcount
.refcount
= 0;
3499 htab
->elf
.init_plt_refcount
.glist
= NULL
;
3500 htab
->elf
.init_got_offset
.offset
= 0;
3501 htab
->elf
.init_got_offset
.glist
= NULL
;
3502 htab
->elf
.init_plt_offset
.offset
= 0;
3503 htab
->elf
.init_plt_offset
.glist
= NULL
;
3505 return &htab
->elf
.root
;
3508 /* Create sections for linker generated code. */
3511 create_linkage_sections (bfd
*dynobj
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3513 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3516 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
3518 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_READONLY
3519 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3520 if (htab
->params
->save_restore_funcs
)
3522 /* Create .sfpr for code to save and restore fp regs. */
3523 htab
->sfpr
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".sfpr",
3525 if (htab
->sfpr
== NULL
3526 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->sfpr
, 2))
3530 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
3533 /* Create .glink for lazy dynamic linking support. */
3534 htab
->glink
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".glink",
3536 if (htab
->glink
== NULL
3537 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->glink
, 3))
3540 /* The part of .glink used by global entry stubs, separate so that
3541 it can be aligned appropriately without affecting htab->glink. */
3542 htab
->global_entry
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".glink",
3544 if (htab
->global_entry
== NULL
3545 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->global_entry
, 2))
3548 if (!info
->no_ld_generated_unwind_info
)
3550 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
3551 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3552 htab
->glink_eh_frame
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
,
3555 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
== NULL
3556 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->glink_eh_frame
, 2))
3560 flags
= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
;
3561 htab
->elf
.iplt
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".iplt", flags
);
3562 if (htab
->elf
.iplt
== NULL
3563 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->elf
.iplt
, 3))
3566 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
3567 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3569 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".rela.iplt", flags
);
3570 if (htab
->elf
.irelplt
== NULL
3571 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->elf
.irelplt
, 3))
3574 /* Create branch lookup table for plt_branch stubs. */
3575 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
3576 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3577 htab
->brlt
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".branch_lt",
3579 if (htab
->brlt
== NULL
3580 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->brlt
, 3))
3583 /* Local plt entries, put in .branch_lt but a separate section for
3585 htab
->pltlocal
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".branch_lt",
3587 if (htab
->pltlocal
== NULL
3588 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->pltlocal
, 3))
3591 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
3594 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
3595 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3597 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".rela.branch_lt", flags
);
3598 if (htab
->relbrlt
== NULL
3599 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->relbrlt
, 3))
3603 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".rela.branch_lt", flags
);
3604 if (htab
->relpltlocal
== NULL
3605 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->relpltlocal
, 3))
3611 /* Satisfy the ELF linker by filling in some fields in our fake bfd. */
3614 ppc64_elf_init_stub_bfd (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3615 struct ppc64_elf_params
*params
)
3617 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3619 elf_elfheader (params
->stub_bfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] = ELFCLASS64
;
3621 /* Always hook our dynamic sections into the first bfd, which is the
3622 linker created stub bfd. This ensures that the GOT header is at
3623 the start of the output TOC section. */
3624 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
3625 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= params
->stub_bfd
;
3626 htab
->params
= params
;
3628 return create_linkage_sections (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
);
3631 /* Build a name for an entry in the stub hash table. */
3634 ppc_stub_name (const asection
*input_section
,
3635 const asection
*sym_sec
,
3636 const struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3637 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
3642 /* rel->r_addend is actually 64 bit, but who uses more than +/- 2^31
3643 offsets from a sym as a branch target? In fact, we could
3644 probably assume the addend is always zero. */
3645 BFD_ASSERT (((int) rel
->r_addend
& 0xffffffff) == rel
->r_addend
);
3649 len
= 8 + 1 + strlen (h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
) + 1 + 8 + 1;
3650 stub_name
= bfd_malloc (len
);
3651 if (stub_name
== NULL
)
3654 len
= sprintf (stub_name
, "%08x.%s+%x",
3655 input_section
->id
& 0xffffffff,
3656 h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
,
3657 (int) rel
->r_addend
& 0xffffffff);
3661 len
= 8 + 1 + 8 + 1 + 8 + 1 + 8 + 1;
3662 stub_name
= bfd_malloc (len
);
3663 if (stub_name
== NULL
)
3666 len
= sprintf (stub_name
, "%08x.%x:%x+%x",
3667 input_section
->id
& 0xffffffff,
3668 sym_sec
->id
& 0xffffffff,
3669 (int) ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
) & 0xffffffff,
3670 (int) rel
->r_addend
& 0xffffffff);
3672 if (len
> 2 && stub_name
[len
- 2] == '+' && stub_name
[len
- 1] == '0')
3673 stub_name
[len
- 2] = 0;
3677 /* Look up an entry in the stub hash. Stub entries are cached because
3678 creating the stub name takes a bit of time. */
3680 static struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*
3681 ppc_get_stub_entry (const asection
*input_section
,
3682 const asection
*sym_sec
,
3683 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3684 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
3685 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
3687 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
3688 struct map_stub
*group
;
3690 /* If this input section is part of a group of sections sharing one
3691 stub section, then use the id of the first section in the group.
3692 Stub names need to include a section id, as there may well be
3693 more than one stub used to reach say, printf, and we need to
3694 distinguish between them. */
3695 group
= htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].u
.group
;
3699 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->u
.stub_cache
!= NULL
3700 && h
->u
.stub_cache
->h
== h
3701 && h
->u
.stub_cache
->group
== group
)
3703 stub_entry
= h
->u
.stub_cache
;
3709 stub_name
= ppc_stub_name (group
->link_sec
, sym_sec
, h
, rel
);
3710 if (stub_name
== NULL
)
3713 stub_entry
= ppc_stub_hash_lookup (&htab
->stub_hash_table
,
3714 stub_name
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
3716 h
->u
.stub_cache
= stub_entry
;
3724 /* Add a new stub entry to the stub hash. Not all fields of the new
3725 stub entry are initialised. */
3727 static struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*
3728 ppc_add_stub (const char *stub_name
,
3730 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3732 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
3733 struct map_stub
*group
;
3736 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
3738 group
= htab
->sec_info
[section
->id
].u
.group
;
3739 link_sec
= group
->link_sec
;
3740 stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
;
3741 if (stub_sec
== NULL
)
3747 namelen
= strlen (link_sec
->name
);
3748 len
= namelen
+ sizeof (STUB_SUFFIX
);
3749 s_name
= bfd_alloc (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, len
);
3753 memcpy (s_name
, link_sec
->name
, namelen
);
3754 memcpy (s_name
+ namelen
, STUB_SUFFIX
, sizeof (STUB_SUFFIX
));
3755 stub_sec
= (*htab
->params
->add_stub_section
) (s_name
, link_sec
);
3756 if (stub_sec
== NULL
)
3758 group
->stub_sec
= stub_sec
;
3761 /* Enter this entry into the linker stub hash table. */
3762 stub_entry
= ppc_stub_hash_lookup (&htab
->stub_hash_table
, stub_name
,
3764 if (stub_entry
== NULL
)
3766 /* xgettext:c-format */
3767 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: cannot create stub entry %s"),
3768 section
->owner
, stub_name
);
3772 stub_entry
->group
= group
;
3773 stub_entry
->stub_offset
= 0;
3777 /* Create .got and .rela.got sections in ABFD, and .got in dynobj if
3778 not already done. */
3781 create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3783 asection
*got
, *relgot
;
3785 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
3787 if (!is_ppc64_elf (abfd
))
3793 && !_bfd_elf_create_got_section (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
))
3796 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
3797 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3799 got
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got", flags
);
3801 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (got
, 3))
3804 relgot
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rela.got",
3805 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
3807 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (relgot
, 3))
3810 ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->got
= got
;
3811 ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->relgot
= relgot
;
3815 /* Follow indirect and warning symbol links. */
3817 static inline struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*
3818 follow_link (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3820 while (h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3821 || h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3826 static inline struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
3827 elf_follow_link (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3829 return (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) follow_link (&h
->root
);
3832 static inline struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
3833 ppc_follow_link (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3835 return ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_follow_link (&h
->elf
));
3838 /* Merge PLT info on FROM with that on TO. */
3841 move_plt_plist (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*from
,
3842 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*to
)
3844 if (from
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)
3846 if (to
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)
3848 struct plt_entry
**entp
;
3849 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
3851 for (entp
= &from
->elf
.plt
.plist
; (ent
= *entp
) != NULL
; )
3853 struct plt_entry
*dent
;
3855 for (dent
= to
->elf
.plt
.plist
; dent
!= NULL
; dent
= dent
->next
)
3856 if (dent
->addend
== ent
->addend
)
3858 dent
->plt
.refcount
+= ent
->plt
.refcount
;
3865 *entp
= to
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
3868 to
->elf
.plt
.plist
= from
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
3869 from
->elf
.plt
.plist
= NULL
;
3873 /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry. */
3876 ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3877 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
3878 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
3880 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*edir
, *eind
;
3882 edir
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (dir
);
3883 eind
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (ind
);
3885 edir
->is_func
|= eind
->is_func
;
3886 edir
->is_func_descriptor
|= eind
->is_func_descriptor
;
3887 edir
->tls_mask
|= eind
->tls_mask
;
3888 if (eind
->oh
!= NULL
)
3889 edir
->oh
= ppc_follow_link (eind
->oh
);
3891 if (edir
->elf
.versioned
!= versioned_hidden
)
3892 edir
->elf
.ref_dynamic
|= eind
->elf
.ref_dynamic
;
3893 edir
->elf
.ref_regular
|= eind
->elf
.ref_regular
;
3894 edir
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
|= eind
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
;
3895 edir
->elf
.non_got_ref
|= eind
->elf
.non_got_ref
;
3896 edir
->elf
.needs_plt
|= eind
->elf
.needs_plt
;
3897 edir
->elf
.pointer_equality_needed
|= eind
->elf
.pointer_equality_needed
;
3899 /* If we were called to copy over info for a weak sym, don't copy
3900 dyn_relocs, plt/got info, or dynindx. We used to copy dyn_relocs
3901 in order to simplify readonly_dynrelocs and save a field in the
3902 symbol hash entry, but that means dyn_relocs can't be used in any
3903 tests about a specific symbol, or affect other symbol flags which
3905 if (eind
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
3908 /* Copy over any dynamic relocs we may have on the indirect sym. */
3909 if (eind
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
3911 if (edir
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
3913 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
3914 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
3916 /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
3917 list. Merge any entries against the same section. */
3918 for (pp
= &eind
->dyn_relocs
; (p
= *pp
) != NULL
; )
3920 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*q
;
3922 for (q
= edir
->dyn_relocs
; q
!= NULL
; q
= q
->next
)
3923 if (q
->sec
== p
->sec
)
3925 q
->pc_count
+= p
->pc_count
;
3926 q
->count
+= p
->count
;
3933 *pp
= edir
->dyn_relocs
;
3936 edir
->dyn_relocs
= eind
->dyn_relocs
;
3937 eind
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
3940 /* Copy over got entries that we may have already seen to the
3941 symbol which just became indirect. */
3942 if (eind
->elf
.got
.glist
!= NULL
)
3944 if (edir
->elf
.got
.glist
!= NULL
)
3946 struct got_entry
**entp
;
3947 struct got_entry
*ent
;
3949 for (entp
= &eind
->elf
.got
.glist
; (ent
= *entp
) != NULL
; )
3951 struct got_entry
*dent
;
3953 for (dent
= edir
->elf
.got
.glist
; dent
!= NULL
; dent
= dent
->next
)
3954 if (dent
->addend
== ent
->addend
3955 && dent
->owner
== ent
->owner
3956 && dent
->tls_type
== ent
->tls_type
)
3958 dent
->got
.refcount
+= ent
->got
.refcount
;
3965 *entp
= edir
->elf
.got
.glist
;
3968 edir
->elf
.got
.glist
= eind
->elf
.got
.glist
;
3969 eind
->elf
.got
.glist
= NULL
;
3972 /* And plt entries. */
3973 move_plt_plist (eind
, edir
);
3975 if (eind
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
3977 if (edir
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
3978 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
3979 edir
->elf
.dynstr_index
);
3980 edir
->elf
.dynindx
= eind
->elf
.dynindx
;
3981 edir
->elf
.dynstr_index
= eind
->elf
.dynstr_index
;
3982 eind
->elf
.dynindx
= -1;
3983 eind
->elf
.dynstr_index
= 0;
3987 /* Find the function descriptor hash entry from the given function code
3988 hash entry FH. Link the entries via their OH fields. */
3990 static struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
3991 lookup_fdh (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
, struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
3993 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
= fh
->oh
;
3997 const char *fd_name
= fh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
+ 1;
3999 fdh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, fd_name
,
4000 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
));
4004 fdh
->is_func_descriptor
= 1;
4010 fdh
= ppc_follow_link (fdh
);
4011 fdh
->is_func_descriptor
= 1;
4016 /* Make a fake function descriptor sym for the undefined code sym FH. */
4018 static struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
4019 make_fdh (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4020 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
)
4022 bfd
*abfd
= fh
->elf
.root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
4023 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
= NULL
;
4024 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
4025 flagword flags
= (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
4029 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, abfd
,
4030 fh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
+ 1,
4031 flags
, bfd_und_section_ptr
, 0,
4032 NULL
, FALSE
, FALSE
, &bh
))
4035 fdh
= (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
4036 fdh
->elf
.non_elf
= 0;
4038 fdh
->is_func_descriptor
= 1;
4045 /* Fix function descriptor symbols defined in .opd sections to be
4049 ppc64_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*ibfd
,
4050 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4051 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
4053 flagword
*flags ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4058 && strcmp ((*sec
)->name
, ".opd") == 0)
4062 if (!(ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
4063 || ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_FUNC
))
4064 isym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
), STT_FUNC
);
4066 /* If the symbol is a function defined in .opd, and the function
4067 code is in a discarded group, let it appear to be undefined. */
4068 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
4069 && (*sec
)->reloc_count
!= 0
4070 && opd_entry_value (*sec
, *value
, &code_sec
, NULL
,
4071 FALSE
) != (bfd_vma
) -1
4072 && discarded_section (code_sec
))
4074 *sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
4075 isym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
4078 else if (*sec
!= NULL
4079 && strcmp ((*sec
)->name
, ".toc") == 0
4080 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_OBJECT
)
4082 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
4084 htab
->params
->object_in_toc
= 1;
4087 if ((STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
& isym
->st_other
) != 0)
4089 if (abiversion (ibfd
) == 0)
4090 set_abiversion (ibfd
, 2);
4091 else if (abiversion (ibfd
) == 1)
4093 _bfd_error_handler (_("symbol '%s' has invalid st_other"
4094 " for ABI version 1"), *name
);
4095 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4103 /* Merge non-visibility st_other attributes: local entry point. */
4106 ppc64_elf_merge_symbol_attribute (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4107 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
4108 bfd_boolean definition
,
4109 bfd_boolean dynamic
)
4111 if (definition
&& (!dynamic
|| !h
->def_regular
))
4112 h
->other
= ((isym
->st_other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1))
4113 | ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
));
4116 /* Hook called on merging a symbol. We use this to clear "fake" since
4117 we now have a real symbol. */
4120 ppc64_elf_merge_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4121 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
4122 asection
**psec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4123 bfd_boolean newdef ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4124 bfd_boolean olddef ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4125 bfd
*oldbfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4126 const asection
*oldsec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
4128 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->fake
= 0;
4129 if ((STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
& isym
->st_other
) != 0)
4130 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->non_zero_localentry
= 1;
4134 /* This function makes an old ABI object reference to ".bar" cause the
4135 inclusion of a new ABI object archive that defines "bar".
4136 NAME is a symbol defined in an archive. Return a symbol in the hash
4137 table that might be satisfied by the archive symbols. */
4139 static struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
4140 ppc64_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (bfd
*abfd
,
4141 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4144 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4148 h
= _bfd_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (abfd
, info
, name
);
4150 /* Don't return this sym if it is a fake function descriptor
4151 created by add_symbol_adjust. */
4152 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->fake
)
4158 len
= strlen (name
);
4159 dot_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 2);
4160 if (dot_name
== NULL
)
4161 return (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1;
4163 memcpy (dot_name
+ 1, name
, len
+ 1);
4164 h
= _bfd_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (abfd
, info
, dot_name
);
4165 bfd_release (abfd
, dot_name
);
4169 if (strcmp (name
, "__tls_get_addr_opt") == 0)
4170 h
= _bfd_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (abfd
, info
, "__tls_get_addr_desc");
4174 /* This function satisfies all old ABI object references to ".bar" if a
4175 new ABI object defines "bar". Well, at least, undefined dot symbols
4176 are made weak. This stops later archive searches from including an
4177 object if we already have a function descriptor definition. It also
4178 prevents the linker complaining about undefined symbols.
4179 We also check and correct mismatched symbol visibility here. The
4180 most restrictive visibility of the function descriptor and the
4181 function entry symbol is used. */
4184 add_symbol_adjust (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4186 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4187 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
4189 if (eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4190 eh
= (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) eh
->elf
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
4192 if (eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
4195 if (eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
[0] != '.')
4198 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
4202 fdh
= lookup_fdh (eh
, htab
);
4204 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
4205 && (eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
4206 || eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
4207 && eh
->elf
.ref_regular
)
4209 /* Make an undefined function descriptor sym, in order to
4210 pull in an --as-needed shared lib. Archives are handled
4212 fdh
= make_fdh (info
, eh
);
4219 unsigned entry_vis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (eh
->elf
.other
) - 1;
4220 unsigned descr_vis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (fdh
->elf
.other
) - 1;
4222 /* Make both descriptor and entry symbol have the most
4223 constraining visibility of either symbol. */
4224 if (entry_vis
< descr_vis
)
4225 fdh
->elf
.other
+= entry_vis
- descr_vis
;
4226 else if (entry_vis
> descr_vis
)
4227 eh
->elf
.other
+= descr_vis
- entry_vis
;
4229 /* Propagate reference flags from entry symbol to function
4230 descriptor symbol. */
4231 fdh
->elf
.root
.non_ir_ref_regular
|= eh
->elf
.root
.non_ir_ref_regular
;
4232 fdh
->elf
.root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
|= eh
->elf
.root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
;
4233 fdh
->elf
.ref_regular
|= eh
->elf
.ref_regular
;
4234 fdh
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
|= eh
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
;
4236 if (!fdh
->elf
.forced_local
4237 && fdh
->elf
.dynindx
== -1
4238 && fdh
->elf
.versioned
!= versioned_hidden
4239 && (bfd_link_dll (info
)
4240 || fdh
->elf
.def_dynamic
4241 || fdh
->elf
.ref_dynamic
)
4242 && (eh
->elf
.ref_regular
4243 || eh
->elf
.def_regular
))
4245 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, &fdh
->elf
))
4253 /* Set up opd section info and abiversion for IBFD, and process list
4254 of dot-symbols we made in link_hash_newfunc. */
4257 ppc64_elf_before_check_relocs (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4259 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4260 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
**p
, *eh
;
4261 asection
*opd
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, ".opd");
4263 if (opd
!= NULL
&& opd
->size
!= 0)
4265 BFD_ASSERT (ppc64_elf_section_data (opd
)->sec_type
== sec_normal
);
4266 ppc64_elf_section_data (opd
)->sec_type
= sec_opd
;
4268 if (abiversion (ibfd
) == 0)
4269 set_abiversion (ibfd
, 1);
4270 else if (abiversion (ibfd
) >= 2)
4272 /* xgettext:c-format */
4273 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB .opd not allowed in ABI version %d"),
4274 ibfd
, abiversion (ibfd
));
4275 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4280 if (is_ppc64_elf (info
->output_bfd
))
4282 /* For input files without an explicit abiversion in e_flags
4283 we should have flagged any with symbol st_other bits set
4284 as ELFv1 and above flagged those with .opd as ELFv2.
4285 Set the output abiversion if not yet set, and for any input
4286 still ambiguous, take its abiversion from the output.
4287 Differences in ABI are reported later. */
4288 if (abiversion (info
->output_bfd
) == 0)
4289 set_abiversion (info
->output_bfd
, abiversion (ibfd
));
4290 else if (abiversion (ibfd
) == 0)
4291 set_abiversion (ibfd
, abiversion (info
->output_bfd
));
4294 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
4298 if (opd
!= NULL
&& opd
->size
!= 0
4299 && (ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
4300 && (opd
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0
4301 && opd
->reloc_count
!= 0
4302 && !bfd_is_abs_section (opd
->output_section
)
4303 && info
->gc_sections
)
4305 /* Garbage collection needs some extra help with .opd sections.
4306 We don't want to necessarily keep everything referenced by
4307 relocs in .opd, as that would keep all functions. Instead,
4308 if we reference an .opd symbol (a function descriptor), we
4309 want to keep the function code symbol's section. This is
4310 easy for global symbols, but for local syms we need to keep
4311 information about the associated function section. */
4313 asection
**opd_sym_map
;
4314 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
4315 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
, *rel_end
, *rel
;
4317 amt
= OPD_NDX (opd
->size
) * sizeof (*opd_sym_map
);
4318 opd_sym_map
= bfd_zalloc (ibfd
, amt
);
4319 if (opd_sym_map
== NULL
)
4321 ppc64_elf_section_data (opd
)->u
.opd
.func_sec
= opd_sym_map
;
4322 relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, opd
, NULL
, NULL
,
4326 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4327 rel_end
= relocs
+ opd
->reloc_count
- 1;
4328 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; rel
++)
4330 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4331 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4333 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
4334 && ELF64_R_TYPE ((rel
+ 1)->r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
4335 && r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4337 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
4340 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
, ibfd
, r_symndx
);
4343 if (elf_section_data (opd
)->relocs
!= relocs
)
4348 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
4349 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
!= opd
)
4350 opd_sym_map
[OPD_NDX (rel
->r_offset
)] = s
;
4353 if (elf_section_data (opd
)->relocs
!= relocs
)
4357 p
= &htab
->dot_syms
;
4358 while ((eh
= *p
) != NULL
)
4361 if (&eh
->elf
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
4363 else if (htab
->elf
.hgot
== NULL
4364 && strcmp (eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
, ".TOC.") == 0)
4365 htab
->elf
.hgot
= &eh
->elf
;
4366 else if (abiversion (ibfd
) <= 1)
4368 htab
->need_func_desc_adj
= 1;
4369 if (!add_symbol_adjust (eh
, info
))
4372 p
= &eh
->u
.next_dot_sym
;
4377 /* Undo hash table changes when an --as-needed input file is determined
4378 not to be needed. */
4381 ppc64_elf_notice_as_needed (bfd
*ibfd
,
4382 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4383 enum notice_asneeded_action act
)
4385 if (act
== notice_not_needed
)
4387 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
4392 htab
->dot_syms
= NULL
;
4394 return _bfd_elf_notice_as_needed (ibfd
, info
, act
);
4397 /* If --just-symbols against a final linked binary, then assume we need
4398 toc adjusting stubs when calling functions defined there. */
4401 ppc64_elf_link_just_syms (asection
*sec
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4403 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0
4404 && (sec
->owner
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) != 0
4405 && is_ppc64_elf (sec
->owner
))
4407 if (abiversion (sec
->owner
) >= 2
4408 || bfd_get_section_by_name (sec
->owner
, ".opd") != NULL
)
4409 sec
->has_toc_reloc
= 1;
4411 _bfd_elf_link_just_syms (sec
, info
);
4414 static struct plt_entry
**
4415 update_local_sym_info (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
4416 unsigned long r_symndx
, bfd_vma r_addend
, int tls_type
)
4418 struct got_entry
**local_got_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (abfd
);
4419 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
4420 unsigned char *local_got_tls_masks
;
4422 if (local_got_ents
== NULL
)
4424 bfd_size_type size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
4426 size
*= (sizeof (*local_got_ents
)
4427 + sizeof (*local_plt
)
4428 + sizeof (*local_got_tls_masks
));
4429 local_got_ents
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, size
);
4430 if (local_got_ents
== NULL
)
4432 elf_local_got_ents (abfd
) = local_got_ents
;
4435 if ((tls_type
& (NON_GOT
| TLS_EXPLICIT
)) == 0)
4437 struct got_entry
*ent
;
4439 for (ent
= local_got_ents
[r_symndx
]; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
4440 if (ent
->addend
== r_addend
4441 && ent
->owner
== abfd
4442 && ent
->tls_type
== tls_type
)
4446 size_t amt
= sizeof (*ent
);
4447 ent
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4450 ent
->next
= local_got_ents
[r_symndx
];
4451 ent
->addend
= r_addend
;
4453 ent
->tls_type
= tls_type
;
4454 ent
->is_indirect
= FALSE
;
4455 ent
->got
.refcount
= 0;
4456 local_got_ents
[r_symndx
] = ent
;
4458 ent
->got
.refcount
+= 1;
4461 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_ents
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4462 local_got_tls_masks
= (unsigned char *) (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4463 local_got_tls_masks
[r_symndx
] |= tls_type
& 0xff;
4465 return local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
4469 update_plt_info (bfd
*abfd
, struct plt_entry
**plist
, bfd_vma addend
)
4471 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
4473 for (ent
= *plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
4474 if (ent
->addend
== addend
)
4478 size_t amt
= sizeof (*ent
);
4479 ent
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4483 ent
->addend
= addend
;
4484 ent
->plt
.refcount
= 0;
4487 ent
->plt
.refcount
+= 1;
4492 is_branch_reloc (enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
)
4494 return (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24
4495 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
4496 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14
4497 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
4498 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
4499 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR24
4500 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14
4501 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
4502 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
4503 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL
4504 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
);
4507 /* Relocs on inline plt call sequence insns prior to the call. */
4510 is_plt_seq_reloc (enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
)
4512 return (r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
4513 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
4514 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
4515 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
4516 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
4517 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
4518 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTSEQ
4519 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC
);
4522 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
4523 calculate needed space in the global offset table, procedure
4524 linkage table, and dynamic reloc sections. */
4527 ppc64_elf_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4528 asection
*sec
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
4530 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4531 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
4532 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
4533 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
4534 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
4536 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*tga
, *dottga
;
4539 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
4542 /* Don't do anything special with non-loaded, non-alloced sections.
4543 In particular, any relocs in such sections should not affect GOT
4544 and PLT reference counting (ie. we don't allow them to create GOT
4545 or PLT entries), there's no possibility or desire to optimize TLS
4546 relocs, and there's not much point in propagating relocs to shared
4547 libs that the dynamic linker won't relocate. */
4548 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
4551 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc64_elf (abfd
));
4553 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
4557 tga
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr",
4558 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
4559 dottga
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, ".__tls_get_addr",
4560 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
4561 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
4562 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
4564 is_opd
= ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_type
== sec_opd
;
4565 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
4566 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; rel
++)
4568 unsigned long r_symndx
;
4569 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4570 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
4572 struct _ppc64_elf_section_data
*ppc64_sec
;
4573 struct plt_entry
**ifunc
, **plt_list
;
4575 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4576 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4580 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4581 h
= elf_follow_link (h
);
4583 if (h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
4584 sec
->has_toc_reloc
= 1;
4587 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4591 case R_PPC64_D34_LO
:
4592 case R_PPC64_D34_HI30
:
4593 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
4595 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
4596 case R_PPC64_DTPREL34
:
4597 case R_PPC64_PCREL34
:
4598 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
4599 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD34
:
4600 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD34
:
4601 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34
:
4602 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL34
:
4603 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
:
4604 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
:
4605 case R_PPC64_PCREL28
:
4606 htab
->power10_stubs
= 1;
4614 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
4615 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
4616 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
4617 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
4618 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
4619 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
4620 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
4621 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
:
4622 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
4623 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
4624 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
4625 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
4626 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
4627 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
:
4628 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
4629 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
4630 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
4631 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
4632 ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_optrel
= 1;
4633 ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->has_optrel
= 1;
4642 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
4645 ifunc
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
4650 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
,
4655 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
4657 ifunc
= update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
4659 NON_GOT
| PLT_IFUNC
);
4670 /* These special tls relocs tie a call to __tls_get_addr with
4671 its parameter symbol. */
4673 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
;
4675 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
4677 NON_GOT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
4679 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
4682 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
:
4683 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
4684 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
4685 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
4686 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD34
:
4687 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
4690 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
:
4691 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
4692 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
4693 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
4694 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD34
:
4695 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
4698 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
:
4699 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
4700 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
4701 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
4702 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34
:
4703 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
4704 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
4705 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
4708 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
:
4709 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
4710 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
:
4711 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
4712 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL34
:
4713 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
4715 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
4719 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
:
4720 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HI
:
4721 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
4722 case R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
:
4723 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
4724 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
4726 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
4727 sec
->has_toc_reloc
= 1;
4728 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
4729 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
4730 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
4731 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
4732 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT16
4733 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
)
4735 htab
->do_multi_toc
= 1;
4736 ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_small_toc_reloc
= 1;
4739 if (ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->got
== NULL
4740 && !create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
4745 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
4746 struct got_entry
*ent
;
4748 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
4749 for (ent
= eh
->elf
.got
.glist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
4750 if (ent
->addend
== rel
->r_addend
4751 && ent
->owner
== abfd
4752 && ent
->tls_type
== tls_type
)
4756 size_t amt
= sizeof (*ent
);
4757 ent
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4760 ent
->next
= eh
->elf
.got
.glist
;
4761 ent
->addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
4763 ent
->tls_type
= tls_type
;
4764 ent
->is_indirect
= FALSE
;
4765 ent
->got
.refcount
= 0;
4766 eh
->elf
.got
.glist
= ent
;
4768 ent
->got
.refcount
+= 1;
4769 eh
->tls_mask
|= tls_type
;
4772 /* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol. */
4773 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
4774 rel
->r_addend
, tls_type
))
4778 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
4779 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
:
4780 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
:
4781 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
4782 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
:
4783 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
:
4786 /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. */
4791 if (h
->root
.root
.string
[0] == '.'
4792 && h
->root
.root
.string
[1] != '\0')
4793 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->is_func
= 1;
4794 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= PLT_KEEP
;
4795 plt_list
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
4797 if (plt_list
== NULL
)
4798 plt_list
= update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
4800 NON_GOT
| PLT_KEEP
);
4801 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, plt_list
, rel
->r_addend
))
4805 /* The following relocations don't need to propagate the
4806 relocation if linking a shared object since they are
4807 section relative. */
4808 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF
:
4809 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO
:
4810 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HI
:
4811 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA
:
4812 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
:
4813 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
:
4814 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16
:
4815 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO
:
4816 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI
:
4817 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA
:
4818 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
:
4819 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
4820 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH
:
4821 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
:
4822 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER
:
4823 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
:
4824 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST
:
4825 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
4830 case R_PPC64_REL16_LO
:
4831 case R_PPC64_REL16_HI
:
4832 case R_PPC64_REL16_HA
:
4833 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
:
4834 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
:
4835 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
:
4836 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
:
4837 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
:
4838 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
:
4839 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34
:
4840 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
:
4841 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34
:
4842 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
:
4843 case R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
:
4846 /* Not supported as a dynamic relocation. */
4847 case R_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL
:
4848 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
4850 if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC64_ADDR32
])
4852 /* xgettext:c-format */
4853 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%H: %s reloc unsupported "
4854 "in shared libraries and PIEs\n"),
4855 abfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
,
4856 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
);
4857 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4863 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
4864 htab
->do_multi_toc
= 1;
4865 ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_small_toc_reloc
= 1;
4867 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
4868 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
4869 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
4870 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
4871 sec
->has_toc_reloc
= 1;
4872 if (h
!= NULL
&& bfd_link_executable (info
))
4874 /* We may need a copy reloc. */
4876 /* Strongly prefer a copy reloc over a dynamic reloc.
4877 glibc ld.so as of 2019-08 will error out if one of
4878 these relocations is emitted. */
4888 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
4889 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
4890 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
4891 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
4895 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
4896 used. Record for later use during GC. */
4897 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY
:
4898 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_addend
))
4903 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
4904 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
4906 asection
*dest
= NULL
;
4908 /* Heuristic: If jumping outside our section, chances are
4909 we are going to need a stub. */
4912 /* If the sym is weak it may be overridden later, so
4913 don't assume we know where a weak sym lives. */
4914 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
4915 dest
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
4919 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
4921 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
,
4926 dest
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
4930 ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->has_14bit_branch
= 1;
4934 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL
:
4935 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
:
4936 ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->has_pltcall
= 1;
4940 case R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
:
4946 if (h
->root
.root
.string
[0] == '.'
4947 && h
->root
.root
.string
[1] != '\0')
4948 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->is_func
= 1;
4950 if (h
== tga
|| h
== dottga
)
4952 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
4954 && (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TLSGD
4955 || ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TLSLD
))
4956 /* We have a new-style __tls_get_addr call with
4960 /* Mark this section as having an old-style call. */
4961 sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
= 1;
4963 plt_list
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
4966 /* We may need a .plt entry if the function this reloc
4967 refers to is in a shared lib. */
4969 && !update_plt_info (abfd
, plt_list
, rel
->r_addend
))
4973 case R_PPC64_ADDR14
:
4974 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
4975 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
4976 case R_PPC64_ADDR24
:
4979 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
4980 tls_type
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
4981 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
4982 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
4985 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
4986 if (rel
+ 1 < rel_end
4987 && rel
[1].r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_DTPREL64
)
4988 && rel
[1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 8)
4989 tls_type
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
4991 tls_type
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
4994 case R_PPC64_DTPREL64
:
4995 tls_type
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
4997 && rel
[-1].r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
)
4998 && rel
[-1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
- 8)
4999 /* This is the second reloc of a dtpmod, dtprel pair.
5000 Don't mark with TLS_DTPREL. */
5004 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
5006 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= tls_type
& 0xff;
5008 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
5009 rel
->r_addend
, tls_type
))
5012 ppc64_sec
= ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
);
5013 if (ppc64_sec
->sec_type
!= sec_toc
)
5017 /* One extra to simplify get_tls_mask. */
5018 amt
= sec
->size
* sizeof (unsigned) / 8 + sizeof (unsigned);
5019 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.symndx
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5020 if (ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.symndx
== NULL
)
5022 amt
= sec
->size
* sizeof (bfd_vma
) / 8;
5023 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.add
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5024 if (ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.add
== NULL
)
5026 BFD_ASSERT (ppc64_sec
->sec_type
== sec_normal
);
5027 ppc64_sec
->sec_type
= sec_toc
;
5029 BFD_ASSERT (rel
->r_offset
% 8 == 0);
5030 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.symndx
[rel
->r_offset
/ 8] = r_symndx
;
5031 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.add
[rel
->r_offset
/ 8] = rel
->r_addend
;
5033 /* Mark the second slot of a GD or LD entry.
5034 -1 to indicate GD and -2 to indicate LD. */
5035 if (tls_type
== (TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
))
5036 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.symndx
[rel
->r_offset
/ 8 + 1] = -1;
5037 else if (tls_type
== (TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
5038 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.symndx
[rel
->r_offset
/ 8 + 1] = -2;
5041 case R_PPC64_TPREL16
:
5042 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
5043 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
:
5044 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
5045 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
5046 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
5047 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
:
5048 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
5049 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
:
5050 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
5051 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
:
5052 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
5053 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
5054 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
5055 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
5058 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
5060 && rel
+ 1 < rel_end
5061 && ELF64_R_TYPE ((rel
+ 1)->r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
)
5064 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->is_func
= 1;
5068 case R_PPC64_ADDR16
:
5069 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
5070 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
:
5071 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
:
5072 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
:
5073 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
:
5074 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
:
5075 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
:
5076 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
:
5077 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
:
5078 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
:
5079 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
5081 case R_PPC64_D34_LO
:
5082 case R_PPC64_D34_HI30
:
5083 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
5084 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
:
5085 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
:
5086 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
:
5087 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
:
5089 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
) && abiversion (abfd
) != 1
5090 && rel
->r_addend
== 0)
5092 /* We may need a .plt entry if this reloc refers to a
5093 function in a shared lib. */
5094 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, 0))
5096 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 1;
5103 case R_PPC64_ADDR32
:
5104 case R_PPC64_UADDR16
:
5105 case R_PPC64_UADDR32
:
5106 case R_PPC64_UADDR64
:
5108 if (h
!= NULL
&& bfd_link_executable (info
))
5109 /* We may need a copy reloc. */
5112 /* Don't propagate .opd relocs. */
5113 if (NO_OPD_RELOCS
&& is_opd
)
5116 /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc
5117 against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc
5118 against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc
5119 into the shared library. However, if we are linking with
5120 -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a
5121 global symbol which is defined in an object we are
5122 including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set). At
5123 this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is
5124 possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set
5125 later (it is never cleared). In case of a weak definition,
5126 DEF_REGULAR may be cleared later by a strong definition in
5127 a shared library. We account for that possibility below by
5128 storing information in the dyn_relocs field of the hash
5129 table entry. A similar situation occurs when creating
5130 shared libraries and symbol visibility changes render the
5133 If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we
5134 may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a
5135 dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the
5139 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
5140 || !h
->def_regular
))
5142 && !bfd_link_executable (info
)
5143 && !SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
))
5144 || (bfd_link_pic (info
)
5145 && must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
))
5146 || (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
5149 /* We must copy these reloc types into the output file.
5150 Create a reloc section in dynobj and make room for
5154 sreloc
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
5155 (sec
, htab
->elf
.dynobj
, 3, abfd
, /*rela?*/ TRUE
);
5161 /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
5162 relocations we need for this symbol. */
5165 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
5166 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**head
;
5168 head
= &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
;
5170 if (p
== NULL
|| p
->sec
!= sec
)
5172 p
= bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof *p
);
5182 if (!must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
))
5187 /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too.
5188 We really need local syms available to do this
5190 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
5191 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**head
;
5192 bfd_boolean is_ifunc
;
5195 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
5197 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
,
5202 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
5206 vpp
= &elf_section_data (s
)->local_dynrel
;
5207 head
= (struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**) vpp
;
5208 is_ifunc
= ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
5210 if (p
!= NULL
&& p
->sec
== sec
&& p
->ifunc
!= is_ifunc
)
5212 if (p
== NULL
|| p
->sec
!= sec
|| p
->ifunc
!= is_ifunc
)
5214 p
= bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof *p
);
5220 p
->ifunc
= is_ifunc
;
5236 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
5237 object file when linking. */
5240 ppc64_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5242 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
5243 unsigned long iflags
, oflags
;
5245 if ((ibfd
->flags
& BFD_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
5248 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
) || !is_ppc64_elf (obfd
))
5251 if (!_bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, info
))
5254 iflags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
5255 oflags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
5257 if (iflags
& ~EF_PPC64_ABI
)
5260 /* xgettext:c-format */
5261 (_("%pB uses unknown e_flags 0x%lx"), ibfd
, iflags
);
5262 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5265 else if (iflags
!= oflags
&& iflags
!= 0)
5268 /* xgettext:c-format */
5269 (_("%pB: ABI version %ld is not compatible with ABI version %ld output"),
5270 ibfd
, iflags
, oflags
);
5271 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5275 if (!_bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (ibfd
, info
))
5278 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
5279 return _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd
, info
);
5283 ppc64_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *ptr
)
5285 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
5286 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd
, ptr
);
5288 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
!= 0)
5292 fprintf (file
, _("private flags = 0x%lx:"),
5293 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
);
5295 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_PPC64_ABI
) != 0)
5296 fprintf (file
, _(" [abiv%ld]"),
5297 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_PPC64_ABI
);
5304 /* OFFSET in OPD_SEC specifies a function descriptor. Return the address
5305 of the code entry point, and its section, which must be in the same
5306 object as OPD_SEC. Returns (bfd_vma) -1 on error. */
5309 opd_entry_value (asection
*opd_sec
,
5311 asection
**code_sec
,
5313 bfd_boolean in_code_sec
)
5315 bfd
*opd_bfd
= opd_sec
->owner
;
5316 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
;
5317 Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo
, *hi
, *look
;
5320 /* No relocs implies we are linking a --just-symbols object, or looking
5321 at a final linked executable with addr2line or somesuch. */
5322 if (opd_sec
->reloc_count
== 0)
5324 bfd_byte
*contents
= ppc64_elf_tdata (opd_bfd
)->opd
.contents
;
5326 if (contents
== NULL
)
5328 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (opd_bfd
, opd_sec
, &contents
))
5329 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
5330 ppc64_elf_tdata (opd_bfd
)->opd
.contents
= contents
;
5333 /* PR 17512: file: 64b9dfbb. */
5334 if (offset
+ 7 >= opd_sec
->size
|| offset
+ 7 < offset
)
5335 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
5337 val
= bfd_get_64 (opd_bfd
, contents
+ offset
);
5338 if (code_sec
!= NULL
)
5340 asection
*sec
, *likely
= NULL
;
5346 && val
< sec
->vma
+ sec
->size
)
5352 for (sec
= opd_bfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
5354 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
5355 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
5360 if (code_off
!= NULL
)
5361 *code_off
= val
- likely
->vma
;
5367 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc64_elf (opd_bfd
));
5369 relocs
= ppc64_elf_tdata (opd_bfd
)->opd
.relocs
;
5371 relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (opd_bfd
, opd_sec
, NULL
, NULL
, TRUE
);
5372 /* PR 17512: file: df8e1fd6. */
5374 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
5376 /* Go find the opd reloc at the sym address. */
5378 hi
= lo
+ opd_sec
->reloc_count
- 1; /* ignore last reloc */
5382 look
= lo
+ (hi
- lo
) / 2;
5383 if (look
->r_offset
< offset
)
5385 else if (look
->r_offset
> offset
)
5389 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (opd_bfd
);
5391 if (ELF64_R_TYPE (look
->r_info
) == R_PPC64_ADDR64
5392 && ELF64_R_TYPE ((look
+ 1)->r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
)
5394 unsigned long symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (look
->r_info
);
5395 asection
*sec
= NULL
;
5397 if (symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
5398 && elf_sym_hashes (opd_bfd
) != NULL
)
5400 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
5401 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*rh
;
5403 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (opd_bfd
);
5404 rh
= sym_hashes
[symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
5407 rh
= elf_follow_link (rh
);
5408 if (rh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
5409 && rh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5411 if (rh
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
== opd_bfd
)
5413 val
= rh
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5414 sec
= rh
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
5421 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
5423 if (symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
5425 sym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
5428 size_t symcnt
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5429 sym
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (opd_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
5434 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) sym
;
5440 sym
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (opd_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
5446 sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (opd_bfd
, sym
->st_shndx
);
5449 BFD_ASSERT ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) == 0);
5450 val
= sym
->st_value
;
5453 val
+= look
->r_addend
;
5454 if (code_off
!= NULL
)
5456 if (code_sec
!= NULL
)
5458 if (in_code_sec
&& *code_sec
!= sec
)
5463 if (sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
5464 val
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5473 /* If the ELF symbol SYM might be a function in SEC, return the
5474 function size and set *CODE_OFF to the function's entry point,
5475 otherwise return zero. */
5477 static bfd_size_type
5478 ppc64_elf_maybe_function_sym (const asymbol
*sym
, asection
*sec
,
5483 if ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_FILE
| BSF_OBJECT
5484 | BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
| BSF_RELC
| BSF_SRELC
)) != 0)
5488 if (!(sym
->flags
& BSF_SYNTHETIC
))
5489 size
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) sym
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
5491 if (strcmp (sym
->section
->name
, ".opd") == 0)
5493 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
= get_opd_info (sym
->section
);
5494 bfd_vma symval
= sym
->value
;
5497 && opd
->adjust
!= NULL
5498 && elf_section_data (sym
->section
)->relocs
!= NULL
)
5500 /* opd_entry_value will use cached relocs that have been
5501 adjusted, but with raw symbols. That means both local
5502 and global symbols need adjusting. */
5503 long adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (symval
)];
5509 if (opd_entry_value (sym
->section
, symval
,
5510 &sec
, code_off
, TRUE
) == (bfd_vma
) -1)
5512 /* An old ABI binary with dot-syms has a size of 24 on the .opd
5513 symbol. This size has nothing to do with the code size of the
5514 function, which is what we're supposed to return, but the
5515 code size isn't available without looking up the dot-sym.
5516 However, doing that would be a waste of time particularly
5517 since elf_find_function will look at the dot-sym anyway.
5518 Now, elf_find_function will keep the largest size of any
5519 function sym found at the code address of interest, so return
5520 1 here to avoid it incorrectly caching a larger function size
5521 for a small function. This does mean we return the wrong
5522 size for a new-ABI function of size 24, but all that does is
5523 disable caching for such functions. */
5529 if (sym
->section
!= sec
)
5531 *code_off
= sym
->value
;
5538 /* Return true if symbol is a strong function defined in an ELFv2
5539 object with st_other localentry bits of zero, ie. its local entry
5540 point coincides with its global entry point. */
5543 is_elfv2_localentry0 (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5546 && h
->type
== STT_FUNC
5547 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5548 && (STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
& h
->other
) == 0
5549 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->non_zero_localentry
5550 && is_ppc64_elf (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
5551 && abiversion (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
) >= 2);
5554 /* Return true if symbol is defined in a regular object file. */
5557 is_static_defined (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5559 return ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5560 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5561 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= NULL
5562 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
!= NULL
);
5565 /* If FDH is a function descriptor symbol, return the associated code
5566 entry symbol if it is defined. Return NULL otherwise. */
5568 static struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
5569 defined_code_entry (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
)
5571 if (fdh
->is_func_descriptor
)
5573 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
= ppc_follow_link (fdh
->oh
);
5574 if (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5575 || fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5581 /* If FH is a function code entry symbol, return the associated
5582 function descriptor symbol if it is defined. Return NULL otherwise. */
5584 static struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
5585 defined_func_desc (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
)
5588 && fh
->oh
->is_func_descriptor
)
5590 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
= ppc_follow_link (fh
->oh
);
5591 if (fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5592 || fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5598 /* Given H is a symbol that satisfies is_static_defined, return the
5599 value in the output file. */
5602 defined_sym_val (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5604 return (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
5605 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
5606 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
5609 /* Return true if H matches __tls_get_addr or one of its variants. */
5612 is_tls_get_addr (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
5613 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
5615 return (h
== &htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
|| h
== &htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
5616 || h
== &htab
->tls_get_addr
->elf
|| h
== &htab
->tga_desc
->elf
);
5619 static bfd_boolean
func_desc_adjust (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*, void *);
5621 /* Garbage collect sections, after first dealing with dot-symbols. */
5624 ppc64_elf_gc_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5626 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
5628 if (htab
!= NULL
&& htab
->need_func_desc_adj
)
5630 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, func_desc_adjust
, info
);
5631 htab
->need_func_desc_adj
= 0;
5633 return bfd_elf_gc_sections (abfd
, info
);
5636 /* Mark all our entry sym sections, both opd and code section. */
5639 ppc64_elf_gc_keep (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5641 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
5642 struct bfd_sym_chain
*sym
;
5647 for (sym
= info
->gc_sym_list
; sym
!= NULL
; sym
= sym
->next
)
5649 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
, *fh
;
5652 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, sym
->name
,
5653 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
));
5656 if (eh
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
5657 && eh
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5660 fh
= defined_code_entry (eh
);
5663 sec
= fh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5664 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5666 else if (get_opd_info (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
) != NULL
5667 && opd_entry_value (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
,
5668 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
,
5669 &sec
, NULL
, FALSE
) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
5670 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5672 sec
= eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5673 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5677 /* Mark sections containing dynamically referenced symbols. When
5678 building shared libraries, we must assume that any visible symbol is
5682 ppc64_elf_gc_mark_dynamic_ref (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
5684 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
;
5685 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
5686 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
5687 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list
*d
= info
->dynamic_list
;
5689 /* Dynamic linking info is on the func descriptor sym. */
5690 fdh
= defined_func_desc (eh
);
5694 if ((eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5695 || eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5696 && ((eh
->elf
.ref_dynamic
&& !eh
->elf
.forced_local
)
5697 || ((eh
->elf
.def_regular
|| ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (&eh
->elf
))
5698 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (eh
->elf
.other
) != STV_INTERNAL
5699 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (eh
->elf
.other
) != STV_HIDDEN
5700 && (!bfd_link_executable (info
)
5701 || info
->gc_keep_exported
5702 || info
->export_dynamic
5705 && (*d
->match
) (&d
->head
, NULL
,
5706 eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
)))
5707 && (eh
->elf
.versioned
>= versioned
5708 || !bfd_hide_sym_by_version (info
->version_info
,
5709 eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
)))))
5712 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
;
5714 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5716 /* Function descriptor syms cause the associated
5717 function code sym section to be marked. */
5718 fh
= defined_code_entry (eh
);
5721 code_sec
= fh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5722 code_sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5724 else if (get_opd_info (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
) != NULL
5725 && opd_entry_value (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
,
5726 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
,
5727 &code_sec
, NULL
, FALSE
) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
5728 code_sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5734 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
5738 ppc64_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
5739 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5740 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
5741 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
5742 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
5746 /* Syms return NULL if we're marking .opd, so we avoid marking all
5747 function sections, as all functions are referenced in .opd. */
5749 if (get_opd_info (sec
) != NULL
)
5754 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
5755 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
, *fh
, *fdh
;
5757 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
5760 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
5761 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY
:
5765 switch (h
->root
.type
)
5767 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
5768 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
5769 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
5770 fdh
= defined_func_desc (eh
);
5773 /* -mcall-aixdesc code references the dot-symbol on
5774 a call reloc. Mark the function descriptor too
5775 against garbage collection. */
5777 if (fdh
->elf
.is_weakalias
)
5778 weakdef (&fdh
->elf
)->mark
= 1;
5782 /* Function descriptor syms cause the associated
5783 function code sym section to be marked. */
5784 fh
= defined_code_entry (eh
);
5787 /* They also mark their opd section. */
5788 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
->gc_mark
= 1;
5790 rsec
= fh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5792 else if (get_opd_info (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
) != NULL
5793 && opd_entry_value (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
,
5794 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
,
5795 &rsec
, NULL
, FALSE
) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
5796 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
->gc_mark
= 1;
5798 rsec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
5801 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
5802 rsec
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
5806 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec
, info
, rel
, h
, sym
);
5812 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
5814 rsec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
, sym
->st_shndx
);
5815 opd
= get_opd_info (rsec
);
5816 if (opd
!= NULL
&& opd
->func_sec
!= NULL
)
5820 rsec
= opd
->func_sec
[OPD_NDX (sym
->st_value
+ rel
->r_addend
)];
5827 /* The maximum size of .sfpr. */
5828 #define SFPR_MAX (218*4)
5830 struct sfpr_def_parms
5832 const char name
[12];
5833 unsigned char lo
, hi
;
5834 bfd_byte
*(*write_ent
) (bfd
*, bfd_byte
*, int);
5835 bfd_byte
*(*write_tail
) (bfd
*, bfd_byte
*, int);
5838 /* Auto-generate _save*, _rest* functions in .sfpr.
5839 If STUB_SEC is non-null, define alias symbols in STUB_SEC
5843 sfpr_define (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5844 const struct sfpr_def_parms
*parm
,
5847 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
5849 size_t len
= strlen (parm
->name
);
5850 bfd_boolean writing
= FALSE
;
5856 memcpy (sym
, parm
->name
, len
);
5859 for (i
= parm
->lo
; i
<= parm
->hi
; i
++)
5861 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5863 sym
[len
+ 0] = i
/ 10 + '0';
5864 sym
[len
+ 1] = i
% 10 + '0';
5865 h
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, sym
,
5866 writing
, TRUE
, TRUE
));
5867 if (stub_sec
!= NULL
)
5870 && h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5871 && h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->sfpr
)
5873 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*s
;
5875 sprintf (buf
, "%08x.%s", stub_sec
->id
& 0xffffffff, sym
);
5876 s
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, buf
, TRUE
, TRUE
, FALSE
);
5879 if (s
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
5881 s
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5882 s
->root
.u
.def
.section
= stub_sec
;
5883 s
->root
.u
.def
.value
= (stub_sec
->size
- htab
->sfpr
->size
5884 + h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
);
5887 s
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
5888 s
->forced_local
= 1;
5890 s
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
5898 if (!h
->elf
.def_regular
)
5900 h
->elf
.root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5901 h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->sfpr
;
5902 h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->sfpr
->size
;
5903 h
->elf
.type
= STT_FUNC
;
5904 h
->elf
.def_regular
= 1;
5906 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &h
->elf
, TRUE
);
5908 if (htab
->sfpr
->contents
== NULL
)
5910 htab
->sfpr
->contents
5911 = bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, SFPR_MAX
);
5912 if (htab
->sfpr
->contents
== NULL
)
5919 bfd_byte
*p
= htab
->sfpr
->contents
+ htab
->sfpr
->size
;
5921 p
= (*parm
->write_ent
) (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, p
, i
);
5923 p
= (*parm
->write_tail
) (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, p
, i
);
5924 htab
->sfpr
->size
= p
- htab
->sfpr
->contents
;
5932 savegpr0 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
5934 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STD_R0_0R1
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
5939 savegpr0_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
5941 p
= savegpr0 (abfd
, p
, r
);
5942 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LR
, p
);
5944 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
5949 restgpr0 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
5951 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R0_0R1
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
5956 restgpr0_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
5958 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LR
, p
);
5960 p
= restgpr0 (abfd
, p
, r
);
5961 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, MTLR_R0
, p
);
5965 p
= restgpr0 (abfd
, p
, 30);
5966 p
= restgpr0 (abfd
, p
, 31);
5968 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
5973 savegpr1 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
5975 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STD_R0_0R12
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
5980 savegpr1_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
5982 p
= savegpr1 (abfd
, p
, r
);
5983 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
5988 restgpr1 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
5990 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R0_0R12
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
5995 restgpr1_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
5997 p
= restgpr1 (abfd
, p
, r
);
5998 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6003 savefpr (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6005 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STFD_FR0_0R1
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
6010 savefpr0_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6012 p
= savefpr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6013 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LR
, p
);
6015 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6020 restfpr (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6022 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LFD_FR0_0R1
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
6027 restfpr0_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6029 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LR
, p
);
6031 p
= restfpr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6032 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, MTLR_R0
, p
);
6036 p
= restfpr (abfd
, p
, 30);
6037 p
= restfpr (abfd
, p
, 31);
6039 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6044 savefpr1_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6046 p
= savefpr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6047 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6052 restfpr1_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6054 p
= restfpr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6055 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6060 savevr (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6062 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LI_R12_0
+ (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 16, p
);
6064 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STVX_VR0_R12_R0
+ (r
<< 21), p
);
6069 savevr_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6071 p
= savevr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6072 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6077 restvr (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6079 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LI_R12_0
+ (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 16, p
);
6081 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LVX_VR0_R12_R0
+ (r
<< 21), p
);
6086 restvr_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6088 p
= restvr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6089 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6093 #define STDU_R1_0R1 0xf8210001
6094 #define ADDI_R1_R1 0x38210000
6096 /* Emit prologue of wrapper preserving regs around a call to
6097 __tls_get_addr_opt. */
6100 tls_get_addr_prologue (bfd
*obfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
6104 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MFLR_R0
, p
);
6106 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STD_R0_0R1
+ 16, p
);
6111 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
6114 STD_R0_0R1
| i
<< 21 | (-(13 - i
) * 8 & 0xffff), p
);
6117 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STDU_R1_0R1
| (-128 & 0xffff), p
);
6122 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
6125 STD_R0_0R1
| i
<< 21 | (-(12 - i
) * 8 & 0xffff), p
);
6128 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STDU_R1_0R1
| (-96 & 0xffff), p
);
6134 /* Emit epilogue of wrapper preserving regs around a call to
6135 __tls_get_addr_opt. */
6138 tls_get_addr_epilogue (bfd
*obfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
6144 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
6146 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R0_0R1
| i
<< 21 | (128 - (13 - i
) * 8), p
);
6149 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDI_R1_R1
| 128, p
);
6154 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
6156 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R0_0R1
| i
<< 21 | (96 - (12 - i
) * 8), p
);
6159 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDI_R1_R1
| 96, p
);
6162 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R0_0R1
| 16, p
);
6164 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MTLR_R0
, p
);
6166 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BLR
, p
);
6171 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse to transfer dynamic linking
6172 information on function code symbol entries to their corresponding
6173 function descriptor symbol entries. */
6176 func_desc_adjust (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
6178 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
6179 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6180 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
;
6181 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
6182 bfd_boolean force_local
;
6184 fh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
6185 if (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
6191 if (fh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
[0] != '.'
6192 || fh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
[1] == '\0')
6196 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
6200 /* Find the corresponding function descriptor symbol. */
6201 fdh
= lookup_fdh (fh
, htab
);
6203 /* Resolve undefined references to dot-symbols as the value
6204 in the function descriptor, if we have one in a regular object.
6205 This is to satisfy cases like ".quad .foo". Calls to functions
6206 in dynamic objects are handled elsewhere. */
6207 if ((fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6208 || fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6209 && (fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6210 || fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6211 && get_opd_info (fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
) != NULL
6212 && opd_entry_value (fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
,
6213 fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
,
6214 &fh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
,
6215 &fh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
, FALSE
) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
6217 fh
->elf
.root
.type
= fdh
->elf
.root
.type
;
6218 fh
->elf
.forced_local
= 1;
6219 fh
->elf
.def_regular
= fdh
->elf
.def_regular
;
6220 fh
->elf
.def_dynamic
= fdh
->elf
.def_dynamic
;
6223 if (!fh
->elf
.dynamic
)
6225 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
6227 for (ent
= fh
->elf
.plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
6228 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
6234 /* Create a descriptor as undefined if necessary. */
6236 && !bfd_link_executable (info
)
6237 && (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6238 || fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
6240 fdh
= make_fdh (info
, fh
);
6245 /* We can't support overriding of symbols on a fake descriptor. */
6248 && (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6249 || fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
6250 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &fdh
->elf
, TRUE
);
6252 /* Transfer dynamic linking information to the function descriptor. */
6255 fdh
->elf
.ref_regular
|= fh
->elf
.ref_regular
;
6256 fdh
->elf
.ref_dynamic
|= fh
->elf
.ref_dynamic
;
6257 fdh
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
|= fh
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
;
6258 fdh
->elf
.non_got_ref
|= fh
->elf
.non_got_ref
;
6259 fdh
->elf
.dynamic
|= fh
->elf
.dynamic
;
6260 fdh
->elf
.needs_plt
|= (fh
->elf
.needs_plt
6261 || fh
->elf
.type
== STT_FUNC
6262 || fh
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
);
6263 move_plt_plist (fh
, fdh
);
6265 if (!fdh
->elf
.forced_local
6266 && fh
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
6267 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, &fdh
->elf
))
6271 /* Now that the info is on the function descriptor, clear the
6272 function code sym info. Any function code syms for which we
6273 don't have a definition in a regular file, we force local.
6274 This prevents a shared library from exporting syms that have
6275 been imported from another library. Function code syms that
6276 are really in the library we must leave global to prevent the
6277 linker dragging in a definition from a static library. */
6278 force_local
= (!fh
->elf
.def_regular
6280 || !fdh
->elf
.def_regular
6281 || fdh
->elf
.forced_local
);
6282 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &fh
->elf
, force_local
);
6287 static const struct sfpr_def_parms save_res_funcs
[] =
6289 { "_savegpr0_", 14, 31, savegpr0
, savegpr0_tail
},
6290 { "_restgpr0_", 14, 29, restgpr0
, restgpr0_tail
},
6291 { "_restgpr0_", 30, 31, restgpr0
, restgpr0_tail
},
6292 { "_savegpr1_", 14, 31, savegpr1
, savegpr1_tail
},
6293 { "_restgpr1_", 14, 31, restgpr1
, restgpr1_tail
},
6294 { "_savefpr_", 14, 31, savefpr
, savefpr0_tail
},
6295 { "_restfpr_", 14, 29, restfpr
, restfpr0_tail
},
6296 { "_restfpr_", 30, 31, restfpr
, restfpr0_tail
},
6297 { "._savef", 14, 31, savefpr
, savefpr1_tail
},
6298 { "._restf", 14, 31, restfpr
, restfpr1_tail
},
6299 { "_savevr_", 20, 31, savevr
, savevr_tail
},
6300 { "_restvr_", 20, 31, restvr
, restvr_tail
}
6303 /* Called near the start of bfd_elf_size_dynamic_sections. We use
6304 this hook to a) provide some gcc support functions, and b) transfer
6305 dynamic linking information gathered so far on function code symbol
6306 entries, to their corresponding function descriptor symbol entries. */
6309 ppc64_elf_func_desc_adjust (bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6310 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6312 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6314 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
6318 /* Provide any missing _save* and _rest* functions. */
6319 if (htab
->sfpr
!= NULL
)
6323 htab
->sfpr
->size
= 0;
6324 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (save_res_funcs
); i
++)
6325 if (!sfpr_define (info
, &save_res_funcs
[i
], NULL
))
6327 if (htab
->sfpr
->size
== 0)
6328 htab
->sfpr
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6331 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
6334 if (htab
->elf
.hgot
!= NULL
)
6336 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, htab
->elf
.hgot
, TRUE
);
6337 /* Make .TOC. defined so as to prevent it being made dynamic.
6338 The wrong value here is fixed later in ppc64_elf_set_toc. */
6339 if (!htab
->elf
.hgot
->def_regular
6340 || htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
)
6342 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
6343 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
6344 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
6345 htab
->elf
.hgot
->def_regular
= 1;
6346 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
6348 htab
->elf
.hgot
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6349 htab
->elf
.hgot
->other
6350 = (htab
->elf
.hgot
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
6353 if (htab
->need_func_desc_adj
)
6355 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, func_desc_adjust
, info
);
6356 htab
->need_func_desc_adj
= 0;
6362 /* Find dynamic relocs for H that apply to read-only sections. */
6365 readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6367 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
6368 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
6370 for (p
= eh
->dyn_relocs
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
6372 asection
*s
= p
->sec
->output_section
;
6374 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
6380 /* Return true if we have dynamic relocs against H or any of its weak
6381 aliases, that apply to read-only sections. Cannot be used after
6382 size_dynamic_sections. */
6385 alias_readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6387 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
6390 if (readonly_dynrelocs (&eh
->elf
))
6392 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (eh
->elf
.u
.alias
);
6394 while (eh
!= NULL
&& &eh
->elf
!= h
);
6399 /* Return whether EH has pc-relative dynamic relocs. */
6402 pc_dynrelocs (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
)
6404 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
6406 for (p
= eh
->dyn_relocs
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
6407 if (p
->pc_count
!= 0)
6412 /* Return true if a global entry stub will be created for H. Valid
6413 for ELFv2 before plt entries have been allocated. */
6416 global_entry_stub (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6418 struct plt_entry
*pent
;
6420 if (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
6424 for (pent
= h
->plt
.plist
; pent
!= NULL
; pent
= pent
->next
)
6425 if (pent
->plt
.refcount
> 0
6426 && pent
->addend
== 0)
6432 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
6433 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
6434 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
6435 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
6439 ppc64_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6440 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6442 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6445 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
6449 /* Deal with function syms. */
6450 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
6451 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
6454 bfd_boolean local
= (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->save_res
6455 || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
6456 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
));
6457 /* Discard dyn_relocs when non-pic if we've decided that a
6458 function symbol is local and not an ifunc. We keep dynamic
6459 relocs for ifuncs when local rather than always emitting a
6460 plt call stub for them and defining the symbol on the call
6461 stub. We can't do that for ELFv1 anyway (a function symbol
6462 is defined on a descriptor, not code) and it can be faster at
6463 run-time due to not needing to bounce through a stub. The
6464 dyn_relocs for ifuncs will be applied even in a static
6466 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
6467 && h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
6469 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
6471 /* Clear procedure linkage table information for any symbol that
6472 won't need a .plt entry. */
6473 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
6474 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
6475 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
6478 || (h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
6480 && (htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
6481 || (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
6482 & (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) != PLT_KEEP
)))
6484 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
6486 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 0;
6488 else if (abiversion (info
->output_bfd
) >= 2)
6490 /* Taking a function's address in a read/write section
6491 doesn't require us to define the function symbol in the
6492 executable on a global entry stub. A dynamic reloc can
6493 be used instead. The reason we prefer a few more dynamic
6494 relocs is that calling via a global entry stub costs a
6495 few more instructions, and pointer_equality_needed causes
6496 extra work in ld.so when resolving these symbols. */
6497 if (global_entry_stub (h
))
6499 if (!readonly_dynrelocs (h
))
6501 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 0;
6502 /* If we haven't seen a branch reloc and the symbol
6503 isn't an ifunc then we don't need a plt entry. */
6505 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
6507 else if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
6508 /* We are going to be defining the function symbol on the
6509 plt stub, so no dyn_relocs needed when non-pic. */
6510 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
6513 /* ELFv2 function symbols can't have copy relocs. */
6516 else if (!h
->needs_plt
6517 && !readonly_dynrelocs (h
))
6519 /* If we haven't seen a branch reloc and the symbol isn't an
6520 ifunc then we don't need a plt entry. */
6521 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
6522 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 0;
6527 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
6529 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
6530 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
6531 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
6532 if (h
->is_weakalias
)
6534 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*def
= weakdef (h
);
6535 BFD_ASSERT (def
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
);
6536 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= def
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
6537 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= def
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6538 if (def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynbss
6539 || def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
)
6540 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
6544 /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
6545 only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
6546 For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
6547 be handled correctly by relocate_section. */
6548 if (!bfd_link_executable (info
))
6551 /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
6552 GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc. */
6553 if (!h
->non_got_ref
)
6556 /* Don't generate a copy reloc for symbols defined in the executable. */
6557 if (!h
->def_dynamic
|| !h
->ref_regular
|| h
->def_regular
6559 /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, don't generate them either. */
6560 || info
->nocopyreloc
6562 /* If we don't find any dynamic relocs in read-only sections, then
6563 we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding the copy reloc. */
6564 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
6566 && !alias_readonly_dynrelocs (h
))
6568 /* Protected variables do not work with .dynbss. The copy in
6569 .dynbss won't be used by the shared library with the protected
6570 definition for the variable. Text relocations are preferable
6571 to an incorrect program. */
6572 || h
->protected_def
)
6575 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
6576 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
6578 /* .dynbss copies of function symbols only work if we have
6579 ELFv1 dot-symbols. ELFv1 compilers since 2004 default to not
6580 use dot-symbols and set the function symbol size to the text
6581 size of the function rather than the size of the descriptor.
6582 That's wrong for copying a descriptor. */
6583 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->oh
== NULL
6584 || !(h
->size
== 24 || h
->size
== 16))
6587 /* We should never get here, but unfortunately there are old
6588 versions of gcc (circa gcc-3.2) that improperly for the
6589 ELFv1 ABI put initialized function pointers, vtable refs and
6590 suchlike in read-only sections. Allow them to proceed, but
6591 warn that this might break at runtime. */
6592 info
->callbacks
->einfo
6593 (_("%P: copy reloc against `%pT' requires lazy plt linking; "
6594 "avoid setting LD_BIND_NOW=1 or upgrade gcc\n"),
6595 h
->root
.root
.string
);
6598 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
6599 is not a function. */
6601 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
6602 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
6603 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
6604 object will contain position independent code, so all references
6605 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
6606 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
6607 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
6608 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
6609 same memory location for the variable. */
6610 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
6612 s
= htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
;
6613 srel
= htab
->elf
.sreldynrelro
;
6617 s
= htab
->elf
.sdynbss
;
6618 srel
= htab
->elf
.srelbss
;
6620 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0 && h
->size
!= 0)
6622 /* We must generate a R_PPC64_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic
6623 linker to copy the initial value out of the dynamic object
6624 and into the runtime process image. */
6625 srel
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
6629 /* We no longer want dyn_relocs. */
6630 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
6631 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info
, h
, s
);
6634 /* If given a function descriptor symbol, hide both the function code
6635 sym and the descriptor. */
6637 ppc64_elf_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6638 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6639 bfd_boolean force_local
)
6641 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
6642 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, h
, force_local
);
6644 if (ppc_hash_table (info
) == NULL
)
6647 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
6648 if (eh
->is_func_descriptor
)
6650 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
= eh
->oh
;
6655 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
6658 /* We aren't supposed to use alloca in BFD because on
6659 systems which do not have alloca the version in libiberty
6660 calls xmalloc, which might cause the program to crash
6661 when it runs out of memory. This function doesn't have a
6662 return status, so there's no way to gracefully return an
6663 error. So cheat. We know that string[-1] can be safely
6664 accessed; It's either a string in an ELF string table,
6665 or allocated in an objalloc structure. */
6667 p
= eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
- 1;
6670 fh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, p
, FALSE
,
6674 /* Unfortunately, if it so happens that the string we were
6675 looking for was allocated immediately before this string,
6676 then we overwrote the string terminator. That's the only
6677 reason the lookup should fail. */
6680 q
= eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
+ strlen (eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
);
6681 while (q
>= eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
&& *q
== *p
)
6683 if (q
< eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
&& *p
== '.')
6684 fh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, p
, FALSE
,
6694 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &fh
->elf
, force_local
);
6699 get_sym_h (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hp
,
6700 Elf_Internal_Sym
**symp
,
6702 unsigned char **tls_maskp
,
6703 Elf_Internal_Sym
**locsymsp
,
6704 unsigned long r_symndx
,
6707 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
6709 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
6711 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
6712 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6714 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
6715 h
= elf_follow_link (h
);
6723 if (symsecp
!= NULL
)
6725 asection
*symsec
= NULL
;
6726 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6727 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6728 symsec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
6732 if (tls_maskp
!= NULL
)
6733 *tls_maskp
= &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
;
6737 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
6738 Elf_Internal_Sym
*locsyms
= *locsymsp
;
6740 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
6742 locsyms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
6743 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
6744 locsyms
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (ibfd
, symtab_hdr
,
6745 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
,
6746 0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
6747 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
6749 *locsymsp
= locsyms
;
6751 sym
= locsyms
+ r_symndx
;
6759 if (symsecp
!= NULL
)
6760 *symsecp
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd
, sym
->st_shndx
);
6762 if (tls_maskp
!= NULL
)
6764 struct got_entry
**lgot_ents
;
6765 unsigned char *tls_mask
;
6768 lgot_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
);
6769 if (lgot_ents
!= NULL
)
6771 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
6772 (lgot_ents
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6773 unsigned char *lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *)
6774 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6775 tls_mask
= &lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
6777 *tls_maskp
= tls_mask
;
6783 /* Returns TLS_MASKP for the given REL symbol. Function return is 0 on
6784 error, 2 on a toc GD type suitable for optimization, 3 on a toc LD
6785 type suitable for optimization, and 1 otherwise. */
6788 get_tls_mask (unsigned char **tls_maskp
,
6789 unsigned long *toc_symndx
,
6790 bfd_vma
*toc_addend
,
6791 Elf_Internal_Sym
**locsymsp
,
6792 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
6795 unsigned long r_symndx
;
6797 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6798 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
6802 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
6803 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sec
, tls_maskp
, locsymsp
, r_symndx
, ibfd
))
6806 if ((*tls_maskp
!= NULL
6807 && (**tls_maskp
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
6808 && **tls_maskp
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
6810 || ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
) == NULL
6811 || ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_type
!= sec_toc
)
6814 /* Look inside a TOC section too. */
6817 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
);
6818 off
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6821 off
= sym
->st_value
;
6822 off
+= rel
->r_addend
;
6823 BFD_ASSERT (off
% 8 == 0);
6824 r_symndx
= ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.toc
.symndx
[off
/ 8];
6825 next_r
= ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.toc
.symndx
[off
/ 8 + 1];
6826 if (toc_symndx
!= NULL
)
6827 *toc_symndx
= r_symndx
;
6828 if (toc_addend
!= NULL
)
6829 *toc_addend
= ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.toc
.add
[off
/ 8];
6830 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sec
, tls_maskp
, locsymsp
, r_symndx
, ibfd
))
6832 if ((h
== NULL
|| is_static_defined (h
))
6833 && (next_r
== -1 || next_r
== -2))
6838 /* Find (or create) an entry in the tocsave hash table. */
6840 static struct tocsave_entry
*
6841 tocsave_find (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
6842 enum insert_option insert
,
6843 Elf_Internal_Sym
**local_syms
,
6844 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
,
6847 unsigned long r_indx
;
6848 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6849 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
6850 struct tocsave_entry ent
, *p
;
6852 struct tocsave_entry
**slot
;
6854 r_indx
= ELF64_R_SYM (irela
->r_info
);
6855 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &ent
.sec
, NULL
, local_syms
, r_indx
, ibfd
))
6857 if (ent
.sec
== NULL
|| ent
.sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
6860 (_("%pB: undefined symbol on R_PPC64_TOCSAVE relocation"), ibfd
);
6865 ent
.offset
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6867 ent
.offset
= sym
->st_value
;
6868 ent
.offset
+= irela
->r_addend
;
6870 hash
= tocsave_htab_hash (&ent
);
6871 slot
= ((struct tocsave_entry
**)
6872 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htab
->tocsave_htab
, &ent
, hash
, insert
));
6878 p
= (struct tocsave_entry
*) bfd_alloc (ibfd
, sizeof (*p
));
6887 /* Adjust all global syms defined in opd sections. In gcc generated
6888 code for the old ABI, these will already have been done. */
6891 adjust_opd_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
6893 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
6895 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
6897 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
6900 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
6901 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6904 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
6905 if (eh
->adjust_done
)
6908 sym_sec
= eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
6909 opd
= get_opd_info (sym_sec
);
6910 if (opd
!= NULL
&& opd
->adjust
!= NULL
)
6912 long adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
)];
6915 /* This entry has been deleted. */
6916 asection
*dsec
= ppc64_elf_tdata (sym_sec
->owner
)->deleted_section
;
6919 for (dsec
= sym_sec
->owner
->sections
; dsec
; dsec
= dsec
->next
)
6920 if (discarded_section (dsec
))
6922 ppc64_elf_tdata (sym_sec
->owner
)->deleted_section
= dsec
;
6926 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
6927 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
= dsec
;
6930 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
+= adjust
;
6931 eh
->adjust_done
= 1;
6936 /* Handles decrementing dynamic reloc counts for the reloc specified by
6937 R_INFO in section SEC. If LOCAL_SYMS is NULL, then H and SYM
6938 have already been determined. */
6941 dec_dynrel_count (bfd_vma r_info
,
6943 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6944 Elf_Internal_Sym
**local_syms
,
6945 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6946 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
6948 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
6949 asection
*sym_sec
= NULL
;
6951 /* Can this reloc be dynamic? This switch, and later tests here
6952 should be kept in sync with the code in check_relocs. */
6953 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (r_info
);
6960 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
6961 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
6962 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
6963 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
6964 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
6969 case R_PPC64_TPREL16
:
6970 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
6971 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
:
6972 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
6973 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
6974 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
6975 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
:
6976 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
6977 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
:
6978 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
6979 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
:
6980 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
6981 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
6982 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
6983 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
6984 case R_PPC64_DTPREL64
:
6985 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
6989 case R_PPC64_ADDR14
:
6990 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
6991 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
6992 case R_PPC64_ADDR16
:
6993 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
6994 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
:
6995 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
:
6996 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
:
6997 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
:
6998 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
:
6999 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
:
7000 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
:
7001 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
:
7002 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
:
7003 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
7004 case R_PPC64_ADDR24
:
7005 case R_PPC64_ADDR32
:
7006 case R_PPC64_UADDR16
:
7007 case R_PPC64_UADDR32
:
7008 case R_PPC64_UADDR64
:
7011 case R_PPC64_D34_LO
:
7012 case R_PPC64_D34_HI30
:
7013 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
7014 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
:
7015 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
:
7016 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
:
7017 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
:
7022 if (local_syms
!= NULL
)
7024 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7025 bfd
*ibfd
= sec
->owner
;
7027 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (r_info
);
7028 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, local_syms
, r_symndx
, ibfd
))
7033 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
7034 || !h
->def_regular
))
7036 && !bfd_link_executable (info
)
7037 && !SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
))
7038 || (bfd_link_pic (info
)
7039 && must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
))
7040 || (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
7042 ? h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
7043 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)))
7050 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
7051 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
7052 pp
= &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
;
7054 /* elf_gc_sweep may have already removed all dyn relocs associated
7055 with local syms for a given section. Also, symbol flags are
7056 changed by elf_gc_sweep_symbol, confusing the test above. Don't
7057 report a dynreloc miscount. */
7058 if (*pp
== NULL
&& info
->gc_sections
)
7061 while ((p
= *pp
) != NULL
)
7065 if (!must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
))
7077 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
7078 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
7080 bfd_boolean is_ifunc
;
7082 if (local_syms
== NULL
)
7083 sym_sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
, sym
->st_shndx
);
7084 if (sym_sec
== NULL
)
7087 vpp
= &elf_section_data (sym_sec
)->local_dynrel
;
7088 pp
= (struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**) vpp
;
7090 if (*pp
== NULL
&& info
->gc_sections
)
7093 is_ifunc
= ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
7094 while ((p
= *pp
) != NULL
)
7096 if (p
->sec
== sec
&& p
->ifunc
== is_ifunc
)
7107 /* xgettext:c-format */
7108 _bfd_error_handler (_("dynreloc miscount for %pB, section %pA"),
7110 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7114 /* Remove unused Official Procedure Descriptor entries. Currently we
7115 only remove those associated with functions in discarded link-once
7116 sections, or weakly defined functions that have been overridden. It
7117 would be possible to remove many more entries for statically linked
7121 ppc64_elf_edit_opd (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7124 bfd_boolean some_edited
= FALSE
;
7125 asection
*need_pad
= NULL
;
7126 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7128 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
7132 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
7135 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
7136 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7137 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
7138 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
7139 bfd_boolean need_edit
, add_aux_fields
, broken
;
7140 bfd_size_type cnt_16b
= 0;
7142 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
7145 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, ".opd");
7146 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->size
== 0)
7149 if (sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
7152 if (sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
7155 /* Look through the section relocs. */
7156 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0 || sec
->reloc_count
== 0)
7160 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
7162 /* Read the relocations. */
7163 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
7165 if (relstart
== NULL
)
7168 /* First run through the relocs to check they are sane, and to
7169 determine whether we need to edit this opd section. */
7173 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
7174 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; )
7176 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
7177 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7179 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7180 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7183 /* .opd contains an array of 16 or 24 byte entries. We're
7184 only interested in the reloc pointing to a function entry
7186 offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
7187 if (rel
+ 1 == relend
7188 || rel
[1].r_offset
!= offset
+ 8)
7190 /* If someone messes with .opd alignment then after a
7191 "ld -r" we might have padding in the middle of .opd.
7192 Also, there's nothing to prevent someone putting
7193 something silly in .opd with the assembler. No .opd
7194 optimization for them! */
7197 (_("%pB: .opd is not a regular array of opd entries"), ibfd
);
7202 if ((r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
)) != R_PPC64_ADDR64
7203 || (r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE ((rel
+ 1)->r_info
)) != R_PPC64_TOC
)
7206 /* xgettext:c-format */
7207 (_("%pB: unexpected reloc type %u in .opd section"),
7213 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7214 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
7218 if (sym_sec
== NULL
|| sym_sec
->owner
== NULL
)
7220 const char *sym_name
;
7222 sym_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
7224 sym_name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (ibfd
, symtab_hdr
, sym
,
7228 /* xgettext:c-format */
7229 (_("%pB: undefined sym `%s' in .opd section"),
7235 /* opd entries are always for functions defined in the
7236 current input bfd. If the symbol isn't defined in the
7237 input bfd, then we won't be using the function in this
7238 bfd; It must be defined in a linkonce section in another
7239 bfd, or is weak. It's also possible that we are
7240 discarding the function due to a linker script /DISCARD/,
7241 which we test for via the output_section. */
7242 if (sym_sec
->owner
!= ibfd
7243 || sym_sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
7247 if (rel
+ 1 == relend
7248 || (rel
+ 2 < relend
7249 && ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[2].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
))
7254 if (sec
->size
== offset
+ 24)
7259 if (sec
->size
== offset
+ 16)
7266 else if (rel
+ 1 < relend
7267 && ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[0].r_info
) == R_PPC64_ADDR64
7268 && ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
)
7270 if (rel
[0].r_offset
== offset
+ 16)
7272 else if (rel
[0].r_offset
!= offset
+ 24)
7279 add_aux_fields
= htab
->params
->non_overlapping_opd
&& cnt_16b
> 0;
7281 if (!broken
&& (need_edit
|| add_aux_fields
))
7283 Elf_Internal_Rela
*write_rel
;
7284 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
7285 bfd_byte
*rptr
, *wptr
;
7286 bfd_byte
*new_contents
;
7289 new_contents
= NULL
;
7290 amt
= OPD_NDX (sec
->size
) * sizeof (long);
7291 opd
= &ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.opd
;
7292 opd
->adjust
= bfd_zalloc (sec
->owner
, amt
);
7293 if (opd
->adjust
== NULL
)
7296 /* This seems a waste of time as input .opd sections are all
7297 zeros as generated by gcc, but I suppose there's no reason
7298 this will always be so. We might start putting something in
7299 the third word of .opd entries. */
7300 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_IN_MEMORY
) == 0)
7303 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (ibfd
, sec
, &loc
))
7307 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
7309 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
7313 sec
->contents
= loc
;
7314 sec
->flags
|= (SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
7317 elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
= relstart
;
7319 new_contents
= sec
->contents
;
7322 new_contents
= bfd_malloc (sec
->size
+ cnt_16b
* 8);
7323 if (new_contents
== NULL
)
7327 wptr
= new_contents
;
7328 rptr
= sec
->contents
;
7329 write_rel
= relstart
;
7330 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; )
7332 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7334 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7335 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
= NULL
;
7336 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7338 Elf_Internal_Rela
*next_rel
;
7341 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7342 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
7347 if (next_rel
+ 1 == relend
7348 || (next_rel
+ 2 < relend
7349 && ELF64_R_TYPE (next_rel
[2].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
))
7352 /* See if the .opd entry is full 24 byte or
7353 16 byte (with fd_aux entry overlapped with next
7356 if (next_rel
== relend
)
7358 if (sec
->size
== rel
->r_offset
+ 16)
7361 else if (next_rel
->r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 16)
7365 && h
->root
.root
.string
[0] == '.')
7367 fdh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->oh
;
7370 fdh
= ppc_follow_link (fdh
);
7371 if (fdh
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
7372 && fdh
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
7377 skip
= (sym_sec
->owner
!= ibfd
7378 || sym_sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
);
7381 if (fdh
!= NULL
&& sym_sec
->owner
== ibfd
)
7383 /* Arrange for the function descriptor sym
7385 fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
7386 fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
= sym_sec
;
7388 opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (rel
->r_offset
)] = -1;
7390 if (NO_OPD_RELOCS
|| bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
7395 if (!dec_dynrel_count (rel
->r_info
, sec
, info
,
7399 if (++rel
== next_rel
)
7402 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7403 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
7410 /* We'll be keeping this opd entry. */
7415 /* Redefine the function descriptor symbol to
7416 this location in the opd section. It is
7417 necessary to update the value here rather
7418 than using an array of adjustments as we do
7419 for local symbols, because various places
7420 in the generic ELF code use the value
7421 stored in u.def.value. */
7422 fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= wptr
- new_contents
;
7423 fdh
->adjust_done
= 1;
7426 /* Local syms are a bit tricky. We could
7427 tweak them as they can be cached, but
7428 we'd need to look through the local syms
7429 for the function descriptor sym which we
7430 don't have at the moment. So keep an
7431 array of adjustments. */
7432 adjust
= (wptr
- new_contents
) - (rptr
- sec
->contents
);
7433 opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (rel
->r_offset
)] = adjust
;
7436 memcpy (wptr
, rptr
, opd_ent_size
);
7437 wptr
+= opd_ent_size
;
7438 if (add_aux_fields
&& opd_ent_size
== 16)
7440 memset (wptr
, '\0', 8);
7444 /* We need to adjust any reloc offsets to point to the
7446 for ( ; rel
!= next_rel
; ++rel
)
7448 rel
->r_offset
+= adjust
;
7449 if (write_rel
!= rel
)
7450 memcpy (write_rel
, rel
, sizeof (*rel
));
7455 rptr
+= opd_ent_size
;
7458 sec
->size
= wptr
- new_contents
;
7459 sec
->reloc_count
= write_rel
- relstart
;
7462 free (sec
->contents
);
7463 sec
->contents
= new_contents
;
7466 /* Fudge the header size too, as this is used later in
7467 elf_bfd_final_link if we are emitting relocs. */
7468 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (sec
);
7469 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= sec
->reloc_count
* rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
7472 else if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
7475 if (local_syms
!= NULL
7476 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
7478 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
7481 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
7486 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), adjust_opd_syms
, NULL
);
7488 /* If we are doing a final link and the last .opd entry is just 16 byte
7489 long, add a 8 byte padding after it. */
7490 if (need_pad
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
7494 if ((need_pad
->flags
& SEC_IN_MEMORY
) == 0)
7496 BFD_ASSERT (need_pad
->size
> 0);
7498 p
= bfd_malloc (need_pad
->size
+ 8);
7502 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (need_pad
->owner
, need_pad
,
7503 p
, 0, need_pad
->size
))
7506 need_pad
->contents
= p
;
7507 need_pad
->flags
|= (SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
7511 p
= bfd_realloc (need_pad
->contents
, need_pad
->size
+ 8);
7515 need_pad
->contents
= p
;
7518 memset (need_pad
->contents
+ need_pad
->size
, 0, 8);
7519 need_pad
->size
+= 8;
7525 /* Analyze inline PLT call relocations to see whether calls to locally
7526 defined functions can be converted to direct calls. */
7529 ppc64_elf_inline_plt (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7531 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7534 bfd_vma low_vma
, high_vma
, limit
;
7536 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
7540 /* A bl insn can reach -0x2000000 to 0x1fffffc. The limit is
7541 reduced somewhat to cater for possible stubs that might be added
7542 between the call and its destination. */
7543 if (htab
->params
->group_size
< 0)
7545 limit
= -htab
->params
->group_size
;
7551 limit
= htab
->params
->group_size
;
7558 for (sec
= info
->output_bfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
7559 if ((sec
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
)) == (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
))
7561 if (low_vma
> sec
->vma
)
7563 if (high_vma
< sec
->vma
+ sec
->size
)
7564 high_vma
= sec
->vma
+ sec
->size
;
7567 /* If a "bl" can reach anywhere in local code sections, then we can
7568 convert all inline PLT sequences to direct calls when the symbol
7570 if (high_vma
- low_vma
< limit
)
7572 htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
= 1;
7576 /* Otherwise, go looking through relocs for cases where a direct
7577 call won't reach. Mark the symbol on any such reloc to disable
7578 the optimization and keep the PLT entry as it seems likely that
7579 this will be better than creating trampolines. Note that this
7580 will disable the optimization for all inline PLT calls to a
7581 particular symbol, not just those that won't reach. The
7582 difficulty in doing a more precise optimization is that the
7583 linker needs to make a decision depending on whether a
7584 particular R_PPC64_PLTCALL insn can be turned into a direct
7585 call, for each of the R_PPC64_PLTSEQ and R_PPC64_PLT16* insns in
7586 the sequence, and there is nothing that ties those relocs
7587 together except their symbol. */
7589 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
7591 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7592 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
7594 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
7598 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
7600 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
7601 if (ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->has_pltcall
7602 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
7604 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
7606 /* Read the relocations. */
7607 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
7609 if (relstart
== NULL
)
7612 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
7613 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
7615 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
7616 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7618 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7619 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7620 unsigned char *tls_maskp
;
7622 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
7623 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_PLTCALL
7624 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
)
7627 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7628 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, &tls_maskp
, &local_syms
,
7631 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
7633 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (bfd_byte
*) local_syms
)
7638 if (sym_sec
!= NULL
&& sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
7642 to
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
7645 to
+= (rel
->r_addend
7646 + sym_sec
->output_offset
7647 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
7648 from
= (rel
->r_offset
7649 + sec
->output_offset
7650 + sec
->output_section
->vma
);
7651 if (to
- from
+ limit
< 2 * limit
7652 && !(r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
7653 && (((h
? h
->other
: sym
->st_other
)
7654 & STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
)
7655 > 1 << STO_PPC64_LOCAL_BIT
)))
7656 *tls_maskp
&= ~PLT_KEEP
;
7659 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
7663 if (local_syms
!= NULL
7664 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
7666 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
7669 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
7676 /* Set htab->tls_get_addr and call the generic ELF tls_setup function. */
7679 ppc64_elf_tls_setup (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7681 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7682 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*tga
, *tga_fd
, *desc
, *desc_fd
;
7684 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
7688 if (abiversion (info
->output_bfd
) == 1)
7691 if (htab
->params
->no_multi_toc
)
7692 htab
->do_multi_toc
= 0;
7693 else if (!htab
->do_multi_toc
)
7694 htab
->params
->no_multi_toc
= 1;
7696 /* Default to --no-plt-localentry, as this option can cause problems
7697 with symbol interposition. For example, glibc libpthread.so and
7698 libc.so duplicate many pthread symbols, with a fallback
7699 implementation in libc.so. In some cases the fallback does more
7700 work than the pthread implementation. __pthread_condattr_destroy
7701 is one such symbol: the libpthread.so implementation is
7702 localentry:0 while the libc.so implementation is localentry:8.
7703 An app that "cleverly" uses dlopen to only load necessary
7704 libraries at runtime may omit loading libpthread.so when not
7705 running multi-threaded, which then results in the libc.so
7706 fallback symbols being used and ld.so complaining. Now there
7707 are workarounds in ld (see non_zero_localentry) to detect the
7708 pthread situation, but that may not be the only case where
7709 --plt-localentry can cause trouble. */
7710 if (htab
->params
->plt_localentry0
< 0)
7711 htab
->params
->plt_localentry0
= 0;
7712 if (htab
->params
->plt_localentry0
7713 && elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "GLIBC_2.26",
7714 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
)
7716 (_("warning: --plt-localentry is especially dangerous without "
7717 "ld.so support to detect ABI violations"));
7719 tga
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, ".__tls_get_addr",
7720 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
7721 htab
->tls_get_addr
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (tga
);
7723 /* Move dynamic linking info to the function descriptor sym. */
7725 func_desc_adjust (tga
, info
);
7726 tga_fd
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr",
7727 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
7728 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (tga_fd
);
7730 desc
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, ".__tls_get_addr_desc",
7731 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
7732 htab
->tga_desc
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (desc
);
7734 func_desc_adjust (desc
, info
);
7735 desc_fd
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr_desc",
7736 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
7737 htab
->tga_desc_fd
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (desc_fd
);
7739 if (htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
)
7741 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*opt
, *opt_fd
;
7743 opt
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, ".__tls_get_addr_opt",
7744 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
7746 func_desc_adjust (opt
, info
);
7747 opt_fd
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr_opt",
7748 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
7750 && (opt_fd
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
7751 || opt_fd
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
7753 /* If glibc supports an optimized __tls_get_addr call stub,
7754 signalled by the presence of __tls_get_addr_opt, and we'll
7755 be calling __tls_get_addr via a plt call stub, then
7756 make __tls_get_addr point to __tls_get_addr_opt. */
7757 if (!(htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
7759 && (tga_fd
->type
== STT_FUNC
7760 || tga_fd
->needs_plt
)
7761 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, tga_fd
)
7762 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, tga_fd
))))
7764 if (!(htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
7766 && (desc_fd
->type
== STT_FUNC
7767 || desc_fd
->needs_plt
)
7768 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, desc_fd
)
7769 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, desc_fd
))))
7772 if (tga_fd
!= NULL
|| desc_fd
!= NULL
)
7774 struct plt_entry
*ent
= NULL
;
7777 for (ent
= tga_fd
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
7778 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
7780 if (ent
== NULL
&& desc_fd
!= NULL
)
7781 for (ent
= desc_fd
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
7782 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
7788 tga_fd
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
7789 tga_fd
->root
.u
.i
.link
= &opt_fd
->root
;
7790 tga_fd
->root
.u
.i
.warning
= NULL
;
7791 ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info
, opt_fd
, tga_fd
);
7793 if (desc_fd
!= NULL
)
7795 desc_fd
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
7796 desc_fd
->root
.u
.i
.link
= &opt_fd
->root
;
7797 desc_fd
->root
.u
.i
.warning
= NULL
;
7798 ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info
, opt_fd
, desc_fd
);
7801 if (opt_fd
->dynindx
!= -1)
7803 /* Use __tls_get_addr_opt in dynamic relocations. */
7804 opt_fd
->dynindx
= -1;
7805 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
7806 opt_fd
->dynstr_index
);
7807 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, opt_fd
))
7812 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (opt_fd
);
7813 tga
= &htab
->tls_get_addr
->elf
;
7814 if (opt
!= NULL
&& tga
!= NULL
)
7816 tga
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
7817 tga
->root
.u
.i
.link
= &opt
->root
;
7818 tga
->root
.u
.i
.warning
= NULL
;
7819 ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info
, opt
, tga
);
7821 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, opt
,
7823 htab
->tls_get_addr
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (opt
);
7825 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->oh
= htab
->tls_get_addr
;
7826 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->is_func_descriptor
= 1;
7827 if (htab
->tls_get_addr
!= NULL
)
7829 htab
->tls_get_addr
->oh
= htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
;
7830 htab
->tls_get_addr
->is_func
= 1;
7833 if (desc_fd
!= NULL
)
7835 htab
->tga_desc_fd
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (opt_fd
);
7836 if (opt
!= NULL
&& desc
!= NULL
)
7838 desc
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
7839 desc
->root
.u
.i
.link
= &opt
->root
;
7840 desc
->root
.u
.i
.warning
= NULL
;
7841 ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info
, opt
, desc
);
7843 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, opt
,
7844 desc
->forced_local
);
7845 htab
->tga_desc
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (opt
);
7847 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->oh
= htab
->tga_desc
;
7848 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->is_func_descriptor
= 1;
7849 if (htab
->tga_desc
!= NULL
)
7851 htab
->tga_desc
->oh
= htab
->tga_desc_fd
;
7852 htab
->tga_desc
->is_func
= 1;
7858 else if (htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
< 0)
7859 htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
= 0;
7862 if (htab
->tga_desc_fd
!= NULL
7863 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
7864 && htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
== -1)
7865 htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
= 0;
7867 return _bfd_elf_tls_setup (info
->output_bfd
, info
);
7870 /* Return TRUE iff REL is a branch reloc with a global symbol matching
7871 any of HASH1, HASH2, HASH3, or HASH4. */
7874 branch_reloc_hash_match (const bfd
*ibfd
,
7875 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
7876 const struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*hash1
,
7877 const struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*hash2
,
7878 const struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*hash3
,
7879 const struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*hash4
)
7881 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
7882 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
7883 unsigned int r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7885 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
&& is_branch_reloc (r_type
))
7887 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
7888 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7890 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
7891 h
= elf_follow_link (h
);
7892 if (h
== &hash1
->elf
|| h
== &hash2
->elf
7893 || h
== &hash3
->elf
|| h
== &hash4
->elf
)
7899 /* Run through all the TLS relocs looking for optimization
7900 opportunities. The linker has been hacked (see ppc64elf.em) to do
7901 a preliminary section layout so that we know the TLS segment
7902 offsets. We can't optimize earlier because some optimizations need
7903 to know the tp offset, and we need to optimize before allocating
7904 dynamic relocations. */
7907 ppc64_elf_tls_optimize (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7911 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7912 unsigned char *toc_ref
;
7915 if (!bfd_link_executable (info
))
7918 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
7922 /* Make two passes over the relocs. On the first pass, mark toc
7923 entries involved with tls relocs, and check that tls relocs
7924 involved in setting up a tls_get_addr call are indeed followed by
7925 such a call. If they are not, we can't do any tls optimization.
7926 On the second pass twiddle tls_mask flags to notify
7927 relocate_section that optimization can be done, and adjust got
7928 and plt refcounts. */
7930 for (pass
= 0; pass
< 2; ++pass
)
7931 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
7933 Elf_Internal_Sym
*locsyms
= NULL
;
7934 asection
*toc
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, ".toc");
7936 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
7937 if (sec
->has_tls_reloc
&& !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
7939 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
7940 bfd_boolean found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 0;
7942 /* Read the relocations. */
7943 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
7945 if (relstart
== NULL
)
7951 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
7952 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
7954 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
7955 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7956 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7957 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7959 unsigned char *tls_mask
;
7960 unsigned int tls_set
, tls_clear
, tls_type
= 0;
7962 bfd_boolean ok_tprel
, is_local
;
7963 long toc_ref_index
= 0;
7964 int expecting_tls_get_addr
= 0;
7965 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
7967 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7968 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, &tls_mask
, &locsyms
,
7972 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
7975 if (elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
).contents
7976 != (unsigned char *) locsyms
)
7983 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
7984 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
7985 value
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
7986 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
7990 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 0;
7995 /* Symbols referenced by TLS relocs must be of type
7996 STT_TLS. So no need for .opd local sym adjust. */
7997 value
= sym
->st_value
;
8000 is_local
= SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
);
8004 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
8006 else if (sym_sec
!= NULL
8007 && sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
8009 value
+= sym_sec
->output_offset
;
8010 value
+= sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
8011 value
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
8012 /* Note that even though the prefix insns
8013 allow a 1<<33 offset we use the same test
8014 as for addis;addi. There may be a mix of
8015 pcrel and non-pcrel code and the decision
8016 to optimise is per symbol, not per TLS
8018 ok_tprel
= value
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 1ULL << 32;
8022 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
8023 /* If this section has old-style __tls_get_addr calls
8024 without marker relocs, then check that each
8025 __tls_get_addr call reloc is preceded by a reloc
8026 that conceivably belongs to the __tls_get_addr arg
8027 setup insn. If we don't find matching arg setup
8028 relocs, don't do any tls optimization. */
8030 && sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
8032 && is_tls_get_addr (h
, htab
)
8033 && !found_tls_get_addr_arg
8034 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
))
8036 info
->callbacks
->minfo (_("%H __tls_get_addr lost arg, "
8037 "TLS optimization disabled\n"),
8038 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
);
8043 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 0;
8046 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
:
8047 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
8048 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD34
:
8049 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 1;
8050 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 1;
8053 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
8054 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
8055 /* These relocs should never be against a symbol
8056 defined in a shared lib. Leave them alone if
8057 that turns out to be the case. */
8064 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
8067 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
:
8068 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
8069 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD34
:
8070 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 1;
8071 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 1;
8074 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
8075 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
8081 tls_set
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GDIE
;
8083 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
8086 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34
:
8087 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
:
8088 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
8089 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
8090 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
8095 tls_clear
= TLS_TPREL
;
8096 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
8106 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
8107 && is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)))
8110 && (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)
8112 && (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)
8113 != R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC
))
8115 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
[1].r_info
);
8116 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &locsyms
,
8121 struct plt_entry
*ent
= NULL
;
8123 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
;
8126 if (ent
->addend
== rel
[1].r_addend
)
8130 && ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
8131 ent
->plt
.refcount
-= 1;
8136 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 1;
8141 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
8142 if (sym_sec
== NULL
|| sym_sec
!= toc
)
8145 /* Mark this toc entry as referenced by a TLS
8146 code sequence. We can do that now in the
8147 case of R_PPC64_TLS, and after checking for
8148 tls_get_addr for the TOC16 relocs. */
8149 if (toc_ref
== NULL
)
8151 = bfd_zmalloc (toc
->output_section
->rawsize
/ 8);
8152 if (toc_ref
== NULL
)
8156 value
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
8158 value
= sym
->st_value
;
8159 value
+= rel
->r_addend
;
8162 BFD_ASSERT (value
< toc
->size
8163 && toc
->output_offset
% 8 == 0);
8164 toc_ref_index
= (value
+ toc
->output_offset
) / 8;
8165 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_TLS
8166 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSGD
8167 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSLD
)
8169 toc_ref
[toc_ref_index
] = 1;
8173 if (pass
!= 0 && toc_ref
[toc_ref_index
] == 0)
8178 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 2;
8181 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
8185 || !toc_ref
[(rel
->r_offset
+ toc
->output_offset
) / 8])
8190 tls_set
= TLS_EXPLICIT
;
8191 tls_clear
= TLS_TPREL
;
8196 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
8200 || !toc_ref
[(rel
->r_offset
+ toc
->output_offset
) / 8])
8202 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
8204 == ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_DTPREL64
))
8205 && rel
[1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 8)
8209 tls_set
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_GD
;
8212 tls_set
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_GD
| TLS_GDIE
;
8221 tls_set
= TLS_EXPLICIT
;
8232 if (!expecting_tls_get_addr
8233 || !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
)
8236 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
8237 && branch_reloc_hash_match (ibfd
, rel
+ 1,
8238 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
,
8243 if (expecting_tls_get_addr
== 2)
8245 /* Check for toc tls entries. */
8246 unsigned char *toc_tls
;
8249 retval
= get_tls_mask (&toc_tls
, NULL
, NULL
,
8254 if (toc_tls
!= NULL
)
8256 if ((*toc_tls
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
8257 && ((*toc_tls
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
)) != 0))
8258 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 1;
8260 toc_ref
[toc_ref_index
] = 1;
8266 /* Uh oh, we didn't find the expected call. We
8267 could just mark this symbol to exclude it
8268 from tls optimization but it's safer to skip
8269 the entire optimization. */
8270 /* xgettext:c-format */
8271 info
->callbacks
->minfo (_("%H arg lost __tls_get_addr, "
8272 "TLS optimization disabled\n"),
8273 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
);
8278 /* If we don't have old-style __tls_get_addr calls
8279 without TLSGD/TLSLD marker relocs, and we haven't
8280 found a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a
8281 marker for this symbol, then we either have a
8282 broken object file or an -mlongcall style
8283 indirect call to __tls_get_addr without a marker.
8284 Disable optimization in this case. */
8285 if ((tls_clear
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
)) != 0
8286 && (tls_set
& TLS_EXPLICIT
) == 0
8287 && !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
8288 && ((*tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
8289 != (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
)))
8292 if (expecting_tls_get_addr
== 1 + !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
)
8294 struct plt_entry
*ent
= NULL
;
8296 if (htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
!= NULL
)
8297 for (ent
= htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
8300 if (ent
->addend
== 0)
8303 if (ent
== NULL
&& htab
->tga_desc_fd
!= NULL
)
8304 for (ent
= htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
8307 if (ent
->addend
== 0)
8310 if (ent
== NULL
&& htab
->tls_get_addr
!= NULL
)
8311 for (ent
= htab
->tls_get_addr
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
8314 if (ent
->addend
== 0)
8317 if (ent
== NULL
&& htab
->tga_desc
!= NULL
)
8318 for (ent
= htab
->tga_desc
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
8321 if (ent
->addend
== 0)
8325 && ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
8326 ent
->plt
.refcount
-= 1;
8332 if ((tls_set
& TLS_EXPLICIT
) == 0)
8334 struct got_entry
*ent
;
8336 /* Adjust got entry for this reloc. */
8340 ent
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
)[r_symndx
];
8342 for (; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
8343 if (ent
->addend
== rel
->r_addend
8344 && ent
->owner
== ibfd
8345 && ent
->tls_type
== tls_type
)
8352 /* We managed to get rid of a got entry. */
8353 if (ent
->got
.refcount
> 0)
8354 ent
->got
.refcount
-= 1;
8359 /* If we got rid of a DTPMOD/DTPREL reloc pair then
8360 we'll lose one or two dyn relocs. */
8361 if (!dec_dynrel_count (rel
->r_info
, sec
, info
,
8365 if (tls_set
== (TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_GD
))
8367 if (!dec_dynrel_count ((rel
+ 1)->r_info
, sec
, info
,
8373 *tls_mask
|= tls_set
& 0xff;
8374 *tls_mask
&= ~tls_clear
;
8377 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
8382 && (elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
).contents
!= (unsigned char *) locsyms
))
8384 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
8387 elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
).contents
= (unsigned char *) locsyms
;
8392 htab
->do_tls_opt
= 1;
8396 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse from ppc64_elf_edit_toc to adjust
8397 the values of any global symbols in a toc section that has been
8398 edited. Globals in toc sections should be a rarity, so this function
8399 sets a flag if any are found in toc sections other than the one just
8400 edited, so that further hash table traversals can be avoided. */
8402 struct adjust_toc_info
8405 unsigned long *skip
;
8406 bfd_boolean global_toc_syms
;
8409 enum toc_skip_enum
{ ref_from_discarded
= 1, can_optimize
= 2 };
8412 adjust_toc_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
8414 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
8415 struct adjust_toc_info
*toc_inf
= (struct adjust_toc_info
*) inf
;
8418 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
8419 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8422 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
8423 if (eh
->adjust_done
)
8426 if (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
== toc_inf
->toc
)
8428 if (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
> toc_inf
->toc
->rawsize
)
8429 i
= toc_inf
->toc
->rawsize
>> 3;
8431 i
= eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
>> 3;
8433 if ((toc_inf
->skip
[i
] & (ref_from_discarded
| can_optimize
)) != 0)
8436 (_("%s defined on removed toc entry"), eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
);
8439 while ((toc_inf
->skip
[i
] & (ref_from_discarded
| can_optimize
)) != 0);
8440 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= (bfd_vma
) i
<< 3;
8443 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
-= toc_inf
->skip
[i
];
8444 eh
->adjust_done
= 1;
8446 else if (strcmp (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
->name
, ".toc") == 0)
8447 toc_inf
->global_toc_syms
= TRUE
;
8452 /* Return TRUE iff INSN with a relocation of R_TYPE is one we expect
8453 on a _LO variety toc/got reloc. */
8456 ok_lo_toc_insn (unsigned int insn
, enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
)
8458 return ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 12u << 26 /* addic */
8459 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */
8460 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */
8461 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */
8462 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */
8463 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */
8464 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */
8465 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */
8466 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */
8467 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */
8468 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */
8469 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */
8470 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */
8471 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */
8472 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */
8473 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 56u << 26 /* lq,lfq */
8474 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 57u << 26 /* lxsd,lxssp,lfdp */
8475 /* Exclude lfqu by testing reloc. If relocs are ever
8476 defined for the reduced D field in psq_lu then those
8477 will need testing too. */
8478 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
&& r_type
!= R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
)
8479 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 58u << 26 /* ld,lwa */
8481 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 60u << 26 /* stfq */
8482 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 61u << 26 /* lxv,stx{v,sd,ssp},stfdp */
8483 /* Exclude stfqu. psq_stu as above for psq_lu. */
8484 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
&& r_type
!= R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
)
8485 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std,stq */
8486 && (insn
& 1) == 0));
8489 /* PCREL_OPT in one instance flags to the linker that a pair of insns:
8490 pld ra,symbol@got@pcrel
8491 load/store rt,off(ra)
8494 load/store rt,off(ra)
8495 may be translated to
8496 pload/pstore rt,symbol+off@pcrel
8498 This function returns true if the optimization is possible, placing
8499 the prefix insn in *PINSN1, a NOP in *PINSN2 and the offset in *POFF.
8501 On entry to this function, the linker has already determined that
8502 the pld can be replaced with pla: *PINSN1 is that pla insn,
8503 while *PINSN2 is the second instruction. */
8506 xlate_pcrel_opt (uint64_t *pinsn1
, uint64_t *pinsn2
, bfd_signed_vma
*poff
)
8508 uint64_t insn1
= *pinsn1
;
8509 uint64_t insn2
= *pinsn2
;
8512 if ((insn2
& (63ULL << 58)) == 1ULL << 58)
8514 /* Check that regs match. */
8515 if (((insn2
>> 16) & 31) != ((insn1
>> 21) & 31))
8518 /* P8LS or PMLS form, non-pcrel. */
8519 if ((insn2
& (-1ULL << 50) & ~(1ULL << 56)) != (1ULL << 58))
8522 *pinsn1
= (insn2
& ~(31 << 16) & ~0x3ffff0000ffffULL
) | (1ULL << 52);
8524 off
= ((insn2
>> 16) & 0x3ffff0000ULL
) | (insn2
& 0xffff);
8525 *poff
= (off
^ 0x200000000ULL
) - 0x200000000ULL
;
8531 /* Check that regs match. */
8532 if (((insn2
>> 16) & 31) != ((insn1
>> 21) & 31))
8535 switch ((insn2
>> 26) & 63)
8551 /* These are the PMLS cases, where we just need to tack a prefix
8553 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (2ULL << 56) | (1ULL << 52)
8554 | (insn2
& ((63ULL << 26) | (31ULL << 21))));
8555 off
= insn2
& 0xffff;
8558 case 58: /* lwa, ld */
8559 if ((insn2
& 1) != 0)
8561 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8562 | (insn2
& 2 ? 41ULL << 26 : 57ULL << 26)
8563 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8564 off
= insn2
& 0xfffc;
8567 case 57: /* lxsd, lxssp */
8568 if ((insn2
& 3) < 2)
8570 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8571 | ((40ULL | (insn2
& 3)) << 26)
8572 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8573 off
= insn2
& 0xfffc;
8576 case 61: /* stxsd, stxssp, lxv, stxv */
8577 if ((insn2
& 3) == 0)
8579 else if ((insn2
& 3) >= 2)
8581 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8582 | ((44ULL | (insn2
& 3)) << 26)
8583 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8584 off
= insn2
& 0xfffc;
8588 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8589 | ((50ULL | (insn2
& 4) | ((insn2
& 8) >> 3)) << 26)
8590 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8591 off
= insn2
& 0xfff0;
8596 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8597 | (insn2
& ((63ULL << 26) | (31ULL << 21))));
8598 off
= insn2
& 0xffff;
8601 case 6: /* lxvp, stxvp */
8602 if ((insn2
& 0xe) != 0)
8604 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8605 | ((insn2
& 1) == 0 ? 58ULL << 26 : 62ULL << 26)
8606 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8607 off
= insn2
& 0xfff0;
8610 case 62: /* std, stq */
8611 if ((insn2
& 1) != 0)
8613 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8614 | ((insn2
& 2) == 0 ? 61ULL << 26 : 60ULL << 26)
8615 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8616 off
= insn2
& 0xfffc;
8621 *pinsn2
= (uint64_t) NOP
<< 32;
8622 *poff
= (off
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
8626 /* Examine all relocs referencing .toc sections in order to remove
8627 unused .toc entries. */
8630 ppc64_elf_edit_toc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8633 struct adjust_toc_info toc_inf
;
8634 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
8636 htab
->do_toc_opt
= 1;
8637 toc_inf
.global_toc_syms
= TRUE
;
8638 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
8640 asection
*toc
, *sec
;
8641 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8642 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
8643 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *toc_relocs
;
8644 unsigned long *skip
, *drop
;
8645 unsigned char *used
;
8646 unsigned char *keep
, last
, some_unused
;
8648 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
8651 toc
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, ".toc");
8654 || toc
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
8655 || discarded_section (toc
))
8660 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
8662 /* Look at sections dropped from the final link. */
8665 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
8667 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0
8668 || !discarded_section (sec
)
8669 || get_opd_info (sec
)
8670 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
8671 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
8674 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
, FALSE
);
8675 if (relstart
== NULL
)
8678 /* Run through the relocs to see which toc entries might be
8680 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
8682 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
8683 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8685 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8686 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
8689 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
8696 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
8697 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
8698 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
8699 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
8700 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
8704 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
8705 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
8713 val
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
8715 val
= sym
->st_value
;
8716 val
+= rel
->r_addend
;
8718 if (val
>= toc
->size
)
8721 /* Anything in the toc ought to be aligned to 8 bytes.
8722 If not, don't mark as unused. */
8728 skip
= bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (*skip
) * (toc
->size
+ 15) / 8);
8733 skip
[val
>> 3] = ref_from_discarded
;
8736 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
8740 /* For largetoc loads of address constants, we can convert
8741 . addis rx,2,addr@got@ha
8742 . ld ry,addr@got@l(rx)
8744 . addis rx,2,addr@toc@ha
8745 . addi ry,rx,addr@toc@l
8746 when addr is within 2G of the toc pointer. This then means
8747 that the word storing "addr" in the toc is no longer needed. */
8749 if (!ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->has_small_toc_reloc
8750 && toc
->output_section
->rawsize
< (bfd_vma
) 1 << 31
8751 && toc
->reloc_count
!= 0)
8753 /* Read toc relocs. */
8754 toc_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, toc
, NULL
, NULL
,
8756 if (toc_relocs
== NULL
)
8759 for (rel
= toc_relocs
; rel
< toc_relocs
+ toc
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
8761 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
8762 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8764 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8765 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
8768 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
8769 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_ADDR64
)
8772 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
8773 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
8778 || sym_sec
->output_section
== NULL
8779 || discarded_section (sym_sec
))
8782 if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
8787 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
8789 val
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
8793 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
8795 val
= sym
->st_value
;
8797 val
+= rel
->r_addend
;
8798 val
+= sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sym_sec
->output_offset
;
8800 /* We don't yet know the exact toc pointer value, but we
8801 know it will be somewhere in the toc section. Don't
8802 optimize if the difference from any possible toc
8803 pointer is outside [ff..f80008000, 7fff7fff]. */
8804 addr
= toc
->output_section
->vma
+ TOC_BASE_OFF
;
8805 if (val
- addr
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x80008000 >= (bfd_vma
) 1 << 32)
8808 addr
= toc
->output_section
->vma
+ toc
->output_section
->rawsize
;
8809 if (val
- addr
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x80008000 >= (bfd_vma
) 1 << 32)
8814 skip
= bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (*skip
) * (toc
->size
+ 15) / 8);
8819 skip
[rel
->r_offset
>> 3]
8820 |= can_optimize
| ((rel
- toc_relocs
) << 2);
8827 used
= bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (*used
) * (toc
->size
+ 7) / 8);
8831 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
8834 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
8836 if (elf_section_data (toc
)->relocs
!= toc_relocs
)
8842 /* Now check all kept sections that might reference the toc.
8843 Check the toc itself last. */
8844 for (sec
= (ibfd
->sections
== toc
&& toc
->next
? toc
->next
8847 sec
= (sec
== toc
? NULL
8848 : sec
->next
== NULL
? toc
8849 : sec
->next
== toc
&& toc
->next
? toc
->next
8854 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0
8855 || discarded_section (sec
)
8856 || get_opd_info (sec
)
8857 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
8858 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
8861 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
8863 if (relstart
== NULL
)
8869 /* Mark toc entries referenced as used. */
8873 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
8875 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
8876 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8878 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8879 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
8882 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
8886 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
8887 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
8888 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
8889 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
8890 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
8891 /* In case we're taking addresses of toc entries. */
8892 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
8899 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
8900 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
8911 val
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
8913 val
= sym
->st_value
;
8914 val
+= rel
->r_addend
;
8916 if (val
>= toc
->size
)
8919 if ((skip
[val
>> 3] & can_optimize
) != 0)
8926 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
8929 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
8930 off
= rel
->r_offset
;
8931 off
+= (bfd_big_endian (ibfd
) ? -2 : 3);
8932 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, &opc
,
8938 if ((opc
& (0x3f << 2)) == (58u << 2))
8943 /* Wrong sort of reloc, or not a ld. We may
8944 as well clear ref_from_discarded too. */
8951 /* For the toc section, we only mark as used if this
8952 entry itself isn't unused. */
8953 else if ((used
[rel
->r_offset
>> 3]
8954 || !(skip
[rel
->r_offset
>> 3] & ref_from_discarded
))
8957 /* Do all the relocs again, to catch reference
8966 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
8970 /* Merge the used and skip arrays. Assume that TOC
8971 doublewords not appearing as either used or unused belong
8972 to an entry more than one doubleword in size. */
8973 for (drop
= skip
, keep
= used
, last
= 0, some_unused
= 0;
8974 drop
< skip
+ (toc
->size
+ 7) / 8;
8979 *drop
&= ~ref_from_discarded
;
8980 if ((*drop
& can_optimize
) != 0)
8984 else if ((*drop
& ref_from_discarded
) != 0)
8987 last
= ref_from_discarded
;
8997 bfd_byte
*contents
, *src
;
8999 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
9000 bfd_boolean local_toc_syms
= FALSE
;
9002 /* Shuffle the toc contents, and at the same time convert the
9003 skip array from booleans into offsets. */
9004 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (ibfd
, toc
, &contents
))
9007 elf_section_data (toc
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
9009 for (src
= contents
, off
= 0, drop
= skip
;
9010 src
< contents
+ toc
->size
;
9013 if ((*drop
& (can_optimize
| ref_from_discarded
)) != 0)
9018 memcpy (src
- off
, src
, 8);
9022 toc
->rawsize
= toc
->size
;
9023 toc
->size
= src
- contents
- off
;
9025 /* Adjust addends for relocs against the toc section sym,
9026 and optimize any accesses we can. */
9027 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
9029 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0
9030 || discarded_section (sec
))
9033 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
9035 if (relstart
== NULL
)
9038 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
9040 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
9041 unsigned long r_symndx
;
9043 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9046 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
9053 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
9054 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
9055 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
9056 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
9057 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
9058 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
9062 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
9063 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
9071 val
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
9074 val
= sym
->st_value
;
9076 local_toc_syms
= TRUE
;
9079 val
+= rel
->r_addend
;
9081 if (val
> toc
->rawsize
)
9083 else if ((skip
[val
>> 3] & ref_from_discarded
) != 0)
9085 else if ((skip
[val
>> 3] & can_optimize
) != 0)
9087 Elf_Internal_Rela
*tocrel
9088 = toc_relocs
+ (skip
[val
>> 3] >> 2);
9089 unsigned long tsym
= ELF64_R_SYM (tocrel
->r_info
);
9093 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
9094 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (tsym
, R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
);
9097 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
9098 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (tsym
, R_PPC64_LO_DS_OPT
);
9102 if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC64_ADDR32
])
9104 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9105 /* xgettext:c-format */
9106 (_("%H: %s references "
9107 "optimized away TOC entry\n"),
9108 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
,
9109 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
);
9110 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9113 rel
->r_addend
= tocrel
->r_addend
;
9114 elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
= relstart
;
9118 if (h
!= NULL
|| sym
->st_value
!= 0)
9121 rel
->r_addend
-= skip
[val
>> 3];
9122 elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
= relstart
;
9125 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
9129 /* We shouldn't have local or global symbols defined in the TOC,
9130 but handle them anyway. */
9131 if (local_syms
!= NULL
)
9132 for (sym
= local_syms
;
9133 sym
< local_syms
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9135 if (sym
->st_value
!= 0
9136 && bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd
, sym
->st_shndx
) == toc
)
9140 if (sym
->st_value
> toc
->rawsize
)
9141 i
= toc
->rawsize
>> 3;
9143 i
= sym
->st_value
>> 3;
9145 if ((skip
[i
] & (ref_from_discarded
| can_optimize
)) != 0)
9149 (_("%s defined on removed toc entry"),
9150 bfd_elf_sym_name (ibfd
, symtab_hdr
, sym
, NULL
));
9153 while ((skip
[i
] & (ref_from_discarded
| can_optimize
)));
9154 sym
->st_value
= (bfd_vma
) i
<< 3;
9157 sym
->st_value
-= skip
[i
];
9158 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
9161 /* Adjust any global syms defined in this toc input section. */
9162 if (toc_inf
.global_toc_syms
)
9165 toc_inf
.skip
= skip
;
9166 toc_inf
.global_toc_syms
= FALSE
;
9167 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), adjust_toc_syms
,
9171 if (toc
->reloc_count
!= 0)
9173 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
9174 Elf_Internal_Rela
*wrel
;
9177 /* Remove unused toc relocs, and adjust those we keep. */
9178 if (toc_relocs
== NULL
)
9179 toc_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, toc
, NULL
, NULL
,
9181 if (toc_relocs
== NULL
)
9185 for (rel
= toc_relocs
; rel
< toc_relocs
+ toc
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
9186 if ((skip
[rel
->r_offset
>> 3]
9187 & (ref_from_discarded
| can_optimize
)) == 0)
9189 wrel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_offset
- skip
[rel
->r_offset
>> 3];
9190 wrel
->r_info
= rel
->r_info
;
9191 wrel
->r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
9194 else if (!dec_dynrel_count (rel
->r_info
, toc
, info
,
9195 &local_syms
, NULL
, NULL
))
9198 elf_section_data (toc
)->relocs
= toc_relocs
;
9199 toc
->reloc_count
= wrel
- toc_relocs
;
9200 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (toc
);
9201 sz
= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
9202 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= toc
->reloc_count
* sz
;
9205 else if (elf_section_data (toc
)->relocs
!= toc_relocs
)
9208 if (local_syms
!= NULL
9209 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9211 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
9214 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
9219 /* Look for cases where we can change an indirect GOT access to
9220 a GOT relative or PC relative access, possibly reducing the
9221 number of GOT entries. */
9222 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9225 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
9226 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
9227 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
;
9230 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
9233 if (!ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->has_optrel
)
9236 sec
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
9239 got
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
+ 0x8000;
9242 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
9244 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
9246 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0
9247 || !ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->has_optrel
9248 || discarded_section (sec
))
9251 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
9253 if (relstart
== NULL
)
9256 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9259 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
9264 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
9266 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
9267 unsigned long r_symndx
;
9268 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
9270 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9271 struct got_entry
*ent
;
9273 unsigned char buf
[8];
9275 enum {no_check
, check_lo
, check_ha
} insn_check
;
9277 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
9281 insn_check
= no_check
;
9284 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
9285 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
9286 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
9287 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
9288 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
9289 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
9290 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
9291 insn_check
= check_ha
;
9294 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
:
9295 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
9296 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
9297 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
9298 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
9299 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
9300 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
:
9301 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
9302 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
9303 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
9304 insn_check
= check_lo
;
9308 if (insn_check
!= no_check
)
9310 bfd_vma off
= rel
->r_offset
& ~3;
9312 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, buf
, off
, 4))
9315 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
);
9316 if (insn_check
== check_lo
9317 ? !ok_lo_toc_insn (insn
, r_type
)
9318 : ((insn
& ((0x3fu
<< 26) | 0x1f << 16))
9319 != ((15u << 26) | (2 << 16)) /* addis rt,2,imm */))
9323 ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->unexpected_toc_insn
= 1;
9324 sprintf (str
, "%#08x", insn
);
9325 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9326 /* xgettext:c-format */
9327 (_("%H: got/toc optimization is not supported for"
9328 " %s instruction\n"),
9329 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
& ~3, str
);
9336 /* Note that we don't delete GOT entries for
9337 R_PPC64_GOT16_DS since we'd need a lot more
9338 analysis. For starters, the preliminary layout is
9339 before the GOT, PLT, dynamic sections and stubs are
9340 laid out. Then we'd need to allow for changes in
9341 distance between sections caused by alignment. */
9345 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
9346 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
9347 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
9351 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
9352 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
9357 || sym_sec
->output_section
== NULL
9358 || discarded_section (sym_sec
))
9361 if ((h
? h
->type
: ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9364 if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
9368 val
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
9370 val
= sym
->st_value
;
9371 val
+= rel
->r_addend
;
9372 val
+= sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sym_sec
->output_offset
;
9374 /* Fudge factor to allow for the fact that the preliminary layout
9375 isn't exact. Reduce limits by this factor. */
9376 #define LIMIT_ADJUST(LIMIT) ((LIMIT) - (LIMIT) / 16)
9383 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
9384 if (val
- got
+ LIMIT_ADJUST (0x80008000ULL
)
9385 >= LIMIT_ADJUST (0x100000000ULL
))
9388 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, buf
,
9389 rel
->r_offset
& ~3, 4))
9391 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
);
9392 if (((insn
& ((0x3fu
<< 26) | 0x1f << 16))
9393 != ((15u << 26) | (2 << 16)) /* addis rt,2,imm */))
9397 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
9398 if (val
- got
+ LIMIT_ADJUST (0x80008000ULL
)
9399 >= LIMIT_ADJUST (0x100000000ULL
))
9401 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, buf
,
9402 rel
->r_offset
& ~3, 4))
9404 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
);
9405 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26 | 0x3)) != 58u << 26 /* ld */)
9409 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
9411 pc
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
9412 if (val
- pc
+ LIMIT_ADJUST (1ULL << 33)
9413 >= LIMIT_ADJUST (1ULL << 34))
9415 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, buf
,
9416 rel
->r_offset
& ~3, 8))
9418 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
);
9419 if ((insn
& (-1u << 18)) != ((1u << 26) | (1u << 20)))
9421 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
+ 4);
9422 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) != 57u << 26)
9432 struct got_entry
**local_got_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
);
9433 ent
= local_got_ents
[r_symndx
];
9435 for (; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9436 if (ent
->addend
== rel
->r_addend
9437 && ent
->owner
== ibfd
9438 && ent
->tls_type
== 0)
9440 BFD_ASSERT (ent
&& ent
->got
.refcount
> 0);
9441 ent
->got
.refcount
-= 1;
9444 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
9448 if (local_syms
!= NULL
9449 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9451 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
9454 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
9461 /* Return true iff input section I references the TOC using
9462 instructions limited to +/-32k offsets. */
9465 ppc64_elf_has_small_toc_reloc (asection
*i
)
9467 return (is_ppc64_elf (i
->owner
)
9468 && ppc64_elf_tdata (i
->owner
)->has_small_toc_reloc
);
9471 /* Allocate space for one GOT entry. */
9474 allocate_got (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
9475 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9476 struct got_entry
*gent
)
9478 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
9479 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
9480 int entsize
= (gent
->tls_type
& eh
->tls_mask
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
)
9482 int rentsize
= (gent
->tls_type
& eh
->tls_mask
& TLS_GD
9483 ? 2 : 1) * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
9484 asection
*got
= ppc64_elf_tdata (gent
->owner
)->got
;
9486 gent
->got
.offset
= got
->size
;
9487 got
->size
+= entsize
;
9489 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9491 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
+= rentsize
;
9492 htab
->got_reli_size
+= rentsize
;
9494 else if (((bfd_link_pic (info
)
9495 && !(gent
->tls_type
!= 0
9496 && bfd_link_executable (info
)
9497 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)))
9498 || (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9500 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)))
9501 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
9503 asection
*relgot
= ppc64_elf_tdata (gent
->owner
)->relgot
;
9504 relgot
->size
+= rentsize
;
9508 /* This function merges got entries in the same toc group. */
9511 merge_got_entries (struct got_entry
**pent
)
9513 struct got_entry
*ent
, *ent2
;
9515 for (ent
= *pent
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9516 if (!ent
->is_indirect
)
9517 for (ent2
= ent
->next
; ent2
!= NULL
; ent2
= ent2
->next
)
9518 if (!ent2
->is_indirect
9519 && ent2
->addend
== ent
->addend
9520 && ent2
->tls_type
== ent
->tls_type
9521 && elf_gp (ent2
->owner
) == elf_gp (ent
->owner
))
9523 ent2
->is_indirect
= TRUE
;
9524 ent2
->got
.ent
= ent
;
9528 /* If H is undefined, make it dynamic if that makes sense. */
9531 ensure_undef_dynamic (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9532 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
9534 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
9536 if (htab
->dynamic_sections_created
9537 && ((info
->dynamic_undefined_weak
!= 0
9538 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
9539 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
9542 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
9543 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
9547 /* Allocate space in .plt, .got and associated reloc sections for
9551 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
9553 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
9554 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9556 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
9557 struct got_entry
**pgent
, *gent
;
9559 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
9562 info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
;
9563 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
9567 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
9568 /* Run through the TLS GD got entries first if we're changing them
9570 if ((eh
->tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_GDIE
)) == (TLS_TLS
| TLS_GDIE
))
9571 for (gent
= h
->got
.glist
; gent
!= NULL
; gent
= gent
->next
)
9572 if (gent
->got
.refcount
> 0
9573 && (gent
->tls_type
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
9575 /* This was a GD entry that has been converted to TPREL. If
9576 there happens to be a TPREL entry we can use that one. */
9577 struct got_entry
*ent
;
9578 for (ent
= h
->got
.glist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9579 if (ent
->got
.refcount
> 0
9580 && (ent
->tls_type
& TLS_TPREL
) != 0
9581 && ent
->addend
== gent
->addend
9582 && ent
->owner
== gent
->owner
)
9584 gent
->got
.refcount
= 0;
9588 /* If not, then we'll be using our own TPREL entry. */
9589 if (gent
->got
.refcount
!= 0)
9590 gent
->tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
9593 /* Remove any list entry that won't generate a word in the GOT before
9594 we call merge_got_entries. Otherwise we risk merging to empty
9596 pgent
= &h
->got
.glist
;
9597 while ((gent
= *pgent
) != NULL
)
9598 if (gent
->got
.refcount
> 0)
9600 if ((gent
->tls_type
& TLS_LD
) != 0
9601 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
9603 ppc64_tlsld_got (gent
->owner
)->got
.refcount
+= 1;
9604 *pgent
= gent
->next
;
9607 pgent
= &gent
->next
;
9610 *pgent
= gent
->next
;
9612 if (!htab
->do_multi_toc
)
9613 merge_got_entries (&h
->got
.glist
);
9615 for (gent
= h
->got
.glist
; gent
!= NULL
; gent
= gent
->next
)
9616 if (!gent
->is_indirect
)
9618 /* Ensure we catch all the cases where this symbol should
9620 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
9623 if (!is_ppc64_elf (gent
->owner
))
9626 allocate_got (h
, info
, gent
);
9629 /* If no dynamic sections we can't have dynamic relocs, except for
9630 IFUNCs which are handled even in static executables. */
9631 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9632 && h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9633 eh
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
9635 /* Discard relocs on undefined symbols that must be local. */
9636 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
9637 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
9638 eh
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
9640 /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
9641 visibility, or when dynamic_undefined_weak says so. */
9642 else if (UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
9643 eh
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
9645 if (eh
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
9647 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
, **pp
;
9649 /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
9650 dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to
9651 be defined in regular objects. For the normal shared case,
9652 discard space for relocs that have become local due to symbol
9653 visibility changes. */
9654 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
9656 /* Relocs that use pc_count are those that appear on a call
9657 insn, or certain REL relocs (see must_be_dyn_reloc) that
9658 can be generated via assembly. We want calls to
9659 protected symbols to resolve directly to the function
9660 rather than going via the plt. If people want function
9661 pointer comparisons to work as expected then they should
9662 avoid writing weird assembly. */
9663 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
))
9665 for (pp
= &eh
->dyn_relocs
; (p
= *pp
) != NULL
; )
9667 p
->count
-= p
->pc_count
;
9676 if (eh
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
9678 /* Ensure we catch all the cases where this symbol
9679 should be made dynamic. */
9680 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
9685 /* For a fixed position executable, discard space for
9686 relocs against symbols which are not dynamic. */
9687 else if (h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9689 if (h
->dynamic_adjusted
9691 && !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
9693 /* Ensure we catch all the cases where this symbol
9694 should be made dynamic. */
9695 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
9698 /* But if that didn't work out, discard dynamic relocs. */
9699 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
9700 eh
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
9703 eh
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
9706 /* Finally, allocate space. */
9707 for (p
= eh
->dyn_relocs
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
9709 asection
*sreloc
= elf_section_data (p
->sec
)->sreloc
;
9710 if (eh
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9711 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
9712 sreloc
->size
+= p
->count
* sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
9716 /* We might need a PLT entry when the symbol
9719 c) has plt16 relocs and has been processed by adjust_dynamic_symbol, or
9720 d) has plt16 relocs and we are linking statically. */
9721 if ((htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
&& h
->dynindx
!= -1)
9722 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
9723 || (h
->needs_plt
&& h
->dynamic_adjusted
)
9726 && !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9727 && !htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
9728 && (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
9729 & (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) == PLT_KEEP
))
9731 struct plt_entry
*pent
;
9732 bfd_boolean doneone
= FALSE
;
9733 for (pent
= h
->plt
.plist
; pent
!= NULL
; pent
= pent
->next
)
9734 if (pent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
9736 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9737 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9739 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9742 pent
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
9743 s
->size
+= PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
9744 s
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
9749 pent
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
9750 s
->size
+= LOCAL_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
9751 s
= bfd_link_pic (info
) ? htab
->relpltlocal
: NULL
;
9756 /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room for the special
9760 s
->size
+= PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
9762 pent
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
9764 /* Make room for this entry. */
9765 s
->size
+= PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
9767 /* Make room for the .glink code. */
9770 s
->size
+= GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab
);
9773 /* We need bigger stubs past index 32767. */
9774 if (s
->size
>= GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab
) + 32768*2*4)
9781 /* We also need to make an entry in the .rela.plt section. */
9782 s
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
;
9785 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
9789 pent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
9792 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
9798 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
9805 #define PPC_LO(v) ((v) & 0xffff)
9806 #define PPC_HI(v) (((v) >> 16) & 0xffff)
9807 #define PPC_HA(v) PPC_HI ((v) + 0x8000)
9809 ((((v) & 0x3ffff0000ULL) << 16) | (v & 0xffff))
9810 #define HA34(v) ((v + (1ULL << 33)) >> 34)
9812 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse from ppc64_elf_size_dynamic_sections
9813 to set up space for global entry stubs. These are put in glink,
9814 after the branch table. */
9817 size_global_entry_stubs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
9819 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
9820 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9821 struct plt_entry
*pent
;
9824 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
9827 if (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
9834 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
9838 s
= htab
->global_entry
;
9839 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
9840 for (pent
= h
->plt
.plist
; pent
!= NULL
; pent
= pent
->next
)
9841 if (pent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1
9842 && pent
->addend
== 0)
9844 /* For ELFv2, if this symbol is not defined in a regular file
9845 and we are not generating a shared library or pie, then we
9846 need to define the symbol in the executable on a call stub.
9847 This is to avoid text relocations. */
9848 bfd_vma off
, stub_align
, stub_off
, stub_size
;
9849 unsigned int align_power
;
9853 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
>= 0)
9854 align_power
= htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
;
9856 align_power
= -htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
;
9857 /* Setting section alignment is delayed until we know it is
9858 non-empty. Otherwise the .text output section will be
9859 aligned at least to plt_stub_align even when no global
9860 entry stubs are needed. */
9861 if (s
->alignment_power
< align_power
)
9862 s
->alignment_power
= align_power
;
9863 stub_align
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << align_power
;
9864 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
>= 0
9865 || ((((stub_off
+ stub_size
- 1) & -stub_align
)
9866 - (stub_off
& -stub_align
))
9867 > ((stub_size
- 1) & -stub_align
)))
9868 stub_off
= (stub_off
+ stub_align
- 1) & -stub_align
;
9869 off
= pent
->plt
.offset
+ plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
9870 off
-= stub_off
+ s
->output_offset
+ s
->output_section
->vma
;
9871 /* Note that for --plt-stub-align negative we have a possible
9872 dependency between stub offset and size. Break that
9873 dependency by assuming the max stub size when calculating
9875 if (PPC_HA (off
) == 0)
9877 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
9878 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
9879 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= stub_off
;
9880 s
->size
= stub_off
+ stub_size
;
9886 /* Set DF_TEXTREL if we find any dynamic relocs that apply to
9887 read-only sections. */
9890 maybe_set_textrel (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
9894 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
9897 sec
= readonly_dynrelocs (h
);
9900 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
;
9902 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
9903 info
->callbacks
->minfo (_("%pB: dynamic relocation against `%pT'"
9904 " in read-only section `%pA'\n"),
9905 sec
->owner
, h
->root
.root
.string
, sec
);
9907 /* Not an error, just cut short the traversal. */
9913 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
9916 ppc64_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9917 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9919 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9924 struct got_entry
*first_tlsld
;
9926 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
9930 dynobj
= htab
->elf
.dynobj
;
9934 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
9936 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
9937 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && !info
->nointerp
)
9939 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".interp");
9942 s
->size
= sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER
;
9943 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER
;
9947 /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
9949 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9951 struct got_entry
**lgot_ents
;
9952 struct got_entry
**end_lgot_ents
;
9953 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
9954 struct plt_entry
**end_local_plt
;
9955 unsigned char *lgot_masks
;
9956 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
9957 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
9959 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
9962 for (s
= ibfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
9964 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
9966 for (p
= elf_section_data (s
)->local_dynrel
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
9968 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (p
->sec
)
9969 && bfd_is_abs_section (p
->sec
->output_section
))
9971 /* Input section has been discarded, either because
9972 it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
9973 linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
9976 else if (p
->count
!= 0)
9978 asection
*srel
= elf_section_data (p
->sec
)->sreloc
;
9980 srel
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
9981 srel
->size
+= p
->count
* sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
9982 if ((p
->sec
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
9983 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
9988 lgot_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
);
9992 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
9993 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9994 end_lgot_ents
= lgot_ents
+ locsymcount
;
9995 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_lgot_ents
;
9996 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
9997 lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *) end_local_plt
;
9998 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
9999 for (; lgot_ents
< end_lgot_ents
; ++lgot_ents
, ++lgot_masks
)
10001 struct got_entry
**pent
, *ent
;
10004 while ((ent
= *pent
) != NULL
)
10005 if (ent
->got
.refcount
> 0)
10007 if ((ent
->tls_type
& *lgot_masks
& TLS_LD
) != 0)
10009 ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd
)->got
.refcount
+= 1;
10014 unsigned int ent_size
= 8;
10015 unsigned int rel_size
= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
10017 ent
->got
.offset
= s
->size
;
10018 if ((ent
->tls_type
& *lgot_masks
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
10023 s
->size
+= ent_size
;
10024 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
10026 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
+= rel_size
;
10027 htab
->got_reli_size
+= rel_size
;
10029 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
10030 && !(ent
->tls_type
!= 0
10031 && bfd_link_executable (info
)))
10033 asection
*srel
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
10034 srel
->size
+= rel_size
;
10043 /* Allocate space for plt calls to local syms. */
10044 lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *) end_local_plt
;
10045 for (; local_plt
< end_local_plt
; ++local_plt
, ++lgot_masks
)
10047 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
10049 for (ent
= *local_plt
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
10050 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
10052 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
10054 s
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
10055 ent
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
10056 s
->size
+= PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
10057 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
10059 else if (htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
10060 || (*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) != PLT_KEEP
)
10061 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
10064 s
= htab
->pltlocal
;
10065 ent
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
10066 s
->size
+= LOCAL_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
10067 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
10068 htab
->relpltlocal
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
10072 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
10076 /* Allocate global sym .plt and .got entries, and space for global
10077 sym dynamic relocs. */
10078 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, allocate_dynrelocs
, info
);
10080 if (!htab
->opd_abi
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
10081 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, size_global_entry_stubs
, info
);
10083 first_tlsld
= NULL
;
10084 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
10086 struct got_entry
*ent
;
10088 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
10091 ent
= ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd
);
10092 if (ent
->got
.refcount
> 0)
10094 if (!htab
->do_multi_toc
&& first_tlsld
!= NULL
)
10096 ent
->is_indirect
= TRUE
;
10097 ent
->got
.ent
= first_tlsld
;
10101 if (first_tlsld
== NULL
)
10103 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
10104 ent
->got
.offset
= s
->size
;
10107 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
10109 asection
*srel
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
10110 srel
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
10115 ent
->got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
10118 /* We now have determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
10119 Allocate memory for them. */
10121 for (s
= dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
10123 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
10126 if (s
== htab
->brlt
|| s
== htab
->relbrlt
)
10127 /* These haven't been allocated yet; don't strip. */
10129 else if (s
== htab
->elf
.sgot
10130 || s
== htab
->elf
.splt
10131 || s
== htab
->elf
.iplt
10132 || s
== htab
->pltlocal
10133 || s
== htab
->glink
10134 || s
== htab
->global_entry
10135 || s
== htab
->elf
.sdynbss
10136 || s
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
)
10138 /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
10141 else if (s
== htab
->glink_eh_frame
)
10143 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (s
->output_section
))
10144 /* Not sized yet. */
10147 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (s
->name
, ".rela"))
10151 if (s
!= htab
->elf
.srelplt
)
10154 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
10155 to copy relocs into the output file. */
10156 s
->reloc_count
= 0;
10161 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
10167 /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
10168 output file. This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
10169 .rela.plt. We must create both sections in
10170 create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
10171 before the linker maps input sections to output
10172 sections. The linker does that before
10173 adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
10174 function which decides whether anything needs to go
10175 into these sections. */
10176 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
10180 if (bfd_is_abs_section (s
->output_section
))
10181 _bfd_error_handler (_("warning: discarding dynamic section %s"),
10184 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
10187 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. We use bfd_zalloc
10188 here in case unused entries are not reclaimed before the
10189 section's contents are written out. This should not happen,
10190 but this way if it does we get a R_PPC64_NONE reloc in .rela
10191 sections instead of garbage.
10192 We also rely on the section contents being zero when writing
10193 the GOT and .dynrelro. */
10194 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (dynobj
, s
->size
);
10195 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
10199 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
10201 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
10204 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
10205 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
!= htab
->elf
.sgot
)
10208 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
10211 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (ibfd
, s
->size
);
10212 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
10216 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
10220 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
10223 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (ibfd
, s
->size
);
10224 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
10227 s
->reloc_count
= 0;
10232 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
10234 bfd_boolean tls_opt
;
10236 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
10237 values later, in ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
10238 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
10239 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
10240 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
10241 #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
10242 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
10244 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
10246 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG
, 0))
10250 if (htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
&& htab
->elf
.splt
->size
!= 0)
10252 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT
, 0)
10253 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ
, 0)
10254 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL
, DT_RELA
)
10255 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL
, 0)
10256 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC64_GLINK
, 0))
10260 if (NO_OPD_RELOCS
&& abiversion (output_bfd
) <= 1)
10262 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC64_OPD
, 0)
10263 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC64_OPDSZ
, 0))
10267 tls_opt
= (htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
10268 && ((htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
!= NULL
10269 && htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)
10270 || (htab
->tga_desc_fd
!= NULL
10271 && htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)));
10272 if (tls_opt
|| !htab
->opd_abi
)
10274 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC64_OPT
, tls_opt
? PPC64_OPT_TLS
: 0))
10280 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA
, 0)
10281 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ
, 0)
10282 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT
, sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
)))
10285 /* If any dynamic relocs apply to a read-only section,
10286 then we need a DT_TEXTREL entry. */
10287 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) == 0)
10288 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, maybe_set_textrel
, info
);
10290 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) != 0)
10292 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL
, 0))
10297 #undef add_dynamic_entry
10302 /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */
10305 ppc64_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
10307 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
10309 && !h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
10312 return _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (h
);
10315 /* Determine the type of stub needed, if any, for a call. */
10317 static inline enum ppc_stub_type
10318 ppc_type_of_stub (asection
*input_sec
,
10319 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
10320 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
**hash
,
10321 struct plt_entry
**plt_ent
,
10322 bfd_vma destination
,
10323 unsigned long local_off
)
10325 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
= *hash
;
10327 bfd_vma branch_offset
;
10328 bfd_vma max_branch_offset
;
10329 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
10333 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
10334 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
= h
;
10336 && h
->oh
->is_func_descriptor
)
10338 fdh
= ppc_follow_link (h
->oh
);
10342 for (ent
= fdh
->elf
.plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
10343 if (ent
->addend
== rel
->r_addend
10344 && ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
10347 return ppc_stub_plt_call
;
10350 /* Here, we know we don't have a plt entry. If we don't have a
10351 either a defined function descriptor or a defined entry symbol
10352 in a regular object file, then it is pointless trying to make
10353 any other type of stub. */
10354 if (!is_static_defined (&fdh
->elf
)
10355 && !is_static_defined (&h
->elf
))
10356 return ppc_stub_none
;
10358 else if (elf_local_got_ents (input_sec
->owner
) != NULL
)
10360 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (input_sec
->owner
);
10361 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
10362 elf_local_got_ents (input_sec
->owner
) + symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
10363 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
10365 if (local_plt
[r_symndx
] != NULL
)
10367 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
10369 for (ent
= local_plt
[r_symndx
]; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
10370 if (ent
->addend
== rel
->r_addend
10371 && ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
10374 return ppc_stub_plt_call
;
10379 /* Determine where the call point is. */
10380 location
= (input_sec
->output_offset
10381 + input_sec
->output_section
->vma
10384 branch_offset
= destination
- location
;
10385 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
10387 /* Determine if a long branch stub is needed. */
10388 max_branch_offset
= 1 << 25;
10389 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14
10390 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
10391 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
)
10392 max_branch_offset
= 1 << 15;
10394 if (branch_offset
+ max_branch_offset
>= 2 * max_branch_offset
- local_off
)
10395 /* We need a stub. Figure out whether a long_branch or plt_branch
10396 is needed later. */
10397 return ppc_stub_long_branch
;
10399 return ppc_stub_none
;
10402 /* Gets the address of a label (1:) in r11 and builds an offset in r12,
10403 then adds it to r11 (LOAD false) or loads r12 from r11+r12 (LOAD true).
10408 . lis %r12,xxx-1b@highest
10409 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@higher
10410 . sldi %r12,%r12,32
10411 . oris %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@high
10412 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@l
10413 . add/ldx %r12,%r11,%r12 */
10416 build_offset (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, bfd_vma off
, bfd_boolean load
)
10418 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, MFLR_R12
, p
);
10420 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BCL_20_31
, p
);
10422 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, MFLR_R11
, p
);
10424 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, MTLR_R12
, p
);
10426 if (off
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
10429 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R12_0R11
+ PPC_LO (off
), p
);
10431 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADDI_R12_R11
+ PPC_LO (off
), p
);
10434 else if (off
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 0x100000000ULL
)
10436 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADDIS_R12_R11
+ PPC_HA (off
), p
);
10439 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R12_0R12
+ PPC_LO (off
), p
);
10441 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADDI_R12_R12
+ PPC_LO (off
), p
);
10446 if (off
+ 0x800000000000ULL
< 0x1000000000000ULL
)
10448 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LI_R12_0
+ ((off
>> 32) & 0xffff), p
);
10453 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LIS_R12
+ ((off
>> 48) & 0xffff), p
);
10455 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffff) != 0)
10457 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ORI_R12_R12_0
+ ((off
>> 32) & 0xffff), p
);
10461 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffffffffULL
) != 0)
10463 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, SLDI_R12_R12_32
, p
);
10466 if (PPC_HI (off
) != 0)
10468 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ORIS_R12_R12_0
+ PPC_HI (off
), p
);
10471 if (PPC_LO (off
) != 0)
10473 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ORI_R12_R12_0
+ PPC_LO (off
), p
);
10477 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LDX_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10479 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADD_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10485 static unsigned int
10486 size_offset (bfd_vma off
)
10489 if (off
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
10491 else if (off
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 0x100000000ULL
)
10495 if (off
+ 0x800000000000ULL
< 0x1000000000000ULL
)
10500 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffff) != 0)
10503 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffffffffULL
) != 0)
10505 if (PPC_HI (off
) != 0)
10507 if (PPC_LO (off
) != 0)
10514 static unsigned int
10515 num_relocs_for_offset (bfd_vma off
)
10517 unsigned int num_rel
;
10518 if (off
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
10520 else if (off
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 0x100000000ULL
)
10525 if (off
+ 0x800000000000ULL
>= 0x1000000000000ULL
10526 && ((off
>> 32) & 0xffff) != 0)
10528 if (PPC_HI (off
) != 0)
10530 if (PPC_LO (off
) != 0)
10536 static Elf_Internal_Rela
*
10537 emit_relocs_for_offset (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
,
10538 bfd_vma roff
, bfd_vma targ
, bfd_vma off
)
10540 bfd_vma relative_targ
= targ
- (roff
- 8);
10541 if (bfd_big_endian (info
->output_bfd
))
10543 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10544 r
->r_addend
= relative_targ
+ roff
;
10545 if (off
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
10546 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16
);
10547 else if (off
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 0x100000000ULL
)
10549 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HA
);
10552 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10553 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_LO
);
10554 r
->r_addend
= relative_targ
+ roff
;
10558 if (off
+ 0x800000000000ULL
< 0x1000000000000ULL
)
10559 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
);
10562 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
);
10563 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffff) != 0)
10567 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10568 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
);
10569 r
->r_addend
= relative_targ
+ roff
;
10572 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffffffffULL
) != 0)
10574 if (PPC_HI (off
) != 0)
10578 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10579 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
);
10580 r
->r_addend
= relative_targ
+ roff
;
10582 if (PPC_LO (off
) != 0)
10586 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10587 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_LO
);
10588 r
->r_addend
= relative_targ
+ roff
;
10595 build_power10_offset (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, bfd_vma off
, int odd
,
10599 if (off
- odd
+ (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34)
10604 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, NOP
, p
);
10610 insn
= PADDI_R12_PC
;
10612 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
>> 32, p
);
10614 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, p
);
10616 /* The minimum value for paddi is -0x200000000. The minimum value
10617 for li is -0x8000, which when shifted by 34 and added gives a
10618 minimum value of -0x2000200000000. The maximum value is
10619 0x1ffffffff+0x7fff<<34 which is 0x2000200000000-1. */
10620 else if (off
- (8 - odd
) + (0x20002ULL
<< 32) < 0x40004ULL
<< 32)
10623 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LI_R11_0
| (HA34 (off
) & 0xffff), p
);
10627 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, SLDI_R11_R11_34
, p
);
10630 insn
= PADDI_R12_PC
| D34 (off
);
10631 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
>> 32, p
);
10633 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, p
);
10637 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, SLDI_R11_R11_34
, p
);
10641 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LDX_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10643 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADD_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10648 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LIS_R11
| ((HA34 (off
) >> 16) & 0x3fff), p
);
10650 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ORI_R11_R11_0
| (HA34 (off
) & 0xffff), p
);
10654 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, SLDI_R11_R11_34
, p
);
10657 insn
= PADDI_R12_PC
| D34 (off
);
10658 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
>> 32, p
);
10660 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, p
);
10664 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, SLDI_R11_R11_34
, p
);
10668 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LDX_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10670 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADD_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10676 static unsigned int
10677 size_power10_offset (bfd_vma off
, int odd
)
10679 if (off
- odd
+ (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34)
10681 else if (off
- (8 - odd
) + (0x20002ULL
<< 32) < 0x40004ULL
<< 32)
10687 static unsigned int
10688 num_relocs_for_power10_offset (bfd_vma off
, int odd
)
10690 if (off
- odd
+ (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34)
10692 else if (off
- (8 - odd
) + (0x20002ULL
<< 32) < 0x40004ULL
<< 32)
10698 static Elf_Internal_Rela
*
10699 emit_relocs_for_power10_offset (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10700 Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, bfd_vma roff
,
10701 bfd_vma targ
, bfd_vma off
, int odd
)
10703 if (off
- odd
+ (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34)
10705 else if (off
- (8 - odd
) + (0x20002ULL
<< 32) < 0x40004ULL
<< 32)
10707 int d_offset
= bfd_big_endian (info
->output_bfd
) ? 2 : 0;
10708 r
->r_offset
= roff
+ d_offset
;
10709 r
->r_addend
= targ
+ 8 - odd
- d_offset
;
10710 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
);
10716 int d_offset
= bfd_big_endian (info
->output_bfd
) ? 2 : 0;
10717 r
->r_offset
= roff
+ d_offset
;
10718 r
->r_addend
= targ
+ 8 + odd
- d_offset
;
10719 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
);
10722 r
->r_offset
= roff
+ d_offset
;
10723 r
->r_addend
= targ
+ 4 + odd
- d_offset
;
10724 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
);
10728 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10729 r
->r_addend
= targ
;
10730 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_PCREL34
);
10734 /* Emit .eh_frame opcode to advance pc by DELTA. */
10737 eh_advance (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*eh
, unsigned int delta
)
10741 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ delta
;
10742 else if (delta
< 256)
10744 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc1
;
10747 else if (delta
< 65536)
10749 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc2
;
10750 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, delta
, eh
);
10755 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc4
;
10756 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, delta
, eh
);
10762 /* Size of required .eh_frame opcode to advance pc by DELTA. */
10764 static unsigned int
10765 eh_advance_size (unsigned int delta
)
10767 if (delta
< 64 * 4)
10768 /* DW_CFA_advance_loc+[1..63]. */
10770 if (delta
< 256 * 4)
10771 /* DW_CFA_advance_loc1, byte. */
10773 if (delta
< 65536 * 4)
10774 /* DW_CFA_advance_loc2, 2 bytes. */
10776 /* DW_CFA_advance_loc4, 4 bytes. */
10780 /* With power7 weakly ordered memory model, it is possible for ld.so
10781 to update a plt entry in one thread and have another thread see a
10782 stale zero toc entry. To avoid this we need some sort of acquire
10783 barrier in the call stub. One solution is to make the load of the
10784 toc word seem to appear to depend on the load of the function entry
10785 word. Another solution is to test for r2 being zero, and branch to
10786 the appropriate glink entry if so.
10788 . fake dep barrier compare
10789 . ld 12,xxx(2) ld 12,xxx(2)
10790 . mtctr 12 mtctr 12
10791 . xor 11,12,12 ld 2,xxx+8(2)
10792 . add 2,2,11 cmpldi 2,0
10793 . ld 2,xxx+8(2) bnectr+
10794 . bctr b <glink_entry>
10796 The solution involving the compare turns out to be faster, so
10797 that's what we use unless the branch won't reach. */
10799 #define ALWAYS_USE_FAKE_DEP 0
10800 #define ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE 0
10802 static inline unsigned int
10803 plt_stub_size (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
10804 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
,
10809 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
)
10811 if (htab
->power10_stubs
)
10813 bfd_vma start
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
10814 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
10815 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
10816 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
> ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
)
10818 size
= 8 + size_power10_offset (off
, start
& 4);
10821 size
= 8 + size_offset (off
- 8);
10822 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
> ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
)
10828 if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
10829 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
10831 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
10836 if (htab
->params
->plt_static_chain
)
10838 if (htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
10839 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
10840 && stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
10841 && stub_entry
->h
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
10843 if (PPC_HA (off
+ 8 + 8 * htab
->params
->plt_static_chain
) != PPC_HA (off
))
10846 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
10847 && is_tls_get_addr (&stub_entry
->h
->elf
, htab
)
10848 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
)
10850 if (htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
)
10853 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
10859 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
10866 /* Depending on the sign of plt_stub_align:
10867 If positive, return the padding to align to a 2**plt_stub_align
10869 If negative, if this stub would cross fewer 2**plt_stub_align
10870 boundaries if we align, then return the padding needed to do so. */
10872 static inline unsigned int
10873 plt_stub_pad (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
10874 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
,
10878 unsigned stub_size
;
10879 bfd_vma stub_off
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
;
10881 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
>= 0)
10883 stub_align
= 1 << htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
;
10884 if ((stub_off
& (stub_align
- 1)) != 0)
10885 return stub_align
- (stub_off
& (stub_align
- 1));
10889 stub_align
= 1 << -htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
;
10890 stub_size
= plt_stub_size (htab
, stub_entry
, plt_off
);
10891 if (((stub_off
+ stub_size
- 1) & -stub_align
) - (stub_off
& -stub_align
)
10892 > ((stub_size
- 1) & -stub_align
))
10893 return stub_align
- (stub_off
& (stub_align
- 1));
10897 /* Build a .plt call stub. */
10899 static inline bfd_byte
*
10900 build_plt_stub (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
10901 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
,
10902 bfd_byte
*p
, bfd_vma offset
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
)
10904 bfd
*obfd
= htab
->params
->stub_bfd
;
10905 bfd_boolean plt_load_toc
= htab
->opd_abi
;
10906 bfd_boolean plt_static_chain
= htab
->params
->plt_static_chain
;
10907 bfd_boolean plt_thread_safe
= (htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
10908 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
10909 && stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
10910 && stub_entry
->h
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1);
10911 bfd_boolean use_fake_dep
= plt_thread_safe
;
10912 bfd_vma cmp_branch_off
= 0;
10914 if (!ALWAYS_USE_FAKE_DEP
10917 && !(is_tls_get_addr (&stub_entry
->h
->elf
, htab
)
10918 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
))
10920 bfd_vma pltoff
= stub_entry
->plt_ent
->plt
.offset
& ~1;
10921 bfd_vma pltindex
= ((pltoff
- PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
))
10922 / PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
));
10923 bfd_vma glinkoff
= GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab
) + pltindex
* 8;
10926 if (pltindex
> 32768)
10927 glinkoff
+= (pltindex
- 32768) * 4;
10929 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
10930 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
);
10931 from
= (p
- stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
10932 + 4 * (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
10933 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
10934 + 4 * (PPC_HA (offset
) != 0)
10935 + 4 * (PPC_HA (offset
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
)
10936 != PPC_HA (offset
))
10937 + 4 * (plt_static_chain
!= 0)
10939 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
10940 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
10941 cmp_branch_off
= to
- from
;
10942 use_fake_dep
= cmp_branch_off
+ (1 << 25) >= (1 << 26);
10945 if (PPC_HA (offset
) != 0)
10949 if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
10950 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
10951 r
[0].r_offset
+= 4;
10952 r
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
);
10953 r
[1].r_offset
= r
[0].r_offset
+ 4;
10954 r
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
);
10955 r
[1].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
;
10958 if (PPC_HA (offset
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
) != PPC_HA (offset
))
10960 r
[2].r_offset
= r
[1].r_offset
+ 4;
10961 r
[2].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
);
10962 r
[2].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
;
10966 r
[2].r_offset
= r
[1].r_offset
+ 8 + 8 * use_fake_dep
;
10967 r
[2].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
);
10968 r
[2].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
+ 8;
10969 if (plt_static_chain
)
10971 r
[3].r_offset
= r
[2].r_offset
+ 4;
10972 r
[3].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
);
10973 r
[3].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
+ 16;
10978 if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
10979 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
10980 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
), p
+= 4;
10983 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDIS_R11_R2
| PPC_HA (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
10984 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R12_0R11
| PPC_LO (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
10988 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDIS_R12_R2
| PPC_HA (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
10989 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R12_0R12
| PPC_LO (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
10992 && PPC_HA (offset
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
) != PPC_HA (offset
))
10994 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDI_R11_R11
| PPC_LO (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
10997 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MTCTR_R12
, p
), p
+= 4;
11002 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, XOR_R2_R12_R12
, p
), p
+= 4;
11003 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADD_R11_R11_R2
, p
), p
+= 4;
11005 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R2_0R11
| PPC_LO (offset
+ 8), p
), p
+= 4;
11006 if (plt_static_chain
)
11007 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R11_0R11
| PPC_LO (offset
+ 16), p
), p
+= 4;
11014 if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
11015 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
11016 r
[0].r_offset
+= 4;
11017 r
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
);
11020 if (PPC_HA (offset
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
) != PPC_HA (offset
))
11022 r
[1].r_offset
= r
[0].r_offset
+ 4;
11023 r
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16
);
11024 r
[1].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
;
11028 r
[1].r_offset
= r
[0].r_offset
+ 8 + 8 * use_fake_dep
;
11029 r
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
);
11030 r
[1].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
;
11031 if (plt_static_chain
)
11033 r
[2].r_offset
= r
[1].r_offset
+ 4;
11034 r
[2].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
);
11035 r
[2].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
+ 8;
11040 if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
11041 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
11042 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
), p
+= 4;
11043 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R12_0R2
| PPC_LO (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
11045 && PPC_HA (offset
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
) != PPC_HA (offset
))
11047 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDI_R2_R2
| PPC_LO (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
11050 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MTCTR_R12
, p
), p
+= 4;
11055 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, XOR_R11_R12_R12
, p
), p
+= 4;
11056 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADD_R2_R2_R11
, p
), p
+= 4;
11058 if (plt_static_chain
)
11059 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R11_0R2
| PPC_LO (offset
+ 16), p
), p
+= 4;
11060 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R2_0R2
| PPC_LO (offset
+ 8), p
), p
+= 4;
11063 if (plt_load_toc
&& plt_thread_safe
&& !use_fake_dep
)
11065 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, CMPLDI_R2_0
, p
), p
+= 4;
11066 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BNECTR_P4
, p
), p
+= 4;
11067 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, B_DOT
| (cmp_branch_off
& 0x3fffffc), p
), p
+= 4;
11070 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BCTR
, p
), p
+= 4;
11074 /* Build a special .plt call stub for __tls_get_addr. */
11076 #define LD_R0_0R3 0xe8030000
11077 #define LD_R12_0R3 0xe9830000
11078 #define MR_R0_R3 0x7c601b78
11079 #define CMPDI_R0_0 0x2c200000
11080 #define ADD_R3_R12_R13 0x7c6c6a14
11081 #define BEQLR 0x4d820020
11082 #define MR_R3_R0 0x7c030378
11083 #define BCTRL 0x4e800421
11085 static inline bfd_byte
*
11086 build_tls_get_addr_stub (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
11087 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
,
11088 bfd_byte
*p
, bfd_vma offset
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
)
11090 bfd
*obfd
= htab
->params
->stub_bfd
;
11094 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R0_0R3
+ 0, p
), p
+= 4;
11095 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R12_0R3
+ 8, p
), p
+= 4;
11096 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, CMPDI_R0_0
, p
), p
+= 4;
11097 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MR_R0_R3
, p
), p
+= 4;
11098 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADD_R3_R12_R13
, p
), p
+= 4;
11099 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BEQLR
, p
), p
+= 4;
11100 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MR_R3_R0
, p
), p
+= 4;
11101 if (htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
)
11104 r
[0].r_offset
+= 7 * 4;
11105 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
11106 return build_plt_stub (htab
, stub_entry
, p
, offset
, r
);
11108 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MFLR_R0
, p
);
11110 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LINKER (htab
), p
);
11114 r
[0].r_offset
+= 2 * 4;
11115 p
= build_plt_stub (htab
, stub_entry
, p
, offset
, r
);
11116 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BCTRL
, p
- 4);
11118 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
);
11120 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LINKER (htab
), p
);
11122 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MTLR_R0
, p
);
11124 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BLR
, p
);
11129 p
= tls_get_addr_prologue (obfd
, p
, htab
);
11132 r
[0].r_offset
+= 18 * 4;
11134 p
= build_plt_stub (htab
, stub_entry
, p
, offset
, r
);
11135 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BCTRL
, p
- 4);
11137 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
11139 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
);
11143 p
= tls_get_addr_epilogue (obfd
, p
, htab
);
11146 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
11147 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0)
11149 bfd_byte
*base
, *eh
;
11151 base
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
+ stub_entry
->group
->eh_base
+ 17;
11152 eh
= base
+ stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
;
11153 if (htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
)
11155 unsigned int lr_used
, delta
;
11156 lr_used
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ (p
- 20 - loc
);
11157 delta
= lr_used
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
11158 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
= lr_used
+ 16;
11159 eh
= eh_advance (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, eh
, delta
);
11160 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
;
11162 *eh
++ = -(STK_LINKER (htab
) / 8) & 0x7f;
11163 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 4;
11167 unsigned int cfa_updt
, delta
;
11168 /* After the bctrl, lr has been modified so we need to emit
11169 .eh_frame info saying the return address is on the stack. In
11170 fact we must put the EH info at or before the call rather
11171 than after it, because the EH info for a call needs to be
11172 specified by that point.
11173 See libgcc/unwind-dw2.c execute_cfa_program.
11174 Any stack pointer update must be described immediately after
11175 the instruction making the change, and since the stdu occurs
11176 after saving regs we put all the reg saves and the cfa
11178 cfa_updt
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ 18 * 4;
11179 delta
= cfa_updt
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
11180 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
11181 = stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ (p
- loc
) - 4;
11182 eh
= eh_advance (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, eh
, delta
);
11183 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
11191 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
;
11193 *eh
++ = (-16 / 8) & 0x7f;
11194 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
11196 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_offset
+ i
;
11197 *eh
++ = (htab
->opd_abi
? 13 : 12) - i
;
11199 *eh
++ = (DW_CFA_advance_loc
11200 + (stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
- 8 - cfa_updt
) / 4);
11201 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
11203 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
11204 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_restore
+ i
;
11205 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 2;
11207 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended
;
11209 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
= eh
- base
;
11214 static Elf_Internal_Rela
*
11215 get_relocs (asection
*sec
, int count
)
11217 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
;
11218 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*elfsec_data
;
11220 elfsec_data
= elf_section_data (sec
);
11221 relocs
= elfsec_data
->relocs
;
11222 if (relocs
== NULL
)
11224 bfd_size_type relsize
;
11225 relsize
= sec
->reloc_count
* sizeof (*relocs
);
11226 relocs
= bfd_alloc (sec
->owner
, relsize
);
11227 if (relocs
== NULL
)
11229 elfsec_data
->relocs
= relocs
;
11230 elfsec_data
->rela
.hdr
= bfd_zalloc (sec
->owner
,
11231 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
));
11232 if (elfsec_data
->rela
.hdr
== NULL
)
11234 elfsec_data
->rela
.hdr
->sh_size
= (sec
->reloc_count
11235 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
11236 elfsec_data
->rela
.hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
11237 sec
->reloc_count
= 0;
11239 relocs
+= sec
->reloc_count
;
11240 sec
->reloc_count
+= count
;
11244 /* Convert the relocs R[0] thru R[-NUM_REL+1], which are all no-symbol
11245 forms, to the equivalent relocs against the global symbol given by
11249 use_global_in_relocs (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
11250 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
,
11251 Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, unsigned int num_rel
)
11253 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hashes
;
11254 unsigned long symndx
;
11255 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11258 /* Relocs are always against symbols in their own object file. Fake
11259 up global sym hashes for the stub bfd (which has no symbols). */
11260 hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
);
11261 if (hashes
== NULL
)
11263 bfd_size_type hsize
;
11265 /* When called the first time, stub_globals will contain the
11266 total number of symbols seen during stub sizing. After
11267 allocating, stub_globals is used as an index to fill the
11269 hsize
= (htab
->stub_globals
+ 1) * sizeof (*hashes
);
11270 hashes
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, hsize
);
11271 if (hashes
== NULL
)
11273 elf_sym_hashes (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
) = hashes
;
11274 htab
->stub_globals
= 1;
11276 symndx
= htab
->stub_globals
++;
11278 hashes
[symndx
] = &h
->elf
;
11279 if (h
->oh
!= NULL
&& h
->oh
->is_func
)
11280 h
= ppc_follow_link (h
->oh
);
11281 BFD_ASSERT (h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
11282 || h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
11283 symval
= defined_sym_val (&h
->elf
);
11284 while (num_rel
-- != 0)
11286 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (symndx
, ELF64_R_TYPE (r
->r_info
));
11287 if (h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
!= stub_entry
->target_section
)
11289 /* H is an opd symbol. The addend must be zero, and the
11290 branch reloc is the only one we can convert. */
11295 r
->r_addend
-= symval
;
11302 get_r2off (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11303 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
)
11305 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
11306 bfd_vma r2off
= htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->target_section
->id
].toc_off
;
11310 /* Support linking -R objects. Get the toc pointer from the
11313 if (!htab
->opd_abi
)
11315 asection
*opd
= stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
11316 bfd_vma opd_off
= stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
11318 if (strcmp (opd
->name
, ".opd") != 0
11319 || opd
->reloc_count
!= 0)
11321 info
->callbacks
->einfo
11322 (_("%P: cannot find opd entry toc for `%pT'\n"),
11323 stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
);
11324 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
11325 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
11327 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (opd
->owner
, opd
, buf
, opd_off
+ 8, 8))
11328 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
11329 r2off
= bfd_get_64 (opd
->owner
, buf
);
11330 r2off
-= elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
);
11332 r2off
-= htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->group
->link_sec
->id
].toc_off
;
11337 ppc_build_one_stub (struct bfd_hash_entry
*gen_entry
, void *in_arg
)
11339 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
11340 struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
*br_entry
;
11341 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
11342 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11344 bfd_byte
*p
, *relp
;
11346 Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
;
11351 /* Massage our args to the form they really have. */
11352 stub_entry
= (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*) gen_entry
;
11355 /* Fail if the target section could not be assigned to an output
11356 section. The user should fix his linker script. */
11357 if (stub_entry
->target_section
!= NULL
11358 && stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
== NULL
11359 && info
->non_contiguous_regions
)
11360 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: Could not assign '%pA' to an output section. "
11361 "Retry without --enable-non-contiguous-regions.\n"),
11362 stub_entry
->target_section
);
11364 /* Same for the group. */
11365 if (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
!= NULL
11366 && stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
== NULL
11367 && info
->non_contiguous_regions
)
11368 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: Could not assign group %pA target %pA to an "
11369 "output section. Retry without "
11370 "--enable-non-contiguous-regions.\n"),
11371 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
,
11372 stub_entry
->target_section
);
11374 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
11378 BFD_ASSERT (stub_entry
->stub_offset
>= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
);
11379 loc
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
+ stub_entry
->stub_offset
;
11381 htab
->stub_count
[stub_entry
->stub_type
- 1] += 1;
11382 switch (stub_entry
->stub_type
)
11384 case ppc_stub_long_branch
:
11385 case ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
:
11386 /* Branches are relative. This is where we are going to. */
11387 targ
= (stub_entry
->target_value
11388 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_offset
11389 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
->vma
);
11390 targ
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (stub_entry
->other
);
11392 /* And this is where we are coming from. */
11393 off
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
11394 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
11395 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
11399 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
)
11401 bfd_vma r2off
= get_r2off (info
, stub_entry
);
11403 if (r2off
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
11405 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11408 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
);
11410 if (PPC_HA (r2off
) != 0)
11412 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11413 ADDIS_R2_R2
| PPC_HA (r2off
), p
);
11416 if (PPC_LO (r2off
) != 0)
11418 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11419 ADDI_R2_R2
| PPC_LO (r2off
), p
);
11424 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, B_DOT
| (off
& 0x3fffffc), p
);
11427 if (off
+ (1 << 25) >= (bfd_vma
) (1 << 26))
11430 (_("long branch stub `%s' offset overflow"),
11431 stub_entry
->root
.string
);
11432 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11436 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11438 r
= get_relocs (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
, 1);
11441 r
->r_offset
= p
- 4 - stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
;
11442 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL24
);
11443 r
->r_addend
= targ
;
11444 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11445 && !use_global_in_relocs (htab
, stub_entry
, r
, 1))
11450 case ppc_stub_plt_branch
:
11451 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
:
11452 br_entry
= ppc_branch_hash_lookup (&htab
->branch_hash_table
,
11453 stub_entry
->root
.string
+ 9,
11455 if (br_entry
== NULL
)
11457 _bfd_error_handler (_("can't find branch stub `%s'"),
11458 stub_entry
->root
.string
);
11459 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11463 targ
= (stub_entry
->target_value
11464 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_offset
11465 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
->vma
);
11466 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
)
11467 targ
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (stub_entry
->other
);
11469 bfd_put_64 (htab
->brlt
->owner
, targ
,
11470 htab
->brlt
->contents
+ br_entry
->offset
);
11472 if (br_entry
->iter
== htab
->stub_iteration
)
11474 br_entry
->iter
= 0;
11476 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
)
11478 /* Create a reloc for the branch lookup table entry. */
11479 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
11482 rela
.r_offset
= (br_entry
->offset
11483 + htab
->brlt
->output_offset
11484 + htab
->brlt
->output_section
->vma
);
11485 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
11486 rela
.r_addend
= targ
;
11488 rl
= htab
->relbrlt
->contents
;
11489 rl
+= (htab
->relbrlt
->reloc_count
++
11490 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
11491 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (htab
->relbrlt
->owner
, &rela
, rl
);
11493 else if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11495 r
= get_relocs (htab
->brlt
, 1);
11498 /* brlt, being SEC_LINKER_CREATED does not go through the
11499 normal reloc processing. Symbols and offsets are not
11500 translated from input file to output file form, so
11501 set up the offset per the output file. */
11502 r
->r_offset
= (br_entry
->offset
11503 + htab
->brlt
->output_offset
11504 + htab
->brlt
->output_section
->vma
);
11505 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
11506 r
->r_addend
= targ
;
11510 targ
= (br_entry
->offset
11511 + htab
->brlt
->output_offset
11512 + htab
->brlt
->output_section
->vma
);
11514 off
= (elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
)
11515 + htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->group
->link_sec
->id
].toc_off
);
11518 if (off
+ 0x80008000 > 0xffffffff || (off
& 7) != 0)
11520 info
->callbacks
->einfo
11521 (_("%P: linkage table error against `%pT'\n"),
11522 stub_entry
->root
.string
);
11523 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
11524 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11528 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11530 r
= get_relocs (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
, 1 + (PPC_HA (off
) != 0));
11533 r
[0].r_offset
= loc
- stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
;
11534 if (bfd_big_endian (info
->output_bfd
))
11535 r
[0].r_offset
+= 2;
11536 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
)
11537 r
[0].r_offset
+= 4;
11538 r
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
);
11539 r
[0].r_addend
= targ
;
11540 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
11542 r
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
);
11543 r
[1].r_offset
= r
[0].r_offset
+ 4;
11544 r
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
);
11545 r
[1].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
;
11550 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
)
11552 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
11554 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11555 ADDIS_R12_R2
| PPC_HA (off
), p
);
11557 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11558 LD_R12_0R12
| PPC_LO (off
), p
);
11561 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11562 LD_R12_0R2
| PPC_LO (off
), p
);
11566 bfd_vma r2off
= get_r2off (info
, stub_entry
);
11568 if (r2off
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
11570 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11574 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
);
11576 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
11578 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11579 ADDIS_R12_R2
| PPC_HA (off
), p
);
11581 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11582 LD_R12_0R12
| PPC_LO (off
), p
);
11585 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, LD_R12_0R2
| PPC_LO (off
), p
);
11587 if (PPC_HA (r2off
) != 0)
11590 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11591 ADDIS_R2_R2
| PPC_HA (r2off
), p
);
11593 if (PPC_LO (r2off
) != 0)
11596 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11597 ADDI_R2_R2
| PPC_LO (r2off
), p
);
11601 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, MTCTR_R12
, p
);
11603 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, BCTR
, p
);
11607 case ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
:
11608 case ppc_stub_long_branch_both
:
11609 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
:
11610 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
:
11611 case ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
:
11612 case ppc_stub_plt_call_both
:
11614 off
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
11615 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
11616 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
11617 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
11618 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
11619 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
11622 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
);
11625 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
)
11627 targ
= stub_entry
->plt_ent
->plt
.offset
& ~1;
11628 if (targ
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
11631 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
11632 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
11633 || stub_entry
->h
== NULL
11634 || stub_entry
->h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1)
11636 if (stub_entry
->symtype
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
11637 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
11639 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
11641 targ
+= plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
11644 targ
= (stub_entry
->target_value
11645 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_offset
11646 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
->vma
);
11652 if (htab
->power10_stubs
)
11654 bfd_boolean load
= stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
;
11655 p
= build_power10_offset (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, p
, off
, odd
, load
);
11659 /* The notoc stubs calculate their target (either a PLT entry or
11660 the global entry point of a function) relative to the PC
11661 returned by the "bcl" two instructions past the start of the
11662 sequence emitted by build_offset. The offset is therefore 8
11663 less than calculated from the start of the sequence. */
11665 p
= build_offset (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, p
, off
,
11666 stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
);
11669 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
<= ppc_stub_long_branch_both
)
11673 from
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
11674 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
11675 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
11677 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11678 B_DOT
| ((targ
- from
) & 0x3fffffc), p
);
11682 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, MTCTR_R12
, p
);
11684 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, BCTR
, p
);
11688 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11690 bfd_vma roff
= relp
- stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
;
11691 if (htab
->power10_stubs
)
11692 num_rel
+= num_relocs_for_power10_offset (off
, odd
);
11695 num_rel
+= num_relocs_for_offset (off
);
11698 r
= get_relocs (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
, num_rel
);
11701 if (htab
->power10_stubs
)
11702 r
= emit_relocs_for_power10_offset (info
, r
, roff
, targ
, off
, odd
);
11704 r
= emit_relocs_for_offset (info
, r
, roff
, targ
, off
);
11705 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
11706 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
)
11709 roff
= p
- 4 - stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
;
11710 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
11711 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL24
);
11712 r
->r_addend
= targ
;
11713 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11714 && !use_global_in_relocs (htab
, stub_entry
, r
, num_rel
))
11719 if (!htab
->power10_stubs
11720 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
11721 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0)
11723 bfd_byte
*base
, *eh
;
11724 unsigned int lr_used
, delta
;
11726 base
= (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
11727 + stub_entry
->group
->eh_base
+ 17);
11728 eh
= base
+ stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
;
11729 lr_used
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ 8;
11730 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
11731 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
11732 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
11734 delta
= lr_used
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
11735 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
= lr_used
+ 8;
11736 eh
= eh_advance (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, eh
, delta
);
11737 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_register
;
11740 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 2;
11741 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended
;
11743 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
= eh
- base
;
11747 case ppc_stub_plt_call
:
11748 case ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
:
11749 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11750 && stub_entry
->h
->is_func_descriptor
11751 && stub_entry
->h
->oh
!= NULL
)
11753 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
= ppc_follow_link (stub_entry
->h
->oh
);
11755 /* If the old-ABI "dot-symbol" is undefined make it weak so
11756 we don't get a link error from RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL. */
11757 if (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
11758 && (stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
11759 || stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
11760 fh
->elf
.root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
;
11763 /* Now build the stub. */
11764 targ
= stub_entry
->plt_ent
->plt
.offset
& ~1;
11765 if (targ
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
11768 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
11769 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
11770 || stub_entry
->h
== NULL
11771 || stub_entry
->h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1)
11773 if (stub_entry
->symtype
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
11774 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
11776 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
11778 targ
+= plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
11780 off
= (elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
)
11781 + htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->group
->link_sec
->id
].toc_off
);
11784 if (off
+ 0x80008000 > 0xffffffff || (off
& 7) != 0)
11786 info
->callbacks
->einfo
11787 /* xgettext:c-format */
11788 (_("%P: linkage table error against `%pT'\n"),
11789 stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11790 ? stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
11792 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
11793 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11798 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11800 r
= get_relocs (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
,
11801 ((PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
11803 ? 2 + (htab
->params
->plt_static_chain
11804 && PPC_HA (off
+ 16) == PPC_HA (off
))
11808 r
[0].r_offset
= loc
- stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
;
11809 if (bfd_big_endian (info
->output_bfd
))
11810 r
[0].r_offset
+= 2;
11811 r
[0].r_addend
= targ
;
11813 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11814 && is_tls_get_addr (&stub_entry
->h
->elf
, htab
)
11815 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
)
11816 p
= build_tls_get_addr_stub (htab
, stub_entry
, loc
, off
, r
);
11818 p
= build_plt_stub (htab
, stub_entry
, loc
, off
, r
);
11821 case ppc_stub_save_res
:
11829 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ (p
- loc
);
11831 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
)
11833 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11836 const char *const stub_str
[] = { "long_branch",
11849 len1
= strlen (stub_str
[stub_entry
->stub_type
- 1]);
11850 len2
= strlen (stub_entry
->root
.string
);
11851 name
= bfd_malloc (len1
+ len2
+ 2);
11854 memcpy (name
, stub_entry
->root
.string
, 9);
11855 memcpy (name
+ 9, stub_str
[stub_entry
->stub_type
- 1], len1
);
11856 memcpy (name
+ len1
+ 9, stub_entry
->root
.string
+ 8, len2
- 8 + 1);
11857 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
11860 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
11862 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
11863 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
;
11864 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
;
11865 h
->ref_regular
= 1;
11866 h
->def_regular
= 1;
11867 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
11868 h
->forced_local
= 1;
11870 h
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
11877 /* As above, but don't actually build the stub. Just bump offset so
11878 we know stub section sizes, and select plt_branch stubs where
11879 long_branch stubs won't do. */
11882 ppc_size_one_stub (struct bfd_hash_entry
*gen_entry
, void *in_arg
)
11884 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
11885 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
11886 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11888 bfd_vma targ
, off
, r2off
;
11889 unsigned int size
, extra
, lr_used
, delta
, odd
;
11891 /* Massage our args to the form they really have. */
11892 stub_entry
= (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*) gen_entry
;
11895 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
11899 /* Fail if the target section could not be assigned to an output
11900 section. The user should fix his linker script. */
11901 if (stub_entry
->target_section
!= NULL
11902 && stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
== NULL
11903 && info
->non_contiguous_regions
)
11904 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: Could not assign %pA to an output section. "
11905 "Retry without --enable-non-contiguous-regions.\n"),
11906 stub_entry
->target_section
);
11908 /* Same for the group. */
11909 if (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
!= NULL
11910 && stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
== NULL
11911 && info
->non_contiguous_regions
)
11912 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: Could not assign group %pA target %pA to an "
11913 "output section. Retry without "
11914 "--enable-non-contiguous-regions.\n"),
11915 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
,
11916 stub_entry
->target_section
);
11918 /* Make a note of the offset within the stubs for this entry. */
11919 stub_entry
->stub_offset
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
;
11921 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11922 && stub_entry
->h
->save_res
11923 && stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
11924 && stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->sfpr
)
11926 /* Don't make stubs to out-of-line register save/restore
11927 functions. Instead, emit copies of the functions. */
11928 stub_entry
->group
->needs_save_res
= 1;
11929 stub_entry
->stub_type
= ppc_stub_save_res
;
11933 switch (stub_entry
->stub_type
)
11935 case ppc_stub_plt_branch
:
11936 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
:
11937 /* Reset the stub type from the plt branch variant in case we now
11938 can reach with a shorter stub. */
11939 stub_entry
->stub_type
+= ppc_stub_long_branch
- ppc_stub_plt_branch
;
11940 /* Fall through. */
11941 case ppc_stub_long_branch
:
11942 case ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
:
11943 targ
= (stub_entry
->target_value
11944 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_offset
11945 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
->vma
);
11946 targ
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (stub_entry
->other
);
11947 off
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
11948 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
11949 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
11953 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
)
11955 r2off
= get_r2off (info
, stub_entry
);
11956 if (r2off
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
11958 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11962 if (PPC_HA (r2off
) != 0)
11964 if (PPC_LO (r2off
) != 0)
11970 /* If the branch offset is too big, use a ppc_stub_plt_branch.
11971 Do the same for -R objects without function descriptors. */
11972 if ((stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
11974 && htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->target_section
->id
].toc_off
== 0)
11975 || off
+ (1 << 25) >= (bfd_vma
) (1 << 26))
11977 struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
*br_entry
;
11979 br_entry
= ppc_branch_hash_lookup (&htab
->branch_hash_table
,
11980 stub_entry
->root
.string
+ 9,
11982 if (br_entry
== NULL
)
11984 _bfd_error_handler (_("can't build branch stub `%s'"),
11985 stub_entry
->root
.string
);
11986 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11990 if (br_entry
->iter
!= htab
->stub_iteration
)
11992 br_entry
->iter
= htab
->stub_iteration
;
11993 br_entry
->offset
= htab
->brlt
->size
;
11994 htab
->brlt
->size
+= 8;
11996 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
)
11997 htab
->relbrlt
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
11998 else if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12000 htab
->brlt
->reloc_count
+= 1;
12001 htab
->brlt
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
12005 targ
= (br_entry
->offset
12006 + htab
->brlt
->output_offset
12007 + htab
->brlt
->output_section
->vma
);
12008 off
= (elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
)
12009 + htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->group
->link_sec
->id
].toc_off
);
12012 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12014 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
12015 += 1 + (PPC_HA (off
) != 0);
12016 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
12019 stub_entry
->stub_type
+= ppc_stub_plt_branch
- ppc_stub_long_branch
;
12020 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
)
12023 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
12029 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
12032 if (PPC_HA (r2off
) != 0)
12034 if (PPC_LO (r2off
) != 0)
12038 else if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12040 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
+= 1;
12041 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
12045 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
:
12046 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
:
12047 stub_entry
->stub_type
+= ppc_stub_long_branch
- ppc_stub_plt_branch
;
12048 /* Fall through. */
12049 case ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
:
12050 case ppc_stub_long_branch_both
:
12051 off
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
12052 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
12053 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
12055 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
)
12058 targ
= (stub_entry
->target_value
12059 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_offset
12060 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
->vma
);
12064 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12066 unsigned int num_rel
;
12067 if (htab
->power10_stubs
)
12068 num_rel
= num_relocs_for_power10_offset (off
, odd
);
12070 num_rel
= num_relocs_for_offset (off
- 8);
12071 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
+= num_rel
;
12072 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
12075 if (htab
->power10_stubs
)
12076 extra
= size_power10_offset (off
, odd
);
12078 extra
= size_offset (off
- 8);
12079 /* Include branch insn plus those in the offset sequence. */
12081 /* The branch insn is at the end, or "extra" bytes along. So
12082 its offset will be "extra" bytes less that that already
12086 if (!htab
->power10_stubs
)
12088 /* After the bcl, lr has been modified so we need to emit
12089 .eh_frame info saying the return address is in r12. */
12090 lr_used
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ 8;
12091 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
)
12093 /* The eh_frame info will consist of a DW_CFA_advance_loc or
12094 variant, DW_CFA_register, 65, 12, DW_CFA_advance_loc+2,
12095 DW_CFA_restore_extended 65. */
12096 delta
= lr_used
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
12097 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= eh_advance_size (delta
) + 6;
12098 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
= lr_used
+ 8;
12101 /* If the branch can't reach, use a plt_branch. */
12102 if (off
+ (1 << 25) >= (bfd_vma
) (1 << 26))
12104 stub_entry
->stub_type
+= (ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
12105 - ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
);
12108 else if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12109 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
+=1;
12112 case ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
:
12113 case ppc_stub_plt_call_both
:
12114 off
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
12115 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
12116 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
12117 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
12119 targ
= stub_entry
->plt_ent
->plt
.offset
& ~1;
12120 if (targ
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
12123 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
12124 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
12125 || stub_entry
->h
== NULL
12126 || stub_entry
->h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1)
12128 if (stub_entry
->symtype
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
12129 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
12131 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
12133 targ
+= plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
12137 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
!= 0)
12139 unsigned pad
= plt_stub_pad (htab
, stub_entry
, off
);
12141 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
+= pad
;
12142 stub_entry
->stub_offset
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
;
12146 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12148 unsigned int num_rel
;
12149 if (htab
->power10_stubs
)
12150 num_rel
= num_relocs_for_power10_offset (off
, odd
);
12152 num_rel
= num_relocs_for_offset (off
- 8);
12153 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
+= num_rel
;
12154 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
12157 size
= plt_stub_size (htab
, stub_entry
, off
);
12159 if (!htab
->power10_stubs
)
12161 /* After the bcl, lr has been modified so we need to emit
12162 .eh_frame info saying the return address is in r12. */
12163 lr_used
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ 8;
12164 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
12166 /* The eh_frame info will consist of a DW_CFA_advance_loc or
12167 variant, DW_CFA_register, 65, 12, DW_CFA_advance_loc+2,
12168 DW_CFA_restore_extended 65. */
12169 delta
= lr_used
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
12170 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= eh_advance_size (delta
) + 6;
12171 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
= lr_used
+ 8;
12175 case ppc_stub_plt_call
:
12176 case ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
:
12177 targ
= stub_entry
->plt_ent
->plt
.offset
& ~(bfd_vma
) 1;
12178 if (targ
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
12180 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
12181 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
12182 || stub_entry
->h
== NULL
12183 || stub_entry
->h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1)
12185 if (stub_entry
->symtype
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
12186 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
12188 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
12190 targ
+= plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
12192 off
= (elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
)
12193 + htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->group
->link_sec
->id
].toc_off
);
12196 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
!= 0)
12198 unsigned pad
= plt_stub_pad (htab
, stub_entry
, off
);
12200 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
+= pad
;
12201 stub_entry
->stub_offset
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
;
12204 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12206 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
12207 += ((PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
12209 ? 2 + (htab
->params
->plt_static_chain
12210 && PPC_HA (off
+ 16) == PPC_HA (off
))
12212 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
12215 size
= plt_stub_size (htab
, stub_entry
, off
);
12217 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
12218 && is_tls_get_addr (&stub_entry
->h
->elf
, htab
)
12219 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
12220 && stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
12222 if (htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
)
12224 lr_used
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ size
- 20;
12225 /* The eh_frame info will consist of a DW_CFA_advance_loc
12226 or variant, DW_CFA_offset_externed_sf, 65, -stackoff,
12227 DW_CFA_advance_loc+4, DW_CFA_restore_extended, 65. */
12228 delta
= lr_used
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
12229 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= eh_advance_size (delta
) + 6;
12233 /* Adjustments to r1 need to be described. */
12234 unsigned int cfa_updt
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ 18 * 4;
12235 delta
= cfa_updt
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
12236 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= eh_advance_size (delta
);
12237 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= htab
->opd_abi
? 36 : 35;
12239 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
= size
- 4;
12248 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
+= size
;
12252 /* Set up various things so that we can make a list of input sections
12253 for each output section included in the link. Returns -1 on error,
12254 0 when no stubs will be needed, and 1 on success. */
12257 ppc64_elf_setup_section_lists (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12261 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12266 htab
->sec_info_arr_size
= _bfd_section_id
;
12267 amt
= sizeof (*htab
->sec_info
) * (htab
->sec_info_arr_size
);
12268 htab
->sec_info
= bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
12269 if (htab
->sec_info
== NULL
)
12272 /* Set toc_off for com, und, abs and ind sections. */
12273 for (id
= 0; id
< 3; id
++)
12274 htab
->sec_info
[id
].toc_off
= TOC_BASE_OFF
;
12279 /* Set up for first pass at multitoc partitioning. */
12282 ppc64_elf_start_multitoc_partition (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12284 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12286 htab
->toc_curr
= ppc64_elf_set_toc (info
, info
->output_bfd
);
12287 htab
->toc_bfd
= NULL
;
12288 htab
->toc_first_sec
= NULL
;
12291 /* The linker repeatedly calls this function for each TOC input section
12292 and linker generated GOT section. Group input bfds such that the toc
12293 within a group is less than 64k in size. */
12296 ppc64_elf_next_toc_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*isec
)
12298 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12299 bfd_vma addr
, off
, limit
;
12304 if (!htab
->second_toc_pass
)
12306 /* Keep track of the first .toc or .got section for this input bfd. */
12307 bfd_boolean new_bfd
= htab
->toc_bfd
!= isec
->owner
;
12311 htab
->toc_bfd
= isec
->owner
;
12312 htab
->toc_first_sec
= isec
;
12315 addr
= isec
->output_offset
+ isec
->output_section
->vma
;
12316 off
= addr
- htab
->toc_curr
;
12317 limit
= 0x80008000;
12318 if (ppc64_elf_tdata (isec
->owner
)->has_small_toc_reloc
)
12320 if (off
+ isec
->size
> limit
)
12322 addr
= (htab
->toc_first_sec
->output_offset
12323 + htab
->toc_first_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
12324 htab
->toc_curr
= addr
;
12325 htab
->toc_curr
&= -TOC_BASE_ALIGN
;
12328 /* toc_curr is the base address of this toc group. Set elf_gp
12329 for the input section to be the offset relative to the
12330 output toc base plus 0x8000. Making the input elf_gp an
12331 offset allows us to move the toc as a whole without
12332 recalculating input elf_gp. */
12333 off
= htab
->toc_curr
- elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
);
12334 off
+= TOC_BASE_OFF
;
12336 /* Die if someone uses a linker script that doesn't keep input
12337 file .toc and .got together. */
12339 && elf_gp (isec
->owner
) != 0
12340 && elf_gp (isec
->owner
) != off
)
12343 elf_gp (isec
->owner
) = off
;
12347 /* During the second pass toc_first_sec points to the start of
12348 a toc group, and toc_curr is used to track the old elf_gp.
12349 We use toc_bfd to ensure we only look at each bfd once. */
12350 if (htab
->toc_bfd
== isec
->owner
)
12352 htab
->toc_bfd
= isec
->owner
;
12354 if (htab
->toc_first_sec
== NULL
12355 || htab
->toc_curr
!= elf_gp (isec
->owner
))
12357 htab
->toc_curr
= elf_gp (isec
->owner
);
12358 htab
->toc_first_sec
= isec
;
12360 addr
= (htab
->toc_first_sec
->output_offset
12361 + htab
->toc_first_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
12362 off
= addr
- elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
) + TOC_BASE_OFF
;
12363 elf_gp (isec
->owner
) = off
;
12368 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse to merge GOT entries for global
12372 merge_global_got (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12374 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
12377 merge_got_entries (&h
->got
.glist
);
12382 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse to allocate GOT entries for global
12386 reallocate_got (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
12388 struct got_entry
*gent
;
12390 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
12393 for (gent
= h
->got
.glist
; gent
!= NULL
; gent
= gent
->next
)
12394 if (!gent
->is_indirect
)
12395 allocate_got (h
, (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
, gent
);
12399 /* Called on the first multitoc pass after the last call to
12400 ppc64_elf_next_toc_section. This function removes duplicate GOT
12404 ppc64_elf_layout_multitoc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12406 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12407 struct bfd
*ibfd
, *ibfd2
;
12408 bfd_boolean done_something
;
12410 htab
->multi_toc_needed
= htab
->toc_curr
!= elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
);
12412 if (!htab
->do_multi_toc
)
12415 /* Merge global sym got entries within a toc group. */
12416 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, merge_global_got
, info
);
12418 /* And tlsld_got. */
12419 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12421 struct got_entry
*ent
, *ent2
;
12423 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
12426 ent
= ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd
);
12427 if (!ent
->is_indirect
12428 && ent
->got
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
12430 for (ibfd2
= ibfd
->link
.next
; ibfd2
!= NULL
; ibfd2
= ibfd2
->link
.next
)
12432 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd2
))
12435 ent2
= ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd2
);
12436 if (!ent2
->is_indirect
12437 && ent2
->got
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1
12438 && elf_gp (ibfd2
) == elf_gp (ibfd
))
12440 ent2
->is_indirect
= TRUE
;
12441 ent2
->got
.ent
= ent
;
12447 /* Zap sizes of got sections. */
12448 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->rawsize
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
;
12449 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
-= htab
->got_reli_size
;
12450 htab
->got_reli_size
= 0;
12452 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12454 asection
*got
, *relgot
;
12456 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
12459 got
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
12462 got
->rawsize
= got
->size
;
12464 relgot
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
12465 relgot
->rawsize
= relgot
->size
;
12470 /* Now reallocate the got, local syms first. We don't need to
12471 allocate section contents again since we never increase size. */
12472 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12474 struct got_entry
**lgot_ents
;
12475 struct got_entry
**end_lgot_ents
;
12476 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
12477 struct plt_entry
**end_local_plt
;
12478 unsigned char *lgot_masks
;
12479 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
12480 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12483 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
12486 lgot_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
);
12490 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
12491 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
12492 end_lgot_ents
= lgot_ents
+ locsymcount
;
12493 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_lgot_ents
;
12494 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
12495 lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *) end_local_plt
;
12496 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
12497 for (; lgot_ents
< end_lgot_ents
; ++lgot_ents
, ++lgot_masks
)
12499 struct got_entry
*ent
;
12501 for (ent
= *lgot_ents
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
12503 unsigned int ent_size
= 8;
12504 unsigned int rel_size
= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
12506 ent
->got
.offset
= s
->size
;
12507 if ((ent
->tls_type
& *lgot_masks
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
12512 s
->size
+= ent_size
;
12513 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
12515 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
+= rel_size
;
12516 htab
->got_reli_size
+= rel_size
;
12518 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
12519 && !(ent
->tls_type
!= 0
12520 && bfd_link_executable (info
)))
12522 asection
*srel
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
12523 srel
->size
+= rel_size
;
12529 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, reallocate_got
, info
);
12531 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12533 struct got_entry
*ent
;
12535 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
12538 ent
= ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd
);
12539 if (!ent
->is_indirect
12540 && ent
->got
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
12542 asection
*s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
12543 ent
->got
.offset
= s
->size
;
12545 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
12547 asection
*srel
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
12548 srel
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
12553 done_something
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
->rawsize
!= htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
;
12554 if (!done_something
)
12555 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12559 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
12562 got
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
12565 done_something
= got
->rawsize
!= got
->size
;
12566 if (done_something
)
12571 if (done_something
)
12572 (*htab
->params
->layout_sections_again
) ();
12574 /* Set up for second pass over toc sections to recalculate elf_gp
12575 on input sections. */
12576 htab
->toc_bfd
= NULL
;
12577 htab
->toc_first_sec
= NULL
;
12578 htab
->second_toc_pass
= TRUE
;
12579 return done_something
;
12582 /* Called after second pass of multitoc partitioning. */
12585 ppc64_elf_finish_multitoc_partition (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12587 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12589 /* After the second pass, toc_curr tracks the TOC offset used
12590 for code sections below in ppc64_elf_next_input_section. */
12591 htab
->toc_curr
= TOC_BASE_OFF
;
12594 /* No toc references were found in ISEC. If the code in ISEC makes no
12595 calls, then there's no need to use toc adjusting stubs when branching
12596 into ISEC. Actually, indirect calls from ISEC are OK as they will
12597 load r2. Returns -1 on error, 0 for no stub needed, 1 for stub
12598 needed, and 2 if a cyclical call-graph was found but no other reason
12599 for a stub was detected. If called from the top level, a return of
12600 2 means the same as a return of 0. */
12603 toc_adjusting_stub_needed (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*isec
)
12607 /* Mark this section as checked. */
12608 isec
->call_check_done
= 1;
12610 /* We know none of our code bearing sections will need toc stubs. */
12611 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
12614 if (isec
->size
== 0)
12617 if (isec
->output_section
== NULL
)
12621 if (isec
->reloc_count
!= 0)
12623 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
;
12624 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
12625 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
12627 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (isec
->owner
, isec
, NULL
, NULL
,
12628 info
->keep_memory
);
12629 if (relstart
== NULL
)
12632 /* Look for branches to outside of this section. */
12634 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12638 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relstart
+ isec
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
12640 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
12641 unsigned long r_symndx
;
12642 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12643 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
12644 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
12646 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
12650 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
12651 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL24
12652 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
12653 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL14
12654 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
12655 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
12656 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_PLTCALL
12657 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
)
12660 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
12661 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
, r_symndx
,
12668 /* Calls to dynamic lib functions go through a plt call stub
12670 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
12672 && (eh
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
12674 && ppc_follow_link (eh
->oh
)->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)))
12680 if (sym_sec
== NULL
)
12681 /* Ignore other undefined symbols. */
12684 /* Assume branches to other sections not included in the
12685 link need stubs too, to cover -R and absolute syms. */
12686 if (sym_sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
12693 sym_value
= sym
->st_value
;
12696 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
12697 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
12699 sym_value
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
12701 sym_value
+= rel
->r_addend
;
12703 /* If this branch reloc uses an opd sym, find the code section. */
12704 opd
= get_opd_info (sym_sec
);
12707 if (h
== NULL
&& opd
->adjust
!= NULL
)
12711 adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (sym_value
)];
12713 /* Assume deleted functions won't ever be called. */
12715 sym_value
+= adjust
;
12718 dest
= opd_entry_value (sym_sec
, sym_value
,
12719 &sym_sec
, NULL
, FALSE
);
12720 if (dest
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
12725 + sym_sec
->output_offset
12726 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
12728 /* Ignore branch to self. */
12729 if (sym_sec
== isec
)
12732 /* If the called function uses the toc, we need a stub. */
12733 if (sym_sec
->has_toc_reloc
12734 || sym_sec
->makes_toc_func_call
)
12740 /* Assume any branch that needs a long branch stub might in fact
12741 need a plt_branch stub. A plt_branch stub uses r2. */
12742 else if (dest
- (isec
->output_offset
12743 + isec
->output_section
->vma
12744 + rel
->r_offset
) + (1 << 25)
12745 >= (2u << 25) - PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (h
12753 /* If calling back to a section in the process of being
12754 tested, we can't say for sure that no toc adjusting stubs
12755 are needed, so don't return zero. */
12756 else if (sym_sec
->call_check_in_progress
)
12759 /* Branches to another section that itself doesn't have any TOC
12760 references are OK. Recursively call ourselves to check. */
12761 else if (!sym_sec
->call_check_done
)
12765 /* Mark current section as indeterminate, so that other
12766 sections that call back to current won't be marked as
12768 isec
->call_check_in_progress
= 1;
12769 recur
= toc_adjusting_stub_needed (info
, sym_sec
);
12770 isec
->call_check_in_progress
= 0;
12781 if (elf_symtab_hdr (isec
->owner
).contents
12782 != (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
12784 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
12789 && isec
->map_head
.s
!= NULL
12790 && (strcmp (isec
->output_section
->name
, ".init") == 0
12791 || strcmp (isec
->output_section
->name
, ".fini") == 0))
12793 if (isec
->map_head
.s
->has_toc_reloc
12794 || isec
->map_head
.s
->makes_toc_func_call
)
12796 else if (!isec
->map_head
.s
->call_check_done
)
12799 isec
->call_check_in_progress
= 1;
12800 recur
= toc_adjusting_stub_needed (info
, isec
->map_head
.s
);
12801 isec
->call_check_in_progress
= 0;
12808 isec
->makes_toc_func_call
= 1;
12813 /* The linker repeatedly calls this function for each input section,
12814 in the order that input sections are linked into output sections.
12815 Build lists of input sections to determine groupings between which
12816 we may insert linker stubs. */
12819 ppc64_elf_next_input_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*isec
)
12821 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12826 if ((isec
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0
12827 && isec
->output_section
->id
< htab
->sec_info_arr_size
)
12829 /* This happens to make the list in reverse order,
12830 which is what we want. */
12831 htab
->sec_info
[isec
->id
].u
.list
12832 = htab
->sec_info
[isec
->output_section
->id
].u
.list
;
12833 htab
->sec_info
[isec
->output_section
->id
].u
.list
= isec
;
12836 if (htab
->multi_toc_needed
)
12838 /* Analyse sections that aren't already flagged as needing a
12839 valid toc pointer. Exclude .fixup for the linux kernel.
12840 .fixup contains branches, but only back to the function that
12841 hit an exception. */
12842 if (!(isec
->has_toc_reloc
12843 || (isec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0
12844 || strcmp (isec
->name
, ".fixup") == 0
12845 || isec
->call_check_done
))
12847 if (toc_adjusting_stub_needed (info
, isec
) < 0)
12850 /* Make all sections use the TOC assigned for this object file.
12851 This will be wrong for pasted sections; We fix that in
12852 check_pasted_section(). */
12853 if (elf_gp (isec
->owner
) != 0)
12854 htab
->toc_curr
= elf_gp (isec
->owner
);
12857 htab
->sec_info
[isec
->id
].toc_off
= htab
->toc_curr
;
12861 /* Check that all .init and .fini sections use the same toc, if they
12862 have toc relocs. */
12865 check_pasted_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, const char *name
)
12867 asection
*o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (info
->output_bfd
, name
);
12871 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12872 bfd_vma toc_off
= 0;
12875 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
12876 if (i
->has_toc_reloc
)
12879 toc_off
= htab
->sec_info
[i
->id
].toc_off
;
12880 else if (toc_off
!= htab
->sec_info
[i
->id
].toc_off
)
12885 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
12886 if (i
->makes_toc_func_call
)
12888 toc_off
= htab
->sec_info
[i
->id
].toc_off
;
12892 /* Make sure the whole pasted function uses the same toc offset. */
12894 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
12895 htab
->sec_info
[i
->id
].toc_off
= toc_off
;
12901 ppc64_elf_check_init_fini (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12903 return (check_pasted_section (info
, ".init")
12904 & check_pasted_section (info
, ".fini"));
12907 /* See whether we can group stub sections together. Grouping stub
12908 sections may result in fewer stubs. More importantly, we need to
12909 put all .init* and .fini* stubs at the beginning of the .init or
12910 .fini output sections respectively, because glibc splits the
12911 _init and _fini functions into multiple parts. Putting a stub in
12912 the middle of a function is not a good idea. */
12915 group_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12916 bfd_size_type stub_group_size
,
12917 bfd_boolean stubs_always_before_branch
)
12919 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
12921 bfd_boolean suppress_size_errors
;
12923 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12927 suppress_size_errors
= FALSE
;
12928 if (stub_group_size
== 1)
12930 /* Default values. */
12931 if (stubs_always_before_branch
)
12932 stub_group_size
= 0x1e00000;
12934 stub_group_size
= 0x1c00000;
12935 suppress_size_errors
= TRUE
;
12938 for (osec
= info
->output_bfd
->sections
; osec
!= NULL
; osec
= osec
->next
)
12942 if (osec
->id
>= htab
->sec_info_arr_size
)
12945 tail
= htab
->sec_info
[osec
->id
].u
.list
;
12946 while (tail
!= NULL
)
12950 bfd_size_type total
;
12951 bfd_boolean big_sec
;
12953 struct map_stub
*group
;
12954 bfd_size_type group_size
;
12957 total
= tail
->size
;
12958 group_size
= (ppc64_elf_section_data (tail
) != NULL
12959 && ppc64_elf_section_data (tail
)->has_14bit_branch
12960 ? stub_group_size
>> 10 : stub_group_size
);
12962 big_sec
= total
> group_size
;
12963 if (big_sec
&& !suppress_size_errors
)
12964 /* xgettext:c-format */
12965 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB section %pA exceeds stub group size"),
12966 tail
->owner
, tail
);
12967 curr_toc
= htab
->sec_info
[tail
->id
].toc_off
;
12969 while ((prev
= htab
->sec_info
[curr
->id
].u
.list
) != NULL
12970 && ((total
+= curr
->output_offset
- prev
->output_offset
)
12971 < (ppc64_elf_section_data (prev
) != NULL
12972 && ppc64_elf_section_data (prev
)->has_14bit_branch
12973 ? (group_size
= stub_group_size
>> 10) : group_size
))
12974 && htab
->sec_info
[prev
->id
].toc_off
== curr_toc
)
12977 /* OK, the size from the start of CURR to the end is less
12978 than group_size and thus can be handled by one stub
12979 section. (or the tail section is itself larger than
12980 group_size, in which case we may be toast.) We should
12981 really be keeping track of the total size of stubs added
12982 here, as stubs contribute to the final output section
12983 size. That's a little tricky, and this way will only
12984 break if stubs added make the total size more than 2^25,
12985 ie. for the default stub_group_size, if stubs total more
12986 than 2097152 bytes, or nearly 75000 plt call stubs. */
12987 group
= bfd_alloc (curr
->owner
, sizeof (*group
));
12990 group
->link_sec
= curr
;
12991 group
->stub_sec
= NULL
;
12992 group
->needs_save_res
= 0;
12993 group
->lr_restore
= 0;
12994 group
->eh_size
= 0;
12995 group
->eh_base
= 0;
12996 group
->next
= htab
->group
;
12997 htab
->group
= group
;
13000 prev
= htab
->sec_info
[tail
->id
].u
.list
;
13001 /* Set up this stub group. */
13002 htab
->sec_info
[tail
->id
].u
.group
= group
;
13004 while (tail
!= curr
&& (tail
= prev
) != NULL
);
13006 /* But wait, there's more! Input sections up to group_size
13007 bytes before the stub section can be handled by it too.
13008 Don't do this if we have a really large section after the
13009 stubs, as adding more stubs increases the chance that
13010 branches may not reach into the stub section. */
13011 if (!stubs_always_before_branch
&& !big_sec
)
13014 while (prev
!= NULL
13015 && ((total
+= tail
->output_offset
- prev
->output_offset
)
13016 < (ppc64_elf_section_data (prev
) != NULL
13017 && ppc64_elf_section_data (prev
)->has_14bit_branch
13018 ? (group_size
= stub_group_size
>> 10)
13020 && htab
->sec_info
[prev
->id
].toc_off
== curr_toc
)
13023 prev
= htab
->sec_info
[tail
->id
].u
.list
;
13024 htab
->sec_info
[tail
->id
].u
.group
= group
;
13033 static const unsigned char glink_eh_frame_cie
[] =
13035 0, 0, 0, 16, /* length. */
13036 0, 0, 0, 0, /* id. */
13037 1, /* CIE version. */
13038 'z', 'R', 0, /* Augmentation string. */
13039 4, /* Code alignment. */
13040 0x78, /* Data alignment. */
13042 1, /* Augmentation size. */
13043 DW_EH_PE_pcrel
| DW_EH_PE_sdata4
, /* FDE encoding. */
13044 DW_CFA_def_cfa
, 1, 0 /* def_cfa: r1 offset 0. */
13047 /* Stripping output sections is normally done before dynamic section
13048 symbols have been allocated. This function is called later, and
13049 handles cases like htab->brlt which is mapped to its own output
13053 maybe_strip_output (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*isec
)
13055 if (isec
->size
== 0
13056 && isec
->output_section
->size
== 0
13057 && !(isec
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_KEEP
)
13058 && !bfd_section_removed_from_list (info
->output_bfd
,
13059 isec
->output_section
)
13060 && elf_section_data (isec
->output_section
)->dynindx
== 0)
13062 isec
->output_section
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
13063 bfd_section_list_remove (info
->output_bfd
, isec
->output_section
);
13064 info
->output_bfd
->section_count
--;
13068 /* Determine and set the size of the stub section for a final link.
13070 The basic idea here is to examine all the relocations looking for
13071 PC-relative calls to a target that is unreachable with a "bl"
13075 ppc64_elf_size_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13077 bfd_size_type stub_group_size
;
13078 bfd_boolean stubs_always_before_branch
;
13079 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
13084 if (htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
== -1 && !bfd_link_executable (info
))
13085 htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
= 1;
13086 if (!htab
->opd_abi
)
13087 htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
= 0;
13088 else if (htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
== -1)
13090 static const char *const thread_starter
[] =
13094 "_ZNSt6thread15_M_start_threadESt10shared_ptrINS_10_Impl_baseEE",
13096 "aio_init", "aio_read", "aio_write", "aio_fsync", "lio_listio",
13097 "mq_notify", "create_timer",
13102 "GOMP_parallel_start",
13103 "GOMP_parallel_loop_static",
13104 "GOMP_parallel_loop_static_start",
13105 "GOMP_parallel_loop_dynamic",
13106 "GOMP_parallel_loop_dynamic_start",
13107 "GOMP_parallel_loop_guided",
13108 "GOMP_parallel_loop_guided_start",
13109 "GOMP_parallel_loop_runtime",
13110 "GOMP_parallel_loop_runtime_start",
13111 "GOMP_parallel_sections",
13112 "GOMP_parallel_sections_start",
13118 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (thread_starter
); i
++)
13120 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13121 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, thread_starter
[i
],
13122 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
13123 htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
= h
!= NULL
&& h
->ref_regular
;
13124 if (htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
)
13128 stubs_always_before_branch
= htab
->params
->group_size
< 0;
13129 if (htab
->params
->group_size
< 0)
13130 stub_group_size
= -htab
->params
->group_size
;
13132 stub_group_size
= htab
->params
->group_size
;
13134 if (!group_sections (info
, stub_group_size
, stubs_always_before_branch
))
13137 htab
->tga_group
= NULL
;
13138 if (!htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
13139 && htab
->tga_desc_fd
!= NULL
13140 && (htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
13141 || htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
13142 && htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
!= NULL
13143 && is_static_defined (&htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
))
13145 asection
*sym_sec
, *code_sec
, *stub_sec
;
13147 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
13149 sym_sec
= htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
13150 sym_value
= defined_sym_val (&htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
);
13151 code_sec
= sym_sec
;
13152 opd
= get_opd_info (sym_sec
);
13154 opd_entry_value (sym_sec
, sym_value
, &code_sec
, NULL
, FALSE
);
13155 htab
->tga_group
= htab
->sec_info
[code_sec
->id
].u
.group
;
13156 stub_sec
= (*htab
->params
->add_stub_section
) (".tga_desc.stub",
13157 htab
->tga_group
->link_sec
);
13158 if (stub_sec
== NULL
)
13160 htab
->tga_group
->stub_sec
= stub_sec
;
13162 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
13163 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
= stub_sec
;
13164 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
13165 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.type
= STT_FUNC
;
13166 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.def_regular
= 1;
13167 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.non_elf
= 0;
13168 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
, TRUE
);
13171 #define STUB_SHRINK_ITER 20
13172 /* Loop until no stubs added. After iteration 20 of this loop we may
13173 exit on a stub section shrinking. This is to break out of a
13174 pathological case where adding stubs on one iteration decreases
13175 section gaps (perhaps due to alignment), which then requires
13176 fewer or smaller stubs on the next iteration. */
13181 unsigned int bfd_indx
;
13182 struct map_stub
*group
;
13184 htab
->stub_iteration
+= 1;
13186 for (input_bfd
= info
->input_bfds
, bfd_indx
= 0;
13188 input_bfd
= input_bfd
->link
.next
, bfd_indx
++)
13190 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
13192 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
= NULL
;
13194 if (!is_ppc64_elf (input_bfd
))
13197 /* We'll need the symbol table in a second. */
13198 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd
);
13199 if (symtab_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
13202 /* Walk over each section attached to the input bfd. */
13203 for (section
= input_bfd
->sections
;
13205 section
= section
->next
)
13207 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
, *irelaend
, *irela
;
13209 /* If there aren't any relocs, then there's nothing more
13211 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
13212 || (section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
13213 || (section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
13214 || (section
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0
13215 || section
->reloc_count
== 0)
13218 /* If this section is a link-once section that will be
13219 discarded, then don't create any stubs. */
13220 if (section
->output_section
== NULL
13221 || section
->output_section
->owner
!= info
->output_bfd
)
13224 /* Get the relocs. */
13226 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (input_bfd
, section
, NULL
, NULL
,
13227 info
->keep_memory
);
13228 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
13229 goto error_ret_free_local
;
13231 /* Now examine each relocation. */
13232 irela
= internal_relocs
;
13233 irelaend
= irela
+ section
->reloc_count
;
13234 for (; irela
< irelaend
; irela
++)
13236 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
13237 unsigned int r_indx
;
13238 enum ppc_stub_type stub_type
;
13239 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
13240 asection
*sym_sec
, *code_sec
;
13241 bfd_vma sym_value
, code_value
;
13242 bfd_vma destination
;
13243 unsigned long local_off
;
13244 bfd_boolean ok_dest
;
13245 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*hash
;
13246 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
13247 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13248 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
13250 const asection
*id_sec
;
13251 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
13252 struct plt_entry
*plt_ent
;
13254 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (irela
->r_info
);
13255 r_indx
= ELF64_R_SYM (irela
->r_info
);
13257 if (r_type
>= R_PPC64_max
)
13259 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13260 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13263 /* Only look for stubs on branch instructions. */
13264 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL24
13265 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
13266 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL14
13267 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
13268 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
)
13271 /* Now determine the call target, its name, value,
13273 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
13274 r_indx
, input_bfd
))
13275 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13276 hash
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
13283 sym_value
= sym
->st_value
;
13284 if (sym_sec
!= NULL
13285 && sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
13288 else if (hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13289 || hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13291 sym_value
= hash
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
13292 if (sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
13295 else if (hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
13296 || hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
13298 /* Recognise an old ABI func code entry sym, and
13299 use the func descriptor sym instead if it is
13301 if (hash
->elf
.root
.root
.string
[0] == '.'
13302 && hash
->oh
!= NULL
)
13304 fdh
= ppc_follow_link (hash
->oh
);
13305 if (fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13306 || fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13308 sym_sec
= fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
13309 sym_value
= fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
13310 if (sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
13319 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13320 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13327 sym_value
+= irela
->r_addend
;
13328 destination
= (sym_value
13329 + sym_sec
->output_offset
13330 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
13331 local_off
= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (hash
13336 code_sec
= sym_sec
;
13337 code_value
= sym_value
;
13338 opd
= get_opd_info (sym_sec
);
13343 if (hash
== NULL
&& opd
->adjust
!= NULL
)
13345 long adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (sym_value
)];
13348 code_value
+= adjust
;
13349 sym_value
+= adjust
;
13351 dest
= opd_entry_value (sym_sec
, sym_value
,
13352 &code_sec
, &code_value
, FALSE
);
13353 if (dest
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
13355 destination
= dest
;
13358 /* Fixup old ABI sym to point at code
13360 hash
->elf
.root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defweak
;
13361 hash
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
= code_sec
;
13362 hash
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= code_value
;
13367 /* Determine what (if any) linker stub is needed. */
13369 stub_type
= ppc_type_of_stub (section
, irela
, &hash
,
13370 &plt_ent
, destination
,
13373 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
)
13375 if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call
)
13376 stub_type
= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
;
13377 else if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch
13378 || (code_sec
!= NULL
13379 && code_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
13380 && (((hash
? hash
->elf
.other
: sym
->st_other
)
13381 & STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
)
13382 > 1 << STO_PPC64_LOCAL_BIT
)))
13383 stub_type
= ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
;
13385 else if (stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_call
)
13387 /* Check whether we need a TOC adjusting stub.
13388 Since the linker pastes together pieces from
13389 different object files when creating the
13390 _init and _fini functions, it may be that a
13391 call to what looks like a local sym is in
13392 fact a call needing a TOC adjustment. */
13393 if ((code_sec
!= NULL
13394 && code_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
13395 && (htab
->sec_info
[code_sec
->id
].toc_off
13396 != htab
->sec_info
[section
->id
].toc_off
)
13397 && (code_sec
->has_toc_reloc
13398 || code_sec
->makes_toc_func_call
))
13399 || (((hash
? hash
->elf
.other
: sym
->st_other
)
13400 & STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
)
13401 == 1 << STO_PPC64_LOCAL_BIT
))
13402 stub_type
= ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
;
13405 if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_none
)
13408 /* __tls_get_addr calls might be eliminated. */
13409 if (stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_call
13410 && stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
13412 && is_tls_get_addr (&hash
->elf
, htab
)
13413 && section
->has_tls_reloc
13414 && irela
!= internal_relocs
)
13416 /* Get tls info. */
13417 unsigned char *tls_mask
;
13419 if (!get_tls_mask (&tls_mask
, NULL
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
13420 irela
- 1, input_bfd
))
13421 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13422 if ((*tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
13423 && (*tls_mask
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
)) == 0)
13427 if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call
)
13430 && htab
->params
->plt_localentry0
!= 0
13431 && is_elfv2_localentry0 (&hash
->elf
))
13432 htab
->has_plt_localentry0
= 1;
13433 else if (irela
+ 1 < irelaend
13434 && irela
[1].r_offset
== irela
->r_offset
+ 4
13435 && (ELF64_R_TYPE (irela
[1].r_info
)
13436 == R_PPC64_TOCSAVE
))
13438 if (!tocsave_find (htab
, INSERT
,
13439 &local_syms
, irela
+ 1, input_bfd
))
13440 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13443 stub_type
= ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
;
13446 /* Support for grouping stub sections. */
13447 id_sec
= htab
->sec_info
[section
->id
].u
.group
->link_sec
;
13449 /* Get the name of this stub. */
13450 stub_name
= ppc_stub_name (id_sec
, sym_sec
, hash
, irela
);
13452 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13454 stub_entry
= ppc_stub_hash_lookup (&htab
->stub_hash_table
,
13455 stub_name
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
13456 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
)
13458 enum ppc_stub_type old_type
;
13459 /* A stub has already been created, but it may
13460 not be the required type. We shouldn't be
13461 transitioning from plt_call to long_branch
13462 stubs or vice versa, but we might be
13463 upgrading from plt_call to plt_call_r2save or
13464 from long_branch to long_branch_r2off. */
13466 old_type
= stub_entry
->stub_type
;
13472 case ppc_stub_save_res
:
13475 case ppc_stub_plt_call
:
13476 case ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
:
13477 case ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
:
13478 case ppc_stub_plt_call_both
:
13479 if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call
)
13481 else if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
13483 if (old_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
)
13484 stub_type
= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
;
13486 else if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
)
13488 if (old_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
13489 stub_type
= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
;
13495 case ppc_stub_plt_branch
:
13496 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
:
13497 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
:
13498 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
:
13499 old_type
+= (ppc_stub_long_branch
13500 - ppc_stub_plt_branch
);
13501 /* Fall through. */
13502 case ppc_stub_long_branch
:
13503 case ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
:
13504 case ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
:
13505 case ppc_stub_long_branch_both
:
13506 if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch
)
13508 else if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
)
13510 if (old_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
)
13511 stub_type
= ppc_stub_long_branch_both
;
13513 else if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
)
13515 if (old_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
)
13516 stub_type
= ppc_stub_long_branch_both
;
13522 if (old_type
< stub_type
)
13523 stub_entry
->stub_type
= stub_type
;
13527 stub_entry
= ppc_add_stub (stub_name
, section
, info
);
13528 if (stub_entry
== NULL
)
13531 error_ret_free_internal
:
13532 if (elf_section_data (section
)->relocs
== NULL
)
13533 free (internal_relocs
);
13534 error_ret_free_local
:
13535 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
13536 != (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
13541 stub_entry
->stub_type
= stub_type
;
13542 if (stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call
13543 && stub_type
<= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
13545 stub_entry
->target_value
= sym_value
;
13546 stub_entry
->target_section
= sym_sec
;
13550 stub_entry
->target_value
= code_value
;
13551 stub_entry
->target_section
= code_sec
;
13553 stub_entry
->h
= hash
;
13554 stub_entry
->plt_ent
= plt_ent
;
13555 stub_entry
->symtype
13556 = hash
? hash
->elf
.type
: ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
);
13557 stub_entry
->other
= hash
? hash
->elf
.other
: sym
->st_other
;
13560 && (hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13561 || hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
13562 htab
->stub_globals
+= 1;
13565 /* We're done with the internal relocs, free them. */
13566 if (elf_section_data (section
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
13567 free (internal_relocs
);
13570 if (local_syms
!= NULL
13571 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
13573 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
13576 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
13580 /* We may have added some stubs. Find out the new size of the
13582 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
13584 group
->lr_restore
= 0;
13585 group
->eh_size
= 0;
13586 if (group
->stub_sec
!= NULL
)
13588 asection
*stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
;
13590 if (htab
->stub_iteration
<= STUB_SHRINK_ITER
13591 || stub_sec
->rawsize
< stub_sec
->size
)
13592 /* Past STUB_SHRINK_ITER, rawsize is the max size seen. */
13593 stub_sec
->rawsize
= stub_sec
->size
;
13594 stub_sec
->size
= 0;
13595 stub_sec
->reloc_count
= 0;
13596 stub_sec
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
13599 if (htab
->tga_group
!= NULL
)
13601 /* See emit_tga_desc and emit_tga_desc_eh_frame. */
13602 htab
->tga_group
->eh_size
13603 = 1 + 2 + (htab
->opd_abi
!= 0) + 3 + 8 * 2 + 3 + 8 + 3;
13604 htab
->tga_group
->lr_restore
= 23 * 4;
13605 htab
->tga_group
->stub_sec
->size
= 24 * 4;
13608 if (htab
->stub_iteration
<= STUB_SHRINK_ITER
13609 || htab
->brlt
->rawsize
< htab
->brlt
->size
)
13610 htab
->brlt
->rawsize
= htab
->brlt
->size
;
13611 htab
->brlt
->size
= 0;
13612 htab
->brlt
->reloc_count
= 0;
13613 htab
->brlt
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
13614 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
)
13615 htab
->relbrlt
->size
= 0;
13617 bfd_hash_traverse (&htab
->stub_hash_table
, ppc_size_one_stub
, info
);
13619 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
13620 if (group
->needs_save_res
)
13621 group
->stub_sec
->size
+= htab
->sfpr
->size
;
13623 if (info
->emitrelocations
13624 && htab
->glink
!= NULL
&& htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
13626 htab
->glink
->reloc_count
= 1;
13627 htab
->glink
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
13630 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
13631 && !bfd_is_abs_section (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
)
13632 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->size
> 8)
13634 size_t size
= 0, align
= 4;
13636 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
13637 if (group
->eh_size
!= 0)
13638 size
+= (group
->eh_size
+ 17 + align
- 1) & -align
;
13639 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
&& htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
13640 size
+= (24 + align
- 1) & -align
;
13642 size
+= (sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) + align
- 1) & -align
;
13643 align
= 1ul << htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->alignment_power
;
13644 size
= (size
+ align
- 1) & -align
;
13645 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->rawsize
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
;
13646 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
= size
;
13649 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
!= 0)
13650 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
13651 if (group
->stub_sec
!= NULL
)
13653 int align
= abs (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
);
13654 group
->stub_sec
->size
13655 = (group
->stub_sec
->size
+ (1 << align
) - 1) & -(1 << align
);
13658 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
13659 if (group
->stub_sec
!= NULL
13660 && group
->stub_sec
->rawsize
!= group
->stub_sec
->size
13661 && (htab
->stub_iteration
<= STUB_SHRINK_ITER
13662 || group
->stub_sec
->rawsize
< group
->stub_sec
->size
))
13666 && (htab
->brlt
->rawsize
== htab
->brlt
->size
13667 || (htab
->stub_iteration
> STUB_SHRINK_ITER
13668 && htab
->brlt
->rawsize
> htab
->brlt
->size
))
13669 && (htab
->glink_eh_frame
== NULL
13670 || htab
->glink_eh_frame
->rawsize
== htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
)
13671 && (htab
->tga_group
== NULL
13672 || htab
->stub_iteration
> 1))
13675 /* Ask the linker to do its stuff. */
13676 (*htab
->params
->layout_sections_again
) ();
13679 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
13680 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0)
13683 bfd_byte
*p
, *last_fde
;
13684 size_t last_fde_len
, size
, align
, pad
;
13685 struct map_stub
*group
;
13687 /* It is necessary to at least have a rough outline of the
13688 linker generated CIEs and FDEs written before
13689 bfd_elf_discard_info is run, in order for these FDEs to be
13690 indexed in .eh_frame_hdr. */
13691 p
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->owner
, htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
);
13694 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
= p
;
13698 memcpy (p
, glink_eh_frame_cie
, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
));
13699 /* CIE length (rewrite in case little-endian). */
13700 last_fde_len
= ((sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) + align
- 1) & -align
) - 4;
13701 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, last_fde_len
, p
);
13702 p
+= last_fde_len
+ 4;
13704 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
13705 if (group
->eh_size
!= 0)
13707 group
->eh_base
= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
13709 last_fde_len
= ((group
->eh_size
+ 17 + align
- 1) & -align
) - 4;
13711 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, last_fde_len
, p
);
13714 val
= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
13715 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
13717 /* Offset to stub section, written later. */
13719 /* stub section size. */
13720 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, group
->stub_sec
->size
, p
);
13722 /* Augmentation. */
13724 /* Make sure we don't have all nops. This is enough for
13725 elf-eh-frame.c to detect the last non-nop opcode. */
13726 p
[group
->eh_size
- 1] = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 1;
13727 p
= last_fde
+ last_fde_len
+ 4;
13729 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
&& htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
13732 last_fde_len
= ((24 + align
- 1) & -align
) - 4;
13734 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, last_fde_len
, p
);
13737 val
= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
13738 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
13740 /* Offset to .glink, written later. */
13743 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, htab
->glink
->size
- 8, p
);
13745 /* Augmentation. */
13748 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 1;
13749 *p
++ = DW_CFA_register
;
13751 *p
++ = htab
->opd_abi
? 12 : 0;
13752 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ (htab
->opd_abi
? 5 : 7);
13753 *p
++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended
;
13755 p
+= ((24 + align
- 1) & -align
) - 24;
13757 /* Subsume any padding into the last FDE if user .eh_frame
13758 sections are aligned more than glink_eh_frame. Otherwise any
13759 zero padding will be seen as a terminator. */
13760 align
= 1ul << htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->alignment_power
;
13761 size
= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
13762 pad
= ((size
+ align
- 1) & -align
) - size
;
13763 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
= size
+ pad
;
13764 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, last_fde_len
+ pad
, last_fde
);
13767 maybe_strip_output (info
, htab
->brlt
);
13768 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
)
13769 maybe_strip_output (info
, htab
->relbrlt
);
13770 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
)
13771 maybe_strip_output (info
, htab
->glink_eh_frame
);
13776 /* Called after we have determined section placement. If sections
13777 move, we'll be called again. Provide a value for TOCstart. */
13780 ppc64_elf_set_toc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*obfd
)
13783 bfd_vma TOCstart
, adjust
;
13787 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13788 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
13790 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
13791 && htab
->hgot
!= NULL
)
13795 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, ".TOC.", FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
13796 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
13800 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13801 && !h
->root
.linker_def
13802 && (!is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
13803 || h
->def_regular
))
13805 TOCstart
= defined_sym_val (h
) - TOC_BASE_OFF
;
13806 _bfd_set_gp_value (obfd
, TOCstart
);
13811 /* The TOC consists of sections .got, .toc, .tocbss, .plt in that
13812 order. The TOC starts where the first of these sections starts. */
13813 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (obfd
, ".got");
13814 if (s
== NULL
|| (s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
13815 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (obfd
, ".toc");
13816 if (s
== NULL
|| (s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
13817 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (obfd
, ".tocbss");
13818 if (s
== NULL
|| (s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
13819 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (obfd
, ".plt");
13820 if (s
== NULL
|| (s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
13822 /* This may happen for
13823 o references to TOC base (SYM@toc / TOC[tc0]) without a
13825 o bad linker script
13826 o --gc-sections and empty TOC sections
13828 FIXME: Warn user? */
13830 /* Look for a likely section. We probably won't even be
13832 for (s
= obfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
13833 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_SMALL_DATA
| SEC_READONLY
13835 == (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_SMALL_DATA
))
13838 for (s
= obfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
13839 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_SMALL_DATA
| SEC_EXCLUDE
))
13840 == (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_SMALL_DATA
))
13843 for (s
= obfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
13844 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_EXCLUDE
))
13848 for (s
= obfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
13849 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_EXCLUDE
)) == SEC_ALLOC
)
13855 TOCstart
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
13857 /* Force alignment. */
13858 adjust
= TOCstart
& (TOC_BASE_ALIGN
- 1);
13859 TOCstart
-= adjust
;
13860 _bfd_set_gp_value (obfd
, TOCstart
);
13862 if (info
!= NULL
&& s
!= NULL
)
13864 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
13868 if (htab
->elf
.hgot
!= NULL
)
13870 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
= TOC_BASE_OFF
- adjust
;
13871 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
13876 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
= NULL
;
13877 _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, obfd
, ".TOC.", BSF_GLOBAL
,
13878 s
, TOC_BASE_OFF
- adjust
,
13879 NULL
, FALSE
, FALSE
, &bh
);
13885 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse from ppc64_elf_build_stubs to
13886 write out any global entry stubs, and PLT relocations. */
13889 build_global_entry_stubs_and_plt (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
13891 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
13892 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
13893 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
13896 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
13900 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
13904 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
13905 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
13907 /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage
13908 table. Set it up. */
13909 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
13910 asection
*plt
, *relplt
;
13913 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
13914 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
13916 if (!(h
->def_regular
13917 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13918 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)))
13920 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
13922 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
13923 relplt
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
13924 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
13926 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_JMP_IREL
);
13928 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
);
13932 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
13933 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
13935 relplt
= htab
->relpltlocal
;
13937 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
);
13939 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
13944 rela
.r_addend
= defined_sym_val (h
) + ent
->addend
;
13946 if (relplt
== NULL
)
13948 loc
= plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
;
13949 bfd_put_64 (info
->output_bfd
, rela
.r_addend
, loc
);
13952 bfd_vma toc
= elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
);
13953 toc
+= htab
->sec_info
[h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
].toc_off
;
13954 bfd_put_64 (info
->output_bfd
, toc
, loc
+ 8);
13959 rela
.r_offset
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
13960 + plt
->output_offset
13961 + ent
->plt
.offset
);
13962 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (relplt
->reloc_count
++
13963 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
13964 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
13969 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
13970 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
13971 + ent
->plt
.offset
);
13972 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
);
13973 rela
.r_addend
= ent
->addend
;
13974 loc
= (htab
->elf
.srelplt
->contents
13975 + ((ent
->plt
.offset
- PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
))
13976 / PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
) * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
)));
13977 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
&& is_static_defined (h
))
13978 htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
13979 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
13983 if (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
13986 if (h
->def_regular
)
13989 s
= htab
->global_entry
;
13990 if (s
== NULL
|| s
->size
== 0)
13993 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
13994 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1
13995 && ent
->addend
== 0)
14001 p
= s
->contents
+ h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
14002 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
14003 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
14004 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
14006 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
14007 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
14009 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
14011 off
= ent
->plt
.offset
+ plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
14012 off
-= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
+ s
->output_offset
+ s
->output_section
->vma
;
14014 if (off
+ 0x80008000 > 0xffffffff || (off
& 3) != 0)
14016 info
->callbacks
->einfo
14017 (_("%P: linkage table error against `%pT'\n"),
14018 h
->root
.root
.string
);
14019 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
14020 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
14023 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_global_entry
- 1] += 1;
14024 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
)
14026 size_t len
= strlen (h
->root
.root
.string
);
14027 char *name
= bfd_malloc (sizeof "12345678.global_entry." + len
);
14032 sprintf (name
, "%08x.global_entry.%s", s
->id
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
14033 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
14036 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
14038 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
14039 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
14040 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= p
- s
->contents
;
14041 h
->ref_regular
= 1;
14042 h
->def_regular
= 1;
14043 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
14044 h
->forced_local
= 1;
14046 h
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
14050 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
14052 bfd_put_32 (s
->owner
, ADDIS_R12_R12
| PPC_HA (off
), p
);
14055 bfd_put_32 (s
->owner
, LD_R12_0R12
| PPC_LO (off
), p
);
14057 bfd_put_32 (s
->owner
, MTCTR_R12
, p
);
14059 bfd_put_32 (s
->owner
, BCTR
, p
);
14065 /* Write PLT relocs for locals. */
14068 write_plt_relocs_for_local_syms (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
14070 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
14073 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
14075 struct got_entry
**lgot_ents
, **end_lgot_ents
;
14076 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
, **lplt
, **end_local_plt
;
14077 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
14078 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
14079 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
= NULL
;
14080 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
14082 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
14085 lgot_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
);
14089 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
14090 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
14091 end_lgot_ents
= lgot_ents
+ locsymcount
;
14092 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_lgot_ents
;
14093 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
14094 for (lplt
= local_plt
; lplt
< end_local_plt
; ++lplt
)
14095 for (ent
= *lplt
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
14096 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
14098 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
14100 asection
*plt
, *relplt
;
14104 if (!get_sym_h (NULL
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
14105 lplt
- local_plt
, ibfd
))
14107 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
14112 val
= sym
->st_value
+ ent
->addend
;
14113 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
14114 val
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (sym
->st_other
);
14115 if (sym_sec
!= NULL
&& sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
14116 val
+= sym_sec
->output_offset
+ sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
14118 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
14120 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
14121 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
14122 relplt
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
14126 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
14127 relplt
= bfd_link_pic (info
) ? htab
->relpltlocal
: NULL
;
14130 if (relplt
== NULL
)
14132 loc
= plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
;
14133 bfd_put_64 (info
->output_bfd
, val
, loc
);
14136 bfd_vma toc
= elf_gp (ibfd
);
14137 bfd_put_64 (info
->output_bfd
, toc
, loc
+ 8);
14142 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
14143 rela
.r_offset
= (ent
->plt
.offset
14144 + plt
->output_offset
14145 + plt
->output_section
->vma
);
14146 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
14149 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_JMP_IREL
);
14151 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
);
14156 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
);
14158 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
14160 rela
.r_addend
= val
;
14161 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (relplt
->reloc_count
++
14162 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
14163 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
14167 if (local_syms
!= NULL
14168 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
14170 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
14173 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
14179 /* Emit the static wrapper function preserving registers around a
14180 __tls_get_addr_opt call. */
14183 emit_tga_desc (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
14185 asection
*stub_sec
= htab
->tga_group
->stub_sec
;
14186 unsigned int cfa_updt
= 11 * 4;
14188 bfd_vma to
, from
, delta
;
14190 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
14191 && htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
== stub_sec
14192 && htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
== 0);
14193 to
= defined_sym_val (&htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
);
14194 from
= defined_sym_val (&htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
) + cfa_updt
;
14196 if (delta
+ (1 << 25) >= 1 << 26)
14198 _bfd_error_handler (_("__tls_get_addr call offset overflow"));
14199 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
14203 p
= stub_sec
->contents
;
14204 p
= tls_get_addr_prologue (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, p
, htab
);
14205 bfd_put_32 (stub_sec
->owner
, B_DOT
| 1 | (delta
& 0x3fffffc), p
);
14207 p
= tls_get_addr_epilogue (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, p
, htab
);
14208 return stub_sec
->size
== (bfd_size_type
) (p
- stub_sec
->contents
);
14211 /* Emit eh_frame describing the static wrapper function. */
14214 emit_tga_desc_eh_frame (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
, bfd_byte
*p
)
14216 unsigned int cfa_updt
= 11 * 4;
14219 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ cfa_updt
/ 4;
14220 *p
++ = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
14228 *p
++ = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
;
14230 *p
++ = (-16 / 8) & 0x7f;
14231 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
14233 *p
++ = DW_CFA_offset
+ i
;
14234 *p
++ = (htab
->opd_abi
? 13 : 12) - i
;
14236 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 10;
14237 *p
++ = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
14239 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
14240 *p
++ = DW_CFA_restore
+ i
;
14241 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 2;
14242 *p
++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended
;
14247 /* Build all the stubs associated with the current output file.
14248 The stubs are kept in a hash table attached to the main linker
14249 hash table. This function is called via gldelf64ppc_finish. */
14252 ppc64_elf_build_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
14255 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
14256 struct map_stub
*group
;
14257 asection
*stub_sec
;
14259 int stub_sec_count
= 0;
14264 /* Allocate memory to hold the linker stubs. */
14265 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14267 group
->eh_size
= 0;
14268 group
->lr_restore
= 0;
14269 if ((stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
) != NULL
14270 && stub_sec
->size
!= 0)
14272 stub_sec
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
14274 if (stub_sec
->contents
== NULL
)
14276 stub_sec
->size
= 0;
14280 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
&& htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
14285 /* Build the .glink plt call stub. */
14286 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
)
14288 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14289 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__glink_PLTresolve",
14290 TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
14293 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
14295 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
14296 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->glink
;
14297 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 8;
14298 h
->ref_regular
= 1;
14299 h
->def_regular
= 1;
14300 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
14301 h
->forced_local
= 1;
14303 h
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
14306 plt0
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
14307 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
14309 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
14311 Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
= get_relocs (htab
->glink
, 1);
14314 r
->r_offset
= (htab
->glink
->output_offset
14315 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
);
14316 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL64
);
14317 r
->r_addend
= plt0
;
14319 p
= htab
->glink
->contents
;
14320 plt0
-= htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
+ htab
->glink
->output_offset
;
14321 bfd_put_64 (htab
->glink
->owner
, plt0
, p
);
14325 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MFLR_R12
, p
);
14327 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, BCL_20_31
, p
);
14329 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MFLR_R11
, p
);
14331 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R2_0R11
| (-16 & 0xfffc), p
);
14333 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MTLR_R12
, p
);
14335 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, ADD_R11_R2_R11
, p
);
14337 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R12_0R11
, p
);
14339 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R2_0R11
| 8, p
);
14341 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MTCTR_R12
, p
);
14343 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R11_0R11
| 16, p
);
14348 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MFLR_R0
, p
);
14350 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, BCL_20_31
, p
);
14352 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MFLR_R11
, p
);
14354 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, STD_R2_0R1
+ 24, p
);
14356 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R2_0R11
| (-16 & 0xfffc), p
);
14358 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MTLR_R0
, p
);
14360 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, SUB_R12_R12_R11
, p
);
14362 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, ADD_R11_R2_R11
, p
);
14364 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, ADDI_R0_R12
| (-48 & 0xffff), p
);
14366 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R12_0R11
, p
);
14368 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, SRDI_R0_R0_2
, p
);
14370 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MTCTR_R12
, p
);
14372 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R11_0R11
| 8, p
);
14375 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, BCTR
, p
);
14377 BFD_ASSERT (p
== htab
->glink
->contents
+ GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab
));
14379 /* Build the .glink lazy link call stubs. */
14381 while (p
< htab
->glink
->contents
+ htab
->glink
->size
)
14387 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LI_R0_0
| indx
, p
);
14392 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LIS_R0_0
| PPC_HI (indx
), p
);
14394 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, ORI_R0_R0_0
| PPC_LO (indx
),
14399 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
,
14400 B_DOT
| ((htab
->glink
->contents
- p
+ 8) & 0x3fffffc), p
);
14406 if (htab
->tga_group
!= NULL
)
14408 htab
->tga_group
->lr_restore
= 23 * 4;
14409 htab
->tga_group
->stub_sec
->size
= 24 * 4;
14410 if (!emit_tga_desc (htab
))
14412 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
14413 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0)
14417 p
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
14418 p
+= (sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) + align
- 1) & -align
;
14420 htab
->tga_group
->eh_size
= emit_tga_desc_eh_frame (htab
, p
) - p
;
14424 /* Build .glink global entry stubs, and PLT relocs for globals. */
14425 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, build_global_entry_stubs_and_plt
, info
);
14427 if (!write_plt_relocs_for_local_syms (info
))
14430 if (htab
->brlt
!= NULL
&& htab
->brlt
->size
!= 0)
14432 htab
->brlt
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->brlt
->owner
,
14434 if (htab
->brlt
->contents
== NULL
)
14437 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
&& htab
->relbrlt
->size
!= 0)
14439 htab
->relbrlt
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->relbrlt
->owner
,
14440 htab
->relbrlt
->size
);
14441 if (htab
->relbrlt
->contents
== NULL
)
14445 /* Build the stubs as directed by the stub hash table. */
14446 bfd_hash_traverse (&htab
->stub_hash_table
, ppc_build_one_stub
, info
);
14448 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14449 if (group
->needs_save_res
)
14450 group
->stub_sec
->size
+= htab
->sfpr
->size
;
14452 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
)
14453 htab
->relbrlt
->reloc_count
= 0;
14455 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
!= 0)
14456 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14457 if ((stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
) != NULL
)
14459 int align
= abs (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
);
14460 stub_sec
->size
= (stub_sec
->size
+ (1 << align
) - 1) & -(1 << align
);
14463 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14464 if (group
->needs_save_res
)
14466 stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
;
14467 memcpy (stub_sec
->contents
+ stub_sec
->size
- htab
->sfpr
->size
,
14468 htab
->sfpr
->contents
, htab
->sfpr
->size
);
14469 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
)
14473 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (save_res_funcs
); i
++)
14474 if (!sfpr_define (info
, &save_res_funcs
[i
], stub_sec
))
14479 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
14480 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0)
14485 p
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
14486 p
+= (sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) + align
- 1) & -align
;
14488 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14489 if (group
->eh_size
!= 0)
14491 /* Offset to stub section. */
14492 val
= (group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
14493 + group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
);
14494 val
-= (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->vma
14495 + htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_offset
14496 + (p
+ 8 - htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
));
14497 if (val
+ 0x80000000 > 0xffffffff)
14500 (_("%s offset too large for .eh_frame sdata4 encoding"),
14501 group
->stub_sec
->name
);
14504 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
+ 8);
14505 p
+= (group
->eh_size
+ 17 + 3) & -4;
14507 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
&& htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
14509 /* Offset to .glink. */
14510 val
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
14511 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
14513 val
-= (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->vma
14514 + htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_offset
14515 + (p
+ 8 - htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
));
14516 if (val
+ 0x80000000 > 0xffffffff)
14519 (_("%s offset too large for .eh_frame sdata4 encoding"),
14520 htab
->glink
->name
);
14523 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
+ 8);
14524 p
+= (24 + align
- 1) & -align
;
14528 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14529 if ((stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
) != NULL
)
14531 stub_sec_count
+= 1;
14532 if (stub_sec
->rawsize
!= stub_sec
->size
14533 && (htab
->stub_iteration
<= STUB_SHRINK_ITER
14534 || stub_sec
->rawsize
< stub_sec
->size
))
14540 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
14541 _bfd_error_handler (_("stubs don't match calculated size"));
14544 if (htab
->stub_error
)
14550 if (asprintf (&groupmsg
,
14551 ngettext ("linker stubs in %u group\n",
14552 "linker stubs in %u groups\n",
14554 stub_sec_count
) < 0)
14558 if (asprintf (stats
, _("%s"
14560 " branch toc adj %lu\n"
14561 " branch notoc %lu\n"
14562 " branch both %lu\n"
14563 " long branch %lu\n"
14564 " long toc adj %lu\n"
14565 " long notoc %lu\n"
14568 " plt call save %lu\n"
14569 " plt call notoc %lu\n"
14570 " plt call both %lu\n"
14571 " global entry %lu"),
14573 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_long_branch
- 1],
14574 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
- 1],
14575 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
- 1],
14576 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_long_branch_both
- 1],
14577 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_branch
- 1],
14578 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
- 1],
14579 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
- 1],
14580 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
- 1],
14581 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_call
- 1],
14582 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
- 1],
14583 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
- 1],
14584 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_call_both
- 1],
14585 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_global_entry
- 1]) < 0)
14593 /* What to do when ld finds relocations against symbols defined in
14594 discarded sections. */
14596 static unsigned int
14597 ppc64_elf_action_discarded (asection
*sec
)
14599 if (strcmp (".opd", sec
->name
) == 0)
14602 if (strcmp (".toc", sec
->name
) == 0)
14605 if (strcmp (".toc1", sec
->name
) == 0)
14608 return _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (sec
);
14611 /* These are the dynamic relocations supported by glibc. */
14614 ppc64_glibc_dynamic_reloc (enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
)
14618 case R_PPC64_RELATIVE
:
14620 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
14621 case R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT
:
14622 case R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
:
14623 case R_PPC64_JMP_IREL
:
14624 case R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
:
14625 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
14626 case R_PPC64_DTPREL64
:
14627 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
14628 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
14629 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
14630 case R_PPC64_TPREL16
:
14631 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
14632 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
:
14633 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
:
14634 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
14635 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
14636 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
:
14637 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
:
14638 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
14639 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
14640 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
14641 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
:
14642 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
:
14643 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
:
14644 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
:
14645 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
:
14646 case R_PPC64_REL30
:
14648 case R_PPC64_UADDR64
:
14649 case R_PPC64_UADDR32
:
14650 case R_PPC64_ADDR32
:
14651 case R_PPC64_ADDR24
:
14652 case R_PPC64_ADDR16
:
14653 case R_PPC64_UADDR16
:
14654 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
14655 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
:
14656 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
:
14657 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
:
14658 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
:
14659 case R_PPC64_ADDR14
:
14660 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
14661 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
14662 case R_PPC64_REL32
:
14663 case R_PPC64_REL64
:
14671 /* The RELOCATE_SECTION function is called by the ELF backend linker
14672 to handle the relocations for a section.
14674 The relocs are always passed as Rela structures; if the section
14675 actually uses Rel structures, the r_addend field will always be
14678 This function is responsible for adjust the section contents as
14679 necessary, and (if using Rela relocs and generating a
14680 relocatable output file) adjusting the reloc addend as
14683 This function does not have to worry about setting the reloc
14684 address or the reloc symbol index.
14686 LOCAL_SYMS is a pointer to the swapped in local symbols.
14688 LOCAL_SECTIONS is an array giving the section in the input file
14689 corresponding to the st_shndx field of each local symbol.
14691 The global hash table entry for the global symbols can be found
14692 via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
14694 When generating relocatable output, this function must handle
14695 STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The output symbol is
14696 going to be the section symbol corresponding to the output
14697 section, which means that the addend must be adjusted
14701 ppc64_elf_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
14702 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
14704 asection
*input_section
,
14705 bfd_byte
*contents
,
14706 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
14707 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
14708 asection
**local_sections
)
14710 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
14711 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
14712 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
14713 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
14714 Elf_Internal_Rela
*wrel
;
14715 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
14716 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
14718 struct got_entry
**local_got_ents
;
14720 bfd_boolean ret
= TRUE
;
14721 bfd_boolean is_opd
;
14722 /* Assume 'at' branch hints. */
14723 bfd_boolean is_isa_v2
= TRUE
;
14724 bfd_boolean warned_dynamic
= FALSE
;
14725 bfd_vma d_offset
= (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
) ? 2 : 0);
14727 /* Initialize howto table if needed. */
14728 if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC64_ADDR32
])
14731 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
14735 /* Don't relocate stub sections. */
14736 if (input_section
->owner
== htab
->params
->stub_bfd
)
14739 if (!is_ppc64_elf (input_bfd
))
14741 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
14745 local_got_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (input_bfd
);
14746 TOCstart
= elf_gp (output_bfd
);
14747 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd
);
14748 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
);
14749 is_opd
= ppc64_elf_section_data (input_section
)->sec_type
== sec_opd
;
14751 rel
= wrel
= relocs
;
14752 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
;
14753 for (; rel
< relend
; wrel
++, rel
++)
14755 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
14757 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
14758 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
14760 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h_elf
;
14761 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14762 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
14763 const char *sym_name
;
14764 unsigned long r_symndx
, toc_symndx
;
14765 bfd_vma toc_addend
;
14766 unsigned char tls_mask
, tls_gd
, tls_type
;
14767 unsigned char sym_type
;
14768 bfd_vma relocation
;
14769 bfd_boolean unresolved_reloc
, save_unresolved_reloc
;
14770 bfd_boolean warned
;
14771 enum { DEST_NORMAL
, DEST_OPD
, DEST_STUB
} reloc_dest
;
14774 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
14775 bfd_vma max_br_offset
;
14777 Elf_Internal_Rela orig_rel
;
14778 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
14779 struct reloc_howto_struct alt_howto
;
14786 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
14787 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
14789 /* For old style R_PPC64_TOC relocs with a zero symbol, use the
14790 symbol of the previous ADDR64 reloc. The symbol gives us the
14791 proper TOC base to use. */
14792 if (rel
->r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC
)
14794 && ELF64_R_TYPE (wrel
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_ADDR64
14796 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (wrel
[-1].r_info
);
14802 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
14805 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
14807 /* It's a local symbol. */
14808 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
14810 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
14811 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
14812 sym_name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
, sym
, sec
);
14813 sym_type
= ELF64_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
);
14814 relocation
= _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, rel
);
14815 opd
= get_opd_info (sec
);
14816 if (opd
!= NULL
&& opd
->adjust
!= NULL
)
14818 long adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (sym
->st_value
14824 /* If this is a relocation against the opd section sym
14825 and we have edited .opd, adjust the reloc addend so
14826 that ld -r and ld --emit-relocs output is correct.
14827 If it is a reloc against some other .opd symbol,
14828 then the symbol value will be adjusted later. */
14829 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
14830 rel
->r_addend
+= adjust
;
14832 relocation
+= adjust
;
14838 bfd_boolean ignored
;
14840 RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
,
14841 r_symndx
, symtab_hdr
, sym_hashes
,
14842 h_elf
, sec
, relocation
,
14843 unresolved_reloc
, warned
, ignored
);
14844 sym_name
= h_elf
->root
.root
.string
;
14845 sym_type
= h_elf
->type
;
14847 && sec
->owner
== output_bfd
14848 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".opd") == 0)
14850 /* This is a symbol defined in a linker script. All
14851 such are defined in output sections, even those
14852 defined by simple assignment from a symbol defined in
14853 an input section. Transfer the symbol to an
14854 appropriate input .opd section, so that a branch to
14855 this symbol will be mapped to the location specified
14856 by the opd entry. */
14857 struct bfd_link_order
*lo
;
14858 for (lo
= sec
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
14859 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14861 asection
*isec
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14862 if (h_elf
->root
.u
.def
.value
>= isec
->output_offset
14863 && h_elf
->root
.u
.def
.value
< (isec
->output_offset
14866 h_elf
->root
.u
.def
.value
-= isec
->output_offset
;
14867 h_elf
->root
.u
.def
.section
= isec
;
14874 h
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h_elf
);
14876 if (sec
!= NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
14878 _bfd_clear_contents (ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
],
14879 input_bfd
, input_section
,
14880 contents
, rel
->r_offset
);
14881 wrel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
14883 wrel
->r_addend
= 0;
14885 /* For ld -r, remove relocations in debug sections against
14886 symbols defined in discarded sections. Not done for
14887 non-debug to preserve relocs in .eh_frame which the
14888 eh_frame editing code expects to be present. */
14889 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
14890 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
))
14896 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
14899 if (h
!= NULL
&& &h
->elf
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
14901 relocation
= TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
14902 sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
14903 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
14906 /* TLS optimizations. Replace instruction sequences and relocs
14907 based on information we collected in tls_optimize. We edit
14908 RELOCS so that --emit-relocs will output something sensible
14909 for the final instruction stream. */
14914 tls_mask
= h
->tls_mask
;
14915 else if (local_got_ents
!= NULL
)
14917 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
14918 (local_got_ents
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
14919 unsigned char *lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *)
14920 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
14921 tls_mask
= lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
14923 if (((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) == 0 || tls_mask
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
14924 && (r_type
== R_PPC64_TLS
14925 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSGD
14926 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSLD
))
14928 /* Check for toc tls entries. */
14929 unsigned char *toc_tls
;
14931 if (!get_tls_mask (&toc_tls
, &toc_symndx
, &toc_addend
,
14932 &local_syms
, rel
, input_bfd
))
14936 tls_mask
= *toc_tls
;
14939 /* Check that tls relocs are used with tls syms, and non-tls
14940 relocs are used with non-tls syms. */
14941 if (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
14942 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_NONE
14944 || h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
14945 || h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
14946 && IS_PPC64_TLS_RELOC (r_type
) != (sym_type
== STT_TLS
))
14948 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
14949 && (r_type
== R_PPC64_TLS
14950 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSGD
14951 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSLD
))
14952 /* R_PPC64_TLS is OK against a symbol in the TOC. */
14955 info
->callbacks
->einfo
14956 (!IS_PPC64_TLS_RELOC (r_type
)
14957 /* xgettext:c-format */
14958 ? _("%H: %s used with TLS symbol `%pT'\n")
14959 /* xgettext:c-format */
14960 : _("%H: %s used with non-TLS symbol `%pT'\n"),
14961 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
14962 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
,
14966 /* Ensure reloc mapping code below stays sane. */
14967 if (R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
!= R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
+ 1
14968 || R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
!= R_PPC64_TOC16
+ 1
14969 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)
14970 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
& 3)
14971 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
& 3)
14972 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
& 3)
14973 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
& 3)
14974 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
& 3)
14975 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
& 3)
14976 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
& 3))
14984 case R_PPC64_LO_DS_OPT
:
14985 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
14986 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) != 58u << 26)
14988 insn
+= (14u << 26) - (58u << 26);
14989 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
14990 r_type
= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
;
14991 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
14994 case R_PPC64_TOC16
:
14995 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
14996 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
14997 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
14999 /* Check for toc tls entries. */
15000 unsigned char *toc_tls
;
15003 retval
= get_tls_mask (&toc_tls
, &toc_symndx
, &toc_addend
,
15004 &local_syms
, rel
, input_bfd
);
15010 tls_mask
= *toc_tls
;
15011 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
15012 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
)
15014 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15015 && (tls_mask
& (TLS_DTPREL
| TLS_TPREL
)) == 0)
15020 /* If we found a GD reloc pair, then we might be
15021 doing a GD->IE transition. */
15025 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15026 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
15029 else if (retval
== 3)
15031 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15032 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
15040 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
15041 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
15042 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15043 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
15045 rel
->r_offset
-= d_offset
;
15046 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15047 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15048 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15052 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
:
15053 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
15054 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15055 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
15058 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
15059 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
15061 insn
|= 0x3c0d0000; /* addis 0,13,0 */
15062 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
,
15063 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
15064 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
;
15065 if (toc_symndx
!= 0)
15067 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (toc_symndx
, r_type
);
15068 rel
->r_addend
= toc_addend
;
15069 /* We changed the symbol. Start over in order to
15070 get h, sym, sec etc. right. */
15074 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15078 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34
:
15079 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15080 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
15082 /* pld ra,sym@got@tprel@pcrel -> paddi ra,r13,sym@tprel */
15083 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15085 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15086 pinsn
+= ((2ULL << 56) + (-1ULL << 52)
15087 + (14ULL << 26) - (57ULL << 26) + (13ULL << 16));
15088 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32,
15089 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15090 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
& 0xffffffff,
15091 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15092 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL34
;
15093 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15098 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15099 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
15101 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
15102 insn
= _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (insn
, 13);
15105 if ((rel
->r_offset
& 3) == 0)
15107 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15108 /* Was PPC64_TLS which sits on insn boundary, now
15109 PPC64_TPREL16_LO which is at low-order half-word. */
15110 rel
->r_offset
+= d_offset
;
15111 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
;
15112 if (toc_symndx
!= 0)
15114 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (toc_symndx
, r_type
);
15115 rel
->r_addend
= toc_addend
;
15116 /* We changed the symbol. Start over in order to
15117 get h, sym, sec etc. right. */
15121 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15123 else if ((rel
->r_offset
& 3) == 1)
15125 /* For pcrel IE to LE we already have the full
15126 offset and thus don't need an addi here. A nop
15128 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 14 << 26)
15130 /* Extract regs from addi rt,ra,si. */
15131 unsigned int rt
= (insn
>> 21) & 0x1f;
15132 unsigned int ra
= (insn
>> 16) & 0x1f;
15137 /* Build or ra,rs,rb with rb==rs, ie. mr ra,rs. */
15138 insn
= (rt
<< 16) | (ra
<< 21) | (ra
<< 11);
15139 insn
|= (31u << 26) | (444u << 1);
15142 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- 1);
15147 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
15148 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
15150 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
15154 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
15155 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
15156 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
15159 if ((tls_mask
& tls_gd
) != 0)
15160 r_type
= (((r_type
- (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)) & 3)
15161 + R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
);
15164 rel
->r_offset
-= d_offset
;
15165 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15166 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15168 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15172 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
:
15173 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
15175 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
15179 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
:
15180 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
15181 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
15183 unsigned int insn1
, insn2
;
15186 offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
15187 /* If not using the newer R_PPC64_TLSGD/LD to mark
15188 __tls_get_addr calls, we must trust that the call
15189 stays with its arg setup insns, ie. that the next
15190 reloc is the __tls_get_addr call associated with
15191 the current reloc. Edit both insns. */
15192 if (input_section
->nomark_tls_get_addr
15193 && rel
+ 1 < relend
15194 && branch_reloc_hash_match (input_bfd
, rel
+ 1,
15195 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
,
15197 htab
->tls_get_addr
,
15199 offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
;
15200 /* We read the low GOT_TLS (or TOC16) insn because we
15201 need to keep the destination reg. It may be
15202 something other than the usual r3, and moved to r3
15203 before the call by intervening code. */
15204 insn1
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
15205 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
15206 if ((tls_mask
& tls_gd
) != 0)
15209 insn1
&= (0x1f << 21) | (0x1f << 16);
15210 insn1
|= 58u << 26; /* ld */
15211 insn2
= 0x7c636a14; /* add 3,3,13 */
15212 if (offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
15213 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
15214 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC16
15215 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
)
15216 r_type
+= R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
- R_PPC64_TOC16
;
15218 r_type
= (((r_type
- (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
& 1)) & 1)
15219 + R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
);
15220 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15225 insn1
&= 0x1f << 21;
15226 insn1
|= 0x3c0d0000; /* addis r,13,0 */
15227 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
15230 /* Was an LD reloc. */
15231 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
15232 rel
->r_addend
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
15234 else if (toc_symndx
!= 0)
15236 r_symndx
= toc_symndx
;
15237 rel
->r_addend
= toc_addend
;
15239 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
;
15240 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15241 if (offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
15243 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
,
15244 R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
);
15245 rel
[1].r_offset
= offset
+ d_offset
;
15246 rel
[1].r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
15249 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn1
,
15250 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
15251 if (offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
15253 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
15254 if (offset
+ 8 <= input_section
->size
)
15256 insn2
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15257 if (insn2
== LD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
))
15258 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15261 if ((tls_mask
& tls_gd
) == 0
15262 && (tls_gd
== 0 || toc_symndx
!= 0))
15264 /* We changed the symbol. Start over in order
15265 to get h, sym, sec etc. right. */
15271 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD34
:
15272 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
15274 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15276 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15277 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GDIE
) != 0)
15279 /* IE, pla -> pld */
15280 pinsn
+= (-2ULL << 56) + (57ULL << 26) - (14ULL << 26);
15281 r_type
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34
;
15285 /* LE, pla pcrel -> paddi r13 */
15286 pinsn
+= (-1ULL << 52) + (13ULL << 16);
15287 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL34
;
15289 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15290 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32,
15291 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15292 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
& 0xffffffff,
15293 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15297 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD34
:
15298 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
15300 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15302 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15303 pinsn
+= (-1ULL << 52) + (13ULL << 16);
15304 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32,
15305 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15306 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
& 0xffffffff,
15307 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15308 rel
->r_addend
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
15309 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
15310 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL34
;
15311 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15316 case R_PPC64_TLSGD
:
15317 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0
15318 && rel
+ 1 < relend
)
15320 unsigned int insn2
;
15321 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type1
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
);
15323 offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
15324 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (r_type1
))
15326 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
);
15327 if (r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
15328 || r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
)
15329 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15330 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
15334 if (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_PLTCALL
)
15335 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15337 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GDIE
) != 0)
15340 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15341 insn2
= 0x7c636a14; /* add 3,3,13 */
15346 if (toc_symndx
!= 0)
15348 r_symndx
= toc_symndx
;
15349 rel
->r_addend
= toc_addend
;
15351 if (r_type1
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
15352 || r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
)
15354 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15359 rel
->r_offset
= offset
+ d_offset
;
15360 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
;
15361 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
15364 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15365 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
15366 BFD_ASSERT (offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
);
15367 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
15368 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
15369 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GDIE
) == 0
15371 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_NONE
)
15376 case R_PPC64_TLSLD
:
15377 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0
15378 && rel
+ 1 < relend
)
15380 unsigned int insn2
;
15381 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type1
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
);
15383 offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
15384 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (r_type1
))
15386 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
);
15387 if (r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
15388 || r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
)
15389 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15390 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
15394 if (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_PLTCALL
)
15395 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15397 if (r_type1
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
15398 || r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
)
15400 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15405 rel
->r_offset
= offset
+ d_offset
;
15406 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
15407 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
;
15408 rel
->r_addend
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
15409 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
15411 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15412 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
15413 BFD_ASSERT (offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
);
15414 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
15415 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
15416 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_NONE
)
15421 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
15422 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
15423 && rel
[1].r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_DTPREL64
)
15424 && rel
[1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 8)
15426 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
15428 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
15429 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GDIE
) != 0)
15430 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL64
;
15433 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15434 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15436 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15441 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
15443 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15444 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15445 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15450 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
15451 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
15453 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15454 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15458 case R_PPC64_ENTRY
:
15459 relocation
= TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
15460 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
15461 && !info
->traditional_format
15462 && relocation
+ 0x80008000 <= 0xffffffff)
15464 unsigned int insn1
, insn2
;
15466 insn1
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15467 insn2
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15468 if ((insn1
& ~0xfffc) == LD_R2_0R12
15469 && insn2
== ADD_R2_R2_R12
)
15471 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
15472 LIS_R2
+ PPC_HA (relocation
),
15473 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15474 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
15475 ADDI_R2_R2
+ PPC_LO (relocation
),
15476 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15481 relocation
-= (rel
->r_offset
15482 + input_section
->output_offset
15483 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
15484 if (relocation
+ 0x80008000 <= 0xffffffff)
15486 unsigned int insn1
, insn2
;
15488 insn1
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15489 insn2
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15490 if ((insn1
& ~0xfffc) == LD_R2_0R12
15491 && insn2
== ADD_R2_R2_R12
)
15493 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
15494 ADDIS_R2_R12
+ PPC_HA (relocation
),
15495 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15496 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
15497 ADDI_R2_R2
+ PPC_LO (relocation
),
15498 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15504 case R_PPC64_REL16_HA
:
15505 /* If we are generating a non-PIC executable, edit
15506 . 0: addis 2,12,.TOC.-0b@ha
15507 . addi 2,2,.TOC.-0b@l
15508 used by ELFv2 global entry points to set up r2, to
15511 if .TOC. is in range. */
15512 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
15513 && !info
->traditional_format
15515 && rel
->r_addend
== d_offset
15516 && h
!= NULL
&& &h
->elf
== htab
->elf
.hgot
15517 && rel
+ 1 < relend
15518 && rel
[1].r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_REL16_LO
)
15519 && rel
[1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 4
15520 && rel
[1].r_addend
== rel
->r_addend
+ 4
15521 && relocation
+ 0x80008000 <= 0xffffffff)
15523 unsigned int insn1
, insn2
;
15524 offset
= rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
;
15525 insn1
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
);
15526 insn2
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15527 if ((insn1
& 0xffff0000) == ADDIS_R2_R12
15528 && (insn2
& 0xffff0000) == ADDI_R2_R2
)
15530 r_type
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
;
15531 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15532 rel
->r_addend
-= d_offset
;
15533 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
);
15534 rel
[1].r_addend
-= d_offset
+ 4;
15535 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, LIS_R2
, contents
+ offset
);
15541 /* Handle other relocations that tweak non-addend part of insn. */
15543 max_br_offset
= 1 << 25;
15544 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
15545 reloc_dest
= DEST_NORMAL
;
15551 case R_PPC64_TOCSAVE
:
15552 if (relocation
+ addend
== (rel
->r_offset
15553 + input_section
->output_offset
15554 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
)
15555 && tocsave_find (htab
, NO_INSERT
,
15556 &local_syms
, rel
, input_bfd
))
15558 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15560 || insn
== CROR_151515
|| insn
== CROR_313131
)
15561 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
15562 STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
),
15563 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15567 /* Branch taken prediction relocations. */
15568 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
15569 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
15570 insn
= 0x01 << 21; /* 'y' or 't' bit, lowest bit of BO field. */
15571 /* Fall through. */
15573 /* Branch not taken prediction relocations. */
15574 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
15575 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
15576 insn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
15577 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
) & ~(0x01 << 21);
15578 /* Fall through. */
15580 case R_PPC64_REL14
:
15581 max_br_offset
= 1 << 15;
15582 /* Fall through. */
15584 case R_PPC64_REL24
:
15585 case R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
:
15586 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL
:
15587 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
:
15588 /* Calls to functions with a different TOC, such as calls to
15589 shared objects, need to alter the TOC pointer. This is
15590 done using a linkage stub. A REL24 branching to these
15591 linkage stubs needs to be followed by a nop, as the nop
15592 will be replaced with an instruction to restore the TOC
15597 && h
->oh
->is_func_descriptor
)
15598 fdh
= ppc_follow_link (h
->oh
);
15599 stub_entry
= ppc_get_stub_entry (input_section
, sec
, fdh
, &orig_rel
,
15601 if ((r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL
15602 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
)
15603 && stub_entry
!= NULL
15604 && stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call
15605 && stub_entry
->stub_type
<= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
15608 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
15609 && ((stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call
15610 && stub_entry
->stub_type
<= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
15611 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
15612 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
15613 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
15614 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
))
15616 bfd_boolean can_plt_call
= FALSE
;
15618 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call
15620 && htab
->params
->plt_localentry0
!= 0
15621 && is_elfv2_localentry0 (&h
->elf
))
15623 /* The function doesn't use or change r2. */
15624 can_plt_call
= TRUE
;
15626 else if (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
)
15628 /* NOTOC calls don't need to restore r2. */
15629 can_plt_call
= TRUE
;
15632 /* All of these stubs may modify r2, so there must be a
15633 branch and link followed by a nop. The nop is
15634 replaced by an insn to restore r2. */
15635 else if (rel
->r_offset
+ 8 <= input_section
->size
)
15639 br
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
15640 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15645 nop
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
15646 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15647 if (nop
== LD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
))
15648 can_plt_call
= TRUE
;
15649 else if (nop
== NOP
15650 || nop
== CROR_151515
15651 || nop
== CROR_313131
)
15654 && is_tls_get_addr (&h
->elf
, htab
)
15655 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
)
15657 /* Special stub used, leave nop alone. */
15660 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
15661 LD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
),
15662 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15663 can_plt_call
= TRUE
;
15668 if (!can_plt_call
&& h
!= NULL
)
15670 const char *name
= h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
;
15675 if (strncmp (name
, "__libc_start_main", 17) == 0
15676 && (name
[17] == 0 || name
[17] == '@'))
15678 /* Allow crt1 branch to go via a toc adjusting
15679 stub. Other calls that never return could do
15680 the same, if we could detect such. */
15681 can_plt_call
= TRUE
;
15687 /* g++ as of 20130507 emits self-calls without a
15688 following nop. This is arguably wrong since we
15689 have conflicting information. On the one hand a
15690 global symbol and on the other a local call
15691 sequence, but don't error for this special case.
15692 It isn't possible to cheaply verify we have
15693 exactly such a call. Allow all calls to the same
15695 asection
*code_sec
= sec
;
15697 if (get_opd_info (sec
) != NULL
)
15699 bfd_vma off
= (relocation
+ addend
15700 - sec
->output_section
->vma
15701 - sec
->output_offset
);
15703 opd_entry_value (sec
, off
, &code_sec
, NULL
, FALSE
);
15705 if (code_sec
== input_section
)
15706 can_plt_call
= TRUE
;
15711 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call
15712 && stub_entry
->stub_type
<= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
15713 info
->callbacks
->einfo
15714 /* xgettext:c-format */
15715 (_("%H: call to `%pT' lacks nop, can't restore toc; "
15716 "(plt call stub)\n"),
15717 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, sym_name
);
15719 info
->callbacks
->einfo
15720 /* xgettext:c-format */
15721 (_("%H: call to `%pT' lacks nop, can't restore toc; "
15722 "(toc save/adjust stub)\n"),
15723 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, sym_name
);
15725 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
15730 && stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call
15731 && stub_entry
->stub_type
<= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
15732 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
15735 if ((stub_entry
== NULL
15736 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch
15737 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch
)
15738 && get_opd_info (sec
) != NULL
)
15740 /* The branch destination is the value of the opd entry. */
15741 bfd_vma off
= (relocation
+ addend
15742 - sec
->output_section
->vma
15743 - sec
->output_offset
);
15744 bfd_vma dest
= opd_entry_value (sec
, off
, NULL
, NULL
, FALSE
);
15745 if (dest
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
15749 reloc_dest
= DEST_OPD
;
15753 /* If the branch is out of reach we ought to have a long
15755 from
= (rel
->r_offset
15756 + input_section
->output_offset
15757 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
15759 relocation
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (fdh
15763 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
15764 && (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch
15765 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch
)
15766 && (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
15767 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
15768 || (relocation
+ addend
- from
+ max_br_offset
15769 < 2 * max_br_offset
)))
15770 /* Don't use the stub if this branch is in range. */
15773 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
15774 && (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
15775 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
15776 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
15777 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
)
15778 && (r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
15779 || ((fdh
? fdh
->elf
.other
: sym
->st_other
)
15780 & STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
) <= 1 << STO_PPC64_LOCAL_BIT
)
15781 && (relocation
+ addend
- from
+ max_br_offset
15782 < 2 * max_br_offset
))
15785 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
15786 && (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
15787 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
15788 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
15789 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
)
15790 && r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
15791 && (relocation
+ addend
- from
+ max_br_offset
15792 < 2 * max_br_offset
))
15795 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
)
15797 /* Munge up the value and addend so that we call the stub
15798 rather than the procedure directly. */
15799 asection
*stub_sec
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
;
15801 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_save_res
)
15802 relocation
+= (stub_sec
->output_offset
15803 + stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
15804 + stub_sec
->size
- htab
->sfpr
->size
15805 - htab
->sfpr
->output_offset
15806 - htab
->sfpr
->output_section
->vma
);
15808 relocation
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
15809 + stub_sec
->output_offset
15810 + stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
15812 reloc_dest
= DEST_STUB
;
15814 if (((stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call
15815 && ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
)
15816 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
15817 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
15819 && is_tls_get_addr (&h
->elf
, htab
)
15820 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
)
15821 && rel
+ 1 < relend
15822 && rel
[1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 4
15823 && ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOCSAVE
)
15825 else if ((stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
15826 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
15827 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
15828 && r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
)
15831 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
15832 && (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
15833 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
))
15834 htab
->notoc_plt
= 1;
15841 /* Set 'a' bit. This is 0b00010 in BO field for branch
15842 on CR(BI) insns (BO == 001at or 011at), and 0b01000
15843 for branch on CTR insns (BO == 1a00t or 1a01t). */
15844 if ((insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x04 << 21))
15845 insn
|= 0x02 << 21;
15846 else if ((insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x10 << 21))
15847 insn
|= 0x08 << 21;
15853 /* Invert 'y' bit if not the default. */
15854 if ((bfd_signed_vma
) (relocation
+ addend
- from
) < 0)
15855 insn
^= 0x01 << 21;
15858 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15861 /* NOP out calls to undefined weak functions.
15862 We can thus call a weak function without first
15863 checking whether the function is defined. */
15865 && h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
15866 && h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1
15867 && (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24
15868 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
)
15872 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15877 case R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
:
15878 if ((h
? h
->elf
.type
: ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
15880 from
= TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
15881 if (relocation
+ addend
- from
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000
15882 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
))
15884 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
15885 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26 | 0x3)) == 58u << 26 /* ld */)
15887 insn
+= (14u << 26) - (58u << 26);
15888 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
15889 r_type
= R_PPC64_TOC16
;
15890 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15895 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
15896 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
15897 if ((h
? h
->elf
.type
: ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
15899 from
= TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
15900 if (relocation
+ addend
- from
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 0x100000000ULL
15901 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
))
15903 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
15904 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26 | 0x3)) == 58u << 26 /* ld */)
15906 insn
+= (14u << 26) - (58u << 26);
15907 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
15908 r_type
= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
;
15909 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15911 else if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 15u << 26 /* addis */)
15913 r_type
= R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
;
15914 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15919 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
15920 if ((h
? h
->elf
.type
: ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
15922 from
= (rel
->r_offset
15923 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
15924 + input_section
->output_offset
);
15925 if (relocation
- from
+ (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34
15926 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
))
15928 offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
15929 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
);
15931 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15932 if ((pinsn
& ((-1ULL << 50) | (63ULL << 26)))
15933 == ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52) | (57ULL << 26) /* pld */))
15935 /* Replace with paddi. */
15936 pinsn
+= (2ULL << 56) + (14ULL << 26) - (57ULL << 26);
15937 r_type
= R_PPC64_PCREL34
;
15938 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15939 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32, contents
+ offset
);
15940 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15946 case R_PPC64_PCREL34
:
15947 if (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
))
15949 offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
15950 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
);
15952 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15953 if ((pinsn
& ((-1ULL << 50) | (63ULL << 26)))
15954 == ((1ULL << 58) | (2ULL << 56) | (1ULL << 52)
15955 | (14ULL << 26) /* paddi */))
15958 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
15959 && rel
[1].r_offset
== offset
15960 && rel
[1].r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_PCREL_OPT
))
15962 bfd_vma off2
= rel
[1].r_addend
;
15964 /* zero means next insn. */
15967 if (off2
+ 4 <= input_section
->size
)
15970 bfd_signed_vma addend_off
;
15971 pinsn2
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ off2
);
15973 if ((pinsn2
& (63ULL << 58)) == 1ULL << 58)
15975 if (off2
+ 8 > input_section
->size
)
15977 pinsn2
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
15978 contents
+ off2
+ 4);
15980 if (xlate_pcrel_opt (&pinsn
, &pinsn2
, &addend_off
))
15982 addend
+= addend_off
;
15983 rel
->r_addend
= addend
;
15984 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32,
15985 contents
+ offset
);
15986 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
,
15987 contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15988 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn2
>> 32,
15990 if ((pinsn2
& (63ULL << 58)) == 1ULL << 58)
15991 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn2
,
15992 contents
+ off2
+ 4);
16002 save_unresolved_reloc
= unresolved_reloc
;
16006 /* xgettext:c-format */
16007 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
16008 input_bfd
, ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
);
16010 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
16016 case R_PPC64_TLSGD
:
16017 case R_PPC64_TLSLD
:
16018 case R_PPC64_TOCSAVE
:
16019 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
16020 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY
:
16021 case R_PPC64_ENTRY
:
16022 case R_PPC64_PCREL_OPT
:
16025 /* GOT16 relocations. Like an ADDR16 using the symbol's
16026 address in the GOT as relocation value instead of the
16027 symbol's value itself. Also, create a GOT entry for the
16028 symbol and put the symbol value there. */
16029 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
:
16030 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
16031 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
16032 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
16033 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD34
:
16034 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
16037 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
:
16038 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
16039 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
16040 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
16041 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD34
:
16042 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
16045 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
:
16046 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
16047 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
16048 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
16049 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34
:
16050 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
16053 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
:
16054 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
16055 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
:
16056 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
16057 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL34
:
16058 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
16061 case R_PPC64_GOT16
:
16062 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
:
16063 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HI
:
16064 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
16065 case R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
:
16066 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
16067 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
16070 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
16075 unsigned long indx
= 0;
16076 struct got_entry
*ent
;
16078 if (tls_type
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)
16079 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
))
16080 ent
= ppc64_tlsld_got (input_bfd
);
16085 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
16086 || h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1
16087 || SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
)
16088 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, &h
->elf
))
16089 /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
16090 -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
16091 locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
16092 because of a version file. */
16096 indx
= h
->elf
.dynindx
;
16097 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16099 ent
= h
->elf
.got
.glist
;
16103 if (local_got_ents
== NULL
)
16105 ent
= local_got_ents
[r_symndx
];
16108 for (; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
16109 if (ent
->addend
== orig_rel
.r_addend
16110 && ent
->owner
== input_bfd
16111 && ent
->tls_type
== tls_type
)
16117 if (ent
->is_indirect
)
16118 ent
= ent
->got
.ent
;
16119 offp
= &ent
->got
.offset
;
16120 got
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ent
->owner
)->got
;
16124 /* The offset must always be a multiple of 8. We use the
16125 least significant bit to record whether we have already
16126 processed this entry. */
16128 if ((off
& 1) != 0)
16132 /* Generate relocs for the dynamic linker, except in
16133 the case of TLSLD where we'll use one entry per
16141 ? h
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
16142 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
);
16145 relgot
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
16147 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
16148 else if (is_static_defined (&h
->elf
))
16149 htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
16152 || (bfd_link_pic (info
)
16154 || !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, &h
->elf
))
16156 && bfd_link_executable (info
)
16157 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
))))
16158 relgot
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ent
->owner
)->relgot
;
16159 if (relgot
!= NULL
)
16161 outrel
.r_offset
= (got
->output_section
->vma
16162 + got
->output_offset
16164 outrel
.r_addend
= orig_rel
.r_addend
;
16165 if (tls_type
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
))
16167 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
16168 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
);
16169 if (tls_type
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
))
16171 loc
= relgot
->contents
;
16172 loc
+= (relgot
->reloc_count
++
16173 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
16174 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
,
16176 outrel
.r_offset
+= 8;
16177 outrel
.r_addend
= orig_rel
.r_addend
;
16179 = ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC64_DTPREL64
);
16182 else if (tls_type
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
))
16183 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC64_DTPREL64
);
16184 else if (tls_type
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
))
16185 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC64_TPREL64
);
16186 else if (indx
!= 0)
16187 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT
);
16191 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
);
16193 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
16195 /* Write the .got section contents for the sake
16197 loc
= got
->contents
+ off
;
16198 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, outrel
.r_addend
+ relocation
,
16202 if (indx
== 0 && tls_type
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
16204 outrel
.r_addend
+= relocation
;
16205 if (tls_type
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_DTPREL
| TLS_TPREL
))
16207 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
== NULL
)
16208 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
16210 outrel
.r_addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
;
16213 loc
= relgot
->contents
;
16214 loc
+= (relgot
->reloc_count
++
16215 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
16216 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
16219 /* Init the .got section contents here if we're not
16220 emitting a reloc. */
16223 relocation
+= orig_rel
.r_addend
;
16226 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
== NULL
)
16230 if (tls_type
& TLS_LD
)
16233 relocation
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
16234 if (tls_type
& TLS_TPREL
)
16235 relocation
+= DTP_OFFSET
- TP_OFFSET
;
16238 if (tls_type
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
))
16240 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, relocation
,
16241 got
->contents
+ off
+ 8);
16245 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, relocation
,
16246 got
->contents
+ off
);
16250 if (off
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
16253 relocation
= got
->output_section
->vma
+ got
->output_offset
+ off
;
16255 if (!(r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
16256 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD34
16257 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD34
16258 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34
16259 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL34
))
16260 addend
= -(TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
);
16264 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
16265 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
:
16266 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
:
16267 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
16268 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
:
16269 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
:
16270 case R_PPC64_PLT32
:
16271 case R_PPC64_PLT64
:
16272 case R_PPC64_PLTSEQ
:
16273 case R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC
:
16274 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL
:
16275 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
:
16276 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
16277 procedure linkage table. */
16278 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
16280 struct plt_entry
**plt_list
= NULL
;
16282 plt_list
= &h
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
16283 else if (local_got_ents
!= NULL
)
16285 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
16286 (local_got_ents
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
16287 plt_list
= local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
16291 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
16293 for (ent
= *plt_list
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
16294 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1
16295 && ent
->addend
== orig_rel
.r_addend
)
16300 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
16301 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
16303 || h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1)
16306 ? h
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
16307 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
16308 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
16310 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
16312 relocation
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
16313 + plt
->output_offset
16314 + ent
->plt
.offset
);
16315 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
16316 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
16317 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
16318 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
)
16320 got
= (elf_gp (output_bfd
)
16321 + htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
);
16325 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16333 /* Relocation value is TOC base. */
16334 relocation
= TOCstart
;
16335 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
16336 relocation
+= htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
16337 else if (unresolved_reloc
)
16339 else if (sec
!= NULL
&& sec
->id
< htab
->sec_info_arr_size
)
16340 relocation
+= htab
->sec_info
[sec
->id
].toc_off
;
16342 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
16345 /* TOC16 relocs. We want the offset relative to the TOC base,
16346 which is the address of the start of the TOC plus 0x8000.
16347 The TOC consists of sections .got, .toc, .tocbss, and .plt,
16349 case R_PPC64_TOC16
:
16350 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
16351 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
16352 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
16353 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
16354 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
16355 addend
-= TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
16360 /* Relocate against the beginning of the section. */
16361 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF
:
16362 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO
:
16363 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HI
:
16364 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
:
16365 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
:
16366 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA
:
16368 addend
-= sec
->output_section
->vma
;
16371 case R_PPC64_REL16
:
16372 case R_PPC64_REL16_LO
:
16373 case R_PPC64_REL16_HI
:
16374 case R_PPC64_REL16_HA
:
16375 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
:
16376 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
:
16377 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
:
16378 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
:
16379 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
:
16380 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
:
16381 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34
:
16382 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
:
16383 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34
:
16384 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
:
16385 case R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
:
16386 case R_PPC64_REL14
:
16387 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
16388 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
16389 case R_PPC64_REL24
:
16390 case R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
:
16391 case R_PPC64_PCREL34
:
16392 case R_PPC64_PCREL28
:
16395 case R_PPC64_TPREL16
:
16396 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
16397 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
:
16398 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
16399 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
16400 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
16401 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
:
16402 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
16403 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
:
16404 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
16405 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
:
16406 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
16407 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
16409 && h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
16410 && h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1)
16412 /* Make this relocation against an undefined weak symbol
16413 resolve to zero. This is really just a tweak, since
16414 code using weak externs ought to check that they are
16415 defined before using them. */
16416 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
;
16418 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
16419 insn
= _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (insn
, 13);
16421 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
16424 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
16425 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
16426 /* The TPREL16 relocs shouldn't really be used in shared
16427 libs or with non-local symbols as that will result in
16428 DT_TEXTREL being set, but support them anyway. */
16431 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16
:
16432 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO
:
16433 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI
:
16434 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA
:
16435 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
:
16436 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
16437 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH
:
16438 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
:
16439 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER
:
16440 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
:
16441 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST
:
16442 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
16443 case R_PPC64_DTPREL34
:
16444 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
16445 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
16448 case R_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL
:
16449 addend
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (h
!= NULL
16454 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
16459 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
16460 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
16461 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
16464 case R_PPC64_DTPREL64
:
16465 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
16466 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
16467 /* Fall through. */
16469 /* Relocations that may need to be propagated if this is a
16471 case R_PPC64_REL30
:
16472 case R_PPC64_REL32
:
16473 case R_PPC64_REL64
:
16474 case R_PPC64_ADDR14
:
16475 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
16476 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
16477 case R_PPC64_ADDR16
:
16478 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
16479 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
:
16480 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
:
16481 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
:
16482 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
:
16483 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
:
16484 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
:
16485 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
:
16486 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
:
16487 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
:
16488 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
16489 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
:
16490 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
:
16491 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
:
16492 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
:
16493 case R_PPC64_ADDR24
:
16494 case R_PPC64_ADDR32
:
16495 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
16496 case R_PPC64_UADDR16
:
16497 case R_PPC64_UADDR32
:
16498 case R_PPC64_UADDR64
:
16500 case R_PPC64_D34_LO
:
16501 case R_PPC64_D34_HI30
:
16502 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
16505 if ((input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
16508 if (NO_OPD_RELOCS
&& is_opd
)
16511 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
16513 || h
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
16514 && ((h
!= NULL
&& pc_dynrelocs (h
))
16515 || must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
)))
16517 ? h
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
16518 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
))
16520 bfd_boolean skip
, relocate
;
16525 /* When generating a dynamic object, these relocations
16526 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
16532 out_off
= _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
,
16533 input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
16534 if (out_off
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
16536 else if (out_off
== (bfd_vma
) -2)
16537 skip
= TRUE
, relocate
= TRUE
;
16538 out_off
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
16539 + input_section
->output_offset
);
16540 outrel
.r_offset
= out_off
;
16541 outrel
.r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
16543 /* Optimize unaligned reloc use. */
16544 if ((r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
&& (out_off
& 7) != 0)
16545 || (r_type
== R_PPC64_UADDR64
&& (out_off
& 7) == 0))
16546 r_type
^= R_PPC64_ADDR64
^ R_PPC64_UADDR64
;
16547 else if ((r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR32
&& (out_off
& 3) != 0)
16548 || (r_type
== R_PPC64_UADDR32
&& (out_off
& 3) == 0))
16549 r_type
^= R_PPC64_ADDR32
^ R_PPC64_UADDR32
;
16550 else if ((r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR16
&& (out_off
& 1) != 0)
16551 || (r_type
== R_PPC64_UADDR16
&& (out_off
& 1) == 0))
16552 r_type
^= R_PPC64_ADDR16
^ R_PPC64_UADDR16
;
16555 memset (&outrel
, 0, sizeof outrel
);
16556 else if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
)
16558 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_TOC
)
16560 indx
= h
->elf
.dynindx
;
16561 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= -1);
16562 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, r_type
);
16566 /* This symbol is local, or marked to become local,
16567 or this is an opd section reloc which must point
16568 at a local function. */
16569 outrel
.r_addend
+= relocation
;
16570 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
|| r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC
)
16572 if (is_opd
&& h
!= NULL
)
16574 /* Lie about opd entries. This case occurs
16575 when building shared libraries and we
16576 reference a function in another shared
16577 lib. The same thing happens for a weak
16578 definition in an application that's
16579 overridden by a strong definition in a
16580 shared lib. (I believe this is a generic
16581 bug in binutils handling of weak syms.)
16582 In these cases we won't use the opd
16583 entry in this lib. */
16584 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16587 && r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
16589 ? h
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
16590 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
))
16591 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
);
16594 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
16596 /* We need to relocate .opd contents for ld.so.
16597 Prelink also wants simple and consistent rules
16598 for relocs. This make all RELATIVE relocs have
16599 *r_offset equal to r_addend. */
16606 ? h
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
16607 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
16609 info
->callbacks
->einfo
16610 /* xgettext:c-format */
16611 (_("%H: %s for indirect "
16612 "function `%pT' unsupported\n"),
16613 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
16614 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
,
16618 else if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
|| bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
16620 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
16622 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
16627 asection
*osec
= sec
->output_section
;
16629 if ((osec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
16631 /* TLS symbol values are relative to the
16632 TLS segment. Dynamic relocations for
16633 local TLS symbols therefore can't be
16634 reduced to a relocation against their
16635 section symbol because it holds the
16636 address of the section, not a value
16637 relative to the TLS segment. We could
16638 change the .tdata dynamic section symbol
16639 to be zero value but STN_UNDEF works
16640 and is used elsewhere, eg. for TPREL64
16641 GOT relocs against local TLS symbols. */
16642 osec
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
;
16647 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
16650 if ((osec
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0
16651 && htab
->elf
.data_index_section
!= NULL
)
16652 osec
= htab
->elf
.data_index_section
;
16654 osec
= htab
->elf
.text_index_section
;
16655 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
16657 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= 0);
16660 /* We are turning this relocation into one
16661 against a section symbol, so subtract out
16662 the output section's address but not the
16663 offset of the input section in the output
16665 outrel
.r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
16668 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, r_type
);
16672 sreloc
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->sreloc
;
16674 ? h
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
16675 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
16677 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
16679 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
16680 else if (is_static_defined (&h
->elf
))
16681 htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
16683 if (sreloc
== NULL
)
16686 if (sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
)
16689 loc
= sreloc
->contents
;
16690 loc
+= sreloc
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
16691 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
16693 if (!warned_dynamic
16694 && !ppc64_glibc_dynamic_reloc (ELF64_R_TYPE (outrel
.r_info
)))
16696 info
->callbacks
->einfo
16697 /* xgettext:c-format */
16698 (_("%X%P: %pB: %s against %pT "
16699 "is not supported by glibc as a dynamic relocation\n"),
16701 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[ELF64_R_TYPE (outrel
.r_info
)]->name
,
16703 warned_dynamic
= TRUE
;
16706 /* If this reloc is against an external symbol, it will
16707 be computed at runtime, so there's no need to do
16708 anything now. However, for the sake of prelink ensure
16709 that the section contents are a known value. */
16712 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16713 /* The value chosen here is quite arbitrary as ld.so
16714 ignores section contents except for the special
16715 case of .opd where the contents might be accessed
16716 before relocation. Choose zero, as that won't
16717 cause reloc overflow. */
16720 /* Use *r_offset == r_addend for R_PPC64_ADDR64 relocs
16721 to improve backward compatibility with older
16723 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
)
16724 addend
= outrel
.r_addend
;
16725 /* Adjust pc_relative relocs to have zero in *r_offset. */
16726 else if (ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->pc_relative
)
16727 addend
= outrel
.r_offset
;
16733 case R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT
:
16734 case R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
:
16735 case R_PPC64_JMP_IREL
:
16736 case R_PPC64_RELATIVE
:
16737 /* We shouldn't ever see these dynamic relocs in relocatable
16739 /* Fall through. */
16741 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16
:
16742 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS
:
16743 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA
:
16744 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI
:
16745 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO
:
16746 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS
:
16747 case R_PPC64_PLTREL32
:
16748 case R_PPC64_PLTREL64
:
16749 /* These ones haven't been implemented yet. */
16751 info
->callbacks
->einfo
16752 /* xgettext:c-format */
16753 (_("%P: %pB: %s is not supported for `%pT'\n"),
16755 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
, sym_name
);
16757 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
16762 /* Multi-instruction sequences that access the TOC can be
16763 optimized, eg. addis ra,r2,0; addi rb,ra,x;
16764 to nop; addi rb,r2,x; */
16770 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
16771 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
16772 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
16773 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
:
16774 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HI
:
16775 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
16776 /* These relocs would only be useful if building up an
16777 offset to later add to r2, perhaps in an indexed
16778 addressing mode instruction. Don't try to optimize.
16779 Unfortunately, the possibility of someone building up an
16780 offset like this or even with the HA relocs, means that
16781 we need to check the high insn when optimizing the low
16785 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
:
16786 if (!unresolved_reloc
)
16787 htab
->notoc_plt
= 1;
16788 /* Fall through. */
16789 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL
:
16790 if (unresolved_reloc
)
16792 /* No plt entry. Make this into a direct call. */
16793 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
16794 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
16796 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B_DOT
| insn
, p
);
16797 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL
)
16798 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, p
+ 4);
16799 unresolved_reloc
= save_unresolved_reloc
;
16800 r_type
= R_PPC64_REL24
;
16804 case R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC
:
16805 case R_PPC64_PLTSEQ
:
16806 if (unresolved_reloc
)
16808 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16813 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
:
16814 if (!unresolved_reloc
)
16815 htab
->notoc_plt
= 1;
16816 /* Fall through. */
16817 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
:
16818 if (unresolved_reloc
)
16820 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
16821 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, PNOP
>> 32, p
);
16822 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, PNOP
, p
+ 4);
16823 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16828 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
16829 if (unresolved_reloc
)
16831 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16834 /* Fall through. */
16835 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
16836 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
16837 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
16838 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
16839 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
16840 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
16841 if (htab
->do_toc_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000
16842 && !ppc64_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->unexpected_toc_insn
)
16846 p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
16847 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
16852 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
:
16853 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
16854 if (unresolved_reloc
)
16856 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16859 /* Fall through. */
16860 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
16861 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
16862 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
16863 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
16864 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
:
16865 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
16866 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
16867 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
16868 if (htab
->do_toc_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000
16869 && !ppc64_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->unexpected_toc_insn
)
16871 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
16872 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
16873 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 12u << 26 /* addic */)
16875 /* Transform addic to addi when we change reg. */
16876 insn
&= ~((0x3fu
<< 26) | (0x1f << 16));
16877 insn
|= (14u << 26) | (2 << 16);
16881 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
16884 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
16888 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
16889 if (htab
->do_tls_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
16891 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
16892 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
16893 if ((insn
& ((0x3fu
<< 26) | 0x1f << 16))
16894 != ((15u << 26) | (13 << 16)) /* addis rt,13,imm */)
16895 /* xgettext:c-format */
16896 info
->callbacks
->minfo
16897 (_("%H: warning: %s unexpected insn %#x.\n"),
16898 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
16899 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
, insn
);
16902 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
16908 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
16909 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
16910 if (htab
->do_tls_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
16912 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
16913 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
16914 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
16916 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
16921 /* Do any further special processing. */
16927 case R_PPC64_REL16_HA
:
16928 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
:
16929 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
:
16930 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
:
16931 case R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
:
16932 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
:
16933 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
:
16934 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
:
16935 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
:
16936 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
16937 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA
:
16938 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
16939 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
16940 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
16941 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
16942 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA
:
16943 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
:
16944 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
:
16945 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
16946 /* It's just possible that this symbol is a weak symbol
16947 that's not actually defined anywhere. In that case,
16948 'sec' would be NULL, and we should leave the symbol
16949 alone (it will be set to zero elsewhere in the link). */
16952 /* Fall through. */
16954 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
16955 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA
:
16956 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
16957 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
16958 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
16959 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
16960 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
16961 /* Add 0x10000 if sign bit in 0:15 is set.
16962 Bits 0:15 are not used. */
16966 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
16967 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
:
16968 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
:
16969 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
:
16970 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
:
16972 addend
+= 1ULL << 33;
16975 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
16976 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
16977 case R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
:
16978 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
16979 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
16980 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
:
16981 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
:
16982 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
16983 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
16984 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS
:
16985 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS
:
16986 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
:
16987 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
16988 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
:
16989 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
16990 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
16991 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
16992 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
:
16993 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
16994 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
16996 /* If this reloc is against an lq, lxv, or stxv insn, then
16997 the value must be a multiple of 16. This is somewhat of
16998 a hack, but the "correct" way to do this by defining _DQ
16999 forms of all the _DS relocs bloats all reloc switches in
17000 this file. It doesn't make much sense to use these
17001 relocs in data, so testing the insn should be safe. */
17002 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (56u << 26)
17003 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (61u << 26) && (insn
& 3) == 1))
17005 relocation
+= addend
;
17006 addend
= insn
& (mask
^ 3);
17007 if ((relocation
& mask
) != 0)
17009 relocation
^= relocation
& mask
;
17010 info
->callbacks
->einfo
17011 /* xgettext:c-format */
17012 (_("%H: error: %s not a multiple of %u\n"),
17013 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
17014 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
,
17016 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
17023 /* Dynamic relocs are not propagated for SEC_DEBUGGING sections
17024 because such sections are not SEC_ALLOC and thus ld.so will
17025 not process them. */
17026 howto
= ppc64_elf_howto_table
[(int) r_type
];
17027 if (unresolved_reloc
17028 && !((input_section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0
17029 && h
->elf
.def_dynamic
)
17030 && _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
,
17031 rel
->r_offset
) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
17033 info
->callbacks
->einfo
17034 /* xgettext:c-format */
17035 (_("%H: unresolvable %s against `%pT'\n"),
17036 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
17038 h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
);
17042 /* 16-bit fields in insns mostly have signed values, but a
17043 few insns have 16-bit unsigned values. Really, we should
17044 have different reloc types. */
17045 if (howto
->complain_on_overflow
!= complain_overflow_dont
17046 && howto
->dst_mask
== 0xffff
17047 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
17049 enum complain_overflow complain
= complain_overflow_signed
;
17051 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
17052 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 10u << 26 /* cmpli */)
17053 complain
= complain_overflow_bitfield
;
17054 else if (howto
->rightshift
== 0
17055 ? ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi */
17056 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori */
17057 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori */)
17058 : ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 29u << 26 /* andis */
17059 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 25u << 26 /* oris */
17060 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 27u << 26 /* xoris */))
17061 complain
= complain_overflow_unsigned
;
17062 if (howto
->complain_on_overflow
!= complain
)
17064 alt_howto
= *howto
;
17065 alt_howto
.complain_on_overflow
= complain
;
17066 howto
= &alt_howto
;
17072 /* Split field relocs aren't handled by _bfd_final_link_relocate. */
17074 case R_PPC64_D34_LO
:
17075 case R_PPC64_D34_HI30
:
17076 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
17077 case R_PPC64_PCREL34
:
17078 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
17079 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
17080 case R_PPC64_DTPREL34
:
17081 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD34
:
17082 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD34
:
17083 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34
:
17084 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL34
:
17085 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
:
17086 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
:
17088 case R_PPC64_PCREL28
:
17089 if (rel
->r_offset
+ 8 > input_section
->size
)
17090 r
= bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
17093 relocation
+= addend
;
17094 if (howto
->pc_relative
)
17095 relocation
-= (rel
->r_offset
17096 + input_section
->output_offset
17097 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
17098 relocation
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
17100 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
17102 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
17104 pinsn
&= ~howto
->dst_mask
;
17105 pinsn
|= (((relocation
<< 16) | (relocation
& 0xffff))
17106 & howto
->dst_mask
);
17107 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
17108 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
17110 if (howto
->complain_on_overflow
== complain_overflow_signed
17111 && (relocation
+ (1ULL << (howto
->bitsize
- 1))
17112 >= 1ULL << howto
->bitsize
))
17113 r
= bfd_reloc_overflow
;
17117 case R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
:
17118 if (rel
->r_offset
+ 4 > input_section
->size
)
17119 r
= bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
17122 relocation
+= addend
;
17123 relocation
-= (rel
->r_offset
17124 + input_section
->output_offset
17125 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
17126 relocation
= (bfd_signed_vma
) relocation
>> 16;
17127 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
17129 insn
|= (relocation
& 0xffc1) | ((relocation
& 0x3e) << 15);
17130 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
17132 if (relocation
+ 0x8000 > 0xffff)
17133 r
= bfd_reloc_overflow
;
17138 r
= _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
17139 contents
, rel
->r_offset
,
17140 relocation
, addend
);
17143 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
17145 char *more_info
= NULL
;
17146 const char *reloc_name
= howto
->name
;
17148 if (reloc_dest
!= DEST_NORMAL
)
17150 more_info
= bfd_malloc (strlen (reloc_name
) + 8);
17151 if (more_info
!= NULL
)
17153 strcpy (more_info
, reloc_name
);
17154 strcat (more_info
, (reloc_dest
== DEST_OPD
17155 ? " (OPD)" : " (stub)"));
17156 reloc_name
= more_info
;
17160 if (r
== bfd_reloc_overflow
)
17162 /* On code like "if (foo) foo();" don't report overflow
17163 on a branch to zero when foo is undefined. */
17165 && (reloc_dest
== DEST_STUB
17167 && (h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
17168 || h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
17169 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
))))
17170 info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow (info
, &h
->elf
.root
,
17171 sym_name
, reloc_name
,
17173 input_bfd
, input_section
,
17178 info
->callbacks
->einfo
17179 /* xgettext:c-format */
17180 (_("%H: %s against `%pT': error %d\n"),
17181 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
17182 reloc_name
, sym_name
, (int) r
);
17194 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
17195 size_t deleted
= rel
- wrel
;
17197 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section
->output_section
);
17198 rel_hdr
->sh_size
-= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* deleted
;
17199 if (rel_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
17201 /* It is too late to remove an empty reloc section. Leave
17203 ??? What is wrong with an empty section??? */
17204 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
17207 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section
);
17208 rel_hdr
->sh_size
-= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* deleted
;
17209 input_section
->reloc_count
-= deleted
;
17212 /* If we're emitting relocations, then shortly after this function
17213 returns, reloc offsets and addends for this section will be
17214 adjusted. Worse, reloc symbol indices will be for the output
17215 file rather than the input. Save a copy of the relocs for
17216 opd_entry_value. */
17217 if (is_opd
&& (info
->emitrelocations
|| bfd_link_relocatable (info
)))
17220 amt
= input_section
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
);
17221 rel
= bfd_alloc (input_bfd
, amt
);
17222 BFD_ASSERT (ppc64_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->opd
.relocs
== NULL
);
17223 ppc64_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->opd
.relocs
= rel
;
17226 memcpy (rel
, relocs
, amt
);
17231 /* Adjust the value of any local symbols in opd sections. */
17234 ppc64_elf_output_symbol_hook (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
17235 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
17236 Elf_Internal_Sym
*elfsym
,
17237 asection
*input_sec
,
17238 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
17240 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
17247 opd
= get_opd_info (input_sec
);
17248 if (opd
== NULL
|| opd
->adjust
== NULL
)
17251 value
= elfsym
->st_value
- input_sec
->output_offset
;
17252 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
17253 value
-= input_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
17255 adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (value
)];
17259 elfsym
->st_value
+= adjust
;
17263 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
17264 dynamic sections here. */
17267 ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
17268 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
17269 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
17270 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
17272 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
17273 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
17275 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
17279 if (!htab
->opd_abi
&& !h
->def_regular
)
17280 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
17281 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
17283 /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as
17284 defined in glink. Leave the value if there were
17285 any relocations where pointer equality matters
17286 (this is a clue for the dynamic linker, to make
17287 function pointer comparisons work between an
17288 application and shared library), otherwise set it
17290 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
17291 if (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
17293 else if (!h
->ref_regular_nonweak
)
17295 /* This breaks function pointer comparisons, but
17296 that is better than breaking tests for a NULL
17297 function pointer. */
17304 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
17305 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
17306 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynbss
17307 || h
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
))
17309 /* This symbol needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */
17310 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
17314 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
17317 rela
.r_offset
= defined_sym_val (h
);
17318 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_PPC64_COPY
);
17320 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
)
17321 srel
= htab
->elf
.sreldynrelro
;
17323 srel
= htab
->elf
.srelbss
;
17324 loc
= srel
->contents
;
17325 loc
+= srel
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
17326 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
17332 /* Used to decide how to sort relocs in an optimal manner for the
17333 dynamic linker, before writing them out. */
17335 static enum elf_reloc_type_class
17336 ppc64_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
17337 const asection
*rel_sec
,
17338 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela
)
17340 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
17341 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
17343 if (rel_sec
== htab
->elf
.irelplt
)
17344 return reloc_class_ifunc
;
17346 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rela
->r_info
);
17349 case R_PPC64_RELATIVE
:
17350 return reloc_class_relative
;
17351 case R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
:
17352 return reloc_class_plt
;
17354 return reloc_class_copy
;
17356 return reloc_class_normal
;
17360 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
17363 ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
17364 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
17366 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
17370 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
17374 dynobj
= htab
->elf
.dynobj
;
17375 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
17377 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
17379 Elf64_External_Dyn
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
17381 if (sdyn
== NULL
|| htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
)
17384 dyncon
= (Elf64_External_Dyn
*) sdyn
->contents
;
17385 dynconend
= (Elf64_External_Dyn
*) (sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
);
17386 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
++)
17388 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
17391 bfd_elf64_swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
17398 case DT_PPC64_GLINK
:
17400 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
17401 /* We stupidly defined DT_PPC64_GLINK to be the start
17402 of glink rather than the first entry point, which is
17403 what ld.so needs, and now have a bigger stub to
17404 support automatic multiple TOCs. */
17405 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
+= GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab
) - 8 * 4;
17409 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".opd");
17412 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
17416 if ((htab
->do_multi_toc
&& htab
->multi_toc_needed
)
17417 || htab
->notoc_plt
)
17418 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
|= PPC64_OPT_MULTI_TOC
;
17419 if (htab
->has_plt_localentry0
)
17420 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
|= PPC64_OPT_LOCALENTRY
;
17423 case DT_PPC64_OPDSZ
:
17424 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".opd");
17427 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->size
;
17431 s
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
17432 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
17436 s
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
;
17437 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
17441 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
->size
;
17445 if (htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
)
17446 info
->callbacks
->einfo
17447 (_("%X%P: text relocations and GNU indirect "
17448 "functions will result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
17449 else if (htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
)
17450 info
->callbacks
->einfo
17451 (_("%P: warning: text relocations and GNU indirect "
17452 "functions may result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
17456 bfd_elf64_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd
, &dyn
, dyncon
);
17460 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
!= NULL
&& htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
!= 0
17461 && htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
17463 /* Fill in the first entry in the global offset table.
17464 We use it to hold the link-time TOCbase. */
17465 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
,
17466 elf_gp (output_bfd
) + TOC_BASE_OFF
,
17467 htab
->elf
.sgot
->contents
);
17469 /* Set .got entry size. */
17470 elf_section_data (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
17474 if (htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
&& htab
->elf
.splt
->size
!= 0
17475 && htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
17477 /* Set .plt entry size. */
17478 elf_section_data (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
17479 = PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
17482 /* brlt is SEC_LINKER_CREATED, so we need to write out relocs for
17483 brlt ourselves if emitrelocations. */
17484 if (htab
->brlt
!= NULL
17485 && htab
->brlt
->reloc_count
!= 0
17486 && !_bfd_elf_link_output_relocs (output_bfd
,
17488 elf_section_data (htab
->brlt
)->rela
.hdr
,
17489 elf_section_data (htab
->brlt
)->relocs
,
17493 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
17494 && htab
->glink
->reloc_count
!= 0
17495 && !_bfd_elf_link_output_relocs (output_bfd
,
17497 elf_section_data (htab
->glink
)->rela
.hdr
,
17498 elf_section_data (htab
->glink
)->relocs
,
17503 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
17504 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0
17505 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
17506 && !_bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd
, info
,
17507 htab
->glink_eh_frame
,
17508 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
))
17511 /* We need to handle writing out multiple GOT sections ourselves,
17512 since we didn't add them to DYNOBJ. We know dynobj is the first
17514 while ((dynobj
= dynobj
->link
.next
) != NULL
)
17518 if (!is_ppc64_elf (dynobj
))
17521 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (dynobj
)->got
;
17524 && s
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
17525 && !bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, s
->output_section
,
17526 s
->contents
, s
->output_offset
,
17529 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (dynobj
)->relgot
;
17532 && s
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
17533 && !bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, s
->output_section
,
17534 s
->contents
, s
->output_offset
,
17542 #include "elf64-target.h"
17544 /* FreeBSD support */
17546 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
17547 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
17549 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
17550 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf64_fbsd_vec
17551 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
17552 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf64-powerpc-freebsd"
17555 #define ELF_OSABI ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
17558 #define elf64_bed elf64_powerpc_fbsd_bed
17560 #include "elf64-target.h"